Sample Power Plant Specification

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED
45 MW CAPTIVE POWER PLANT AT GARIVIDI, ANDHRA PRADESH.

EPC TENDER SPECIFICATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S. No.
Description
No. of
pages
EPC Main Specification
1 to 22
Annexure-1
Specification for Boiler & Auxiliaries
1 to 20
Annexure-2
Specification for Turbogenerator & Auxiliaries
1 to 22
Annexure-3
Specification for Air Cooled Condenser
1 to 4
Annexure-4
Specification for Fuel Handling System
1 to 10
Annexure-5
Specification for Electrical System
1 to 26
Annexure-6
Specification for Ash Handling System
1 to 4
Annexure-7
Specification for DM Plant, Auxiliary Cooling Tower,

Ventilation and Fire Fighting System
1 to 4
Annexure-8
Specification for Instrumentation & Automation

System
1 to 23
Annexure-9
Scope Matrix
1 to 82
Annexure-10
Questionnaire
1 to 103
Annexure-11
Vendors List
1 to 11
LIST OF DRAWINGS
Drawing No.
Title
HIQ-4036-P-01
Plant general layout
HIQ-4036-H-01
Scheme for fuel handling system
HIQ-4036-H-02
Layout of coal handling system
HIQ-4036-H-03
Scheme for ash handling system
HIQ-4036-E-01
Scheme for electrical system
HIQ-4036I&C-01
DCS system configuration
HIQ POWER ASSOCIATES PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI-600 006

-1-

1.0
GENERAL
M/s.Facor Alloys Limited (FAL ) are proposing to install a CPP, a TG set of

rating 45 mw along with a CFBC boiler of capacity 195 TPH with steam
parameters of 110 ata and 545 deg c.
This specification is issued for implementation of the 45 MW CPP and its
auxiliaries through the EPC mode. This specification covers the design,
engineering, manufacture, assembly / re-assembly, tests at manufacturers works,
packing, ocean shipment and clearance through Indian Port of entry in case of
imported plant & equipment, inland transportation, in-land delivery to the site,
unloading, storage and in-plant transportation within site, complete civil and
structural design and construction work as required for the plant and facilities
covered by this specification, complete services of erection, testing, successful
commissioning, carrying out PG test, handing over and training of Purchasers
personnel, for the power plant complete with all accessories, auxiliaries and
ancillaries as specified hereinafter and elsewhere of this specification and as
required for safe and trouble free operation of the facilities.
The scope shall broadly include the equipment / systems, described in the
subsequent sections of this specification, but shall not be necessarily restricted to
these only. Whatever additional items necessary for safe and efficient operation
of the equipment / systems described elsewhere in this specification, shall also be
included as a part of the total services to be offered by the bidder.
This specification also includes carrying out performance guarantee tests at site
after successful commissioning and all necessary equipment, instruments,
services, labour as required for this purpose shall be under the scope of supply of
the successful bidder.
Any additional plant, equipment, material, services which are not
specifically mentioned here, but are required to make the plants / systems in the
scope of the bidder complete in all respects in accordance with the technical
specification and for safe operation and guaranteed performance, shall be
covered under the scope of this specification.
This specification also includes training of purchasers personnel at
manufacturers works and at site in operation and maintenance of the plant.
1.1
UTILITIES
1.1.1
Power: The plant power system which will be linked to the existing 132 KV bus in
the existing MRSS of the Ferro Alloy Plant for obtaining the start up power and
also for evacuation of the power generated to the 132 KV substation. The power
generated in the proposed CPP which will be at 11Kv will be interfaced with the
switchyard of the CPP through 11KV system. Suitable transformer will be provided
in the CPP switch yard for stepping up/stepping down the power from 11KV or
HIQ POWER ASSOCIATES PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI
-1

45 MW CAPTIVE POER PLANT AT GARIVIDI, ANDHRA PRADESH.
EPC Spec (Contd)
132 KV and vice versa. The power plant will have an HTpower distribution system
at 3.3 KV and an LT power system at 415 V.
1.1.2
Water: Source of Raw water for cooling and other uses in the plant will be from
the nearby abandoned rivers bunta and bore wells in the area. The approximate
analysis of the raw water from the 2 sources is given below:
ConstituentinPPM
AbandonedBorewell
MinesBunta
TotalHardness 140 380

TDS
200500
PH 88
PhenolphthaleinAlkalinity 12NIL
MethylOrangeAlkalinity120270
The raw water will have to be suitably treated and supplied as make up to the
auxiliary cooling water system and DM plant of the power plant as well as other
uses such as fire fighting, drinking etc. EPC bidder shall include for a raw water
storage tank of capacity 2000 cum in his scope. All necessary treatment facilities
for raw water shall be included in their scope by the EPC bidder.
1.2
PLANT LAYOUT
1.2.1
The proposed plant general layout of the existing facilities indicating the
disposition of the proposed 45 MW CPP plant units is shown in Drawing No.HIQ4036-P-01 Rev.0 enclosed for bidders reference.
1.2.2
Coal washery rejects, Indian coal and Indonesian coal which are the main fuel for
the plant will be received at plant site by road / rail and unloaded and stacked in
the coal storage yard. The coal from the storage yard will be fed by means of front
end loaders into the coal ground hoppers where from the coal will be transported
by a set of belt conveyors to the crushing and screening houses. The crushed and
sized coal and washery rejects of the required size range will be fed to the coal
storage bunkers in the boiler plant.
1.2.3
The turbo generators along with their auxiliaries will be located in the TG building.
A crane of capacity 60 Tons (capacity to be confirmed by EPC bidder) in the TG
building will serve the proposed 45 MW unit. The electrical panels will be located
in the annex to the TG building at ground level. The floor at the TG deck level of
this annex building will house the main control room. The 132 KV switch yard will
be located as shown on the enclosed layout. The other power plant facilities such
as raw water storage, raw water treatment plant, DM plant, auxiliary cooling water
system, air cooled condenser etc will be located as shown on the enclosed layout.
1.3
SITE CONDITIONS
1.3.1
The Bidder should acquaint himself with the site conditions, approaches,
availability of materials, camping facilities for his labour force and all other relevant
-2-

EPC Spec (Contd)
information required for bidding, before submitting the Bids. No claim on account
of any ambiguity due to variations/changes in above conditions will be entertained
by purchaser subsequent to finalisation of contract.
Location
Garividi, Vijanagaram Dt, Andhra

Pradesh.
Max. dry bulb temp.
45 o C
Site altitude above MSL
125 mt
Design dry bulb temp. for :
50 o C
Electrical equipment
Relative humidity for de sign
80%
Design wet bulb temperature
28 deg C
Wind
Velocity
at
10M :
8 m/s as per IS 875 (Part 3)1987
elevation
Susceptibility to earthquake
Zone III as per IS 1893-20
1.4
CODES AND STANDARDS
1.4.1
All requirements of the latest statutory regulations in force such as Indian Boiler
Regulations, Indian Explosives Act, Indian Factories Act, Indian Petroleum Act,
Indian Environmental Act, Indian Electricity Act etc., shall be strictly adhered to for
designing of the plant, equipment & process systems. Bidder shall be responsible
for getting necessary clearances for the plant and equipment from the above
statutory authorities at various stages during execution of this contract.
1.4.2
The components of all other equipment shall be designed, assembled and tested
in accordance with the relevant standards published by Indian Standards
Institution and / or as specified in the relevant technical specification.
1.4.3
Components which are not falling under any Indian Statutory Regulations and
manufactured as per reputed National Standards/ ISO shall also be accepted
unless it is in conflict with the requirements of this Bid Document in which cases
the stipulation of Bid Document shall prevail. Such codes / Standards other than
Indian codes / Standards must be equal to or more stringent than the Indian Code
/ Standards must be submitted to the Purchaser with four (4) copies of their
English versions duly certified.
1.4.4
All electrical equipment supplied shall comply with the latest revision of the Indian
Electricity (Supply) Act, Indian Electricity Rules, Indian Standard (IS) of
-3-

EPC Spec (Contd)
International Electric technical commission (IEC) Publication and also within the
statutory requirements of the Government of India and Government of Orissa as
regards safety, ear thing and other provisions specified therein for installation and
operation of electrical equipment.
1.4.5
The Bidder shall be responsible for obtaining necessary approval and clearance
and making whatever additions / modifications considered necessary by CEIG /
Electricity Company and other Statutory Authorities to bring the installation in
conformity with the above Rules / Regulations at various stages during execution
of this contract.
1.4.6
All Environmental / Pollution Control measures and Monitoring devices are to be

incorporated as per the requirement of relevant standards under Environmental &
Safety Act and as per the stipulations of Pollution Control Board of the state in
which plant is located.
1.4.7
Internationally accepted standards which ensure equal or higher performance

than those specified shall also be accepted.
1.5
STANDARDISATION
1.5.1
Contractor shall standardise various types and make of equipment and

accessories in order to reduce diversity, convenience of operation and
maintenance and minimise inventory.
1.5.2
All moving parts of equipment which can conceivably cause injury to the operator
and otherwise authorised personnel within the vicinity of working area shall be
suitably guarded according to the safety regulations. The complete assembled
units shall be designed so that all parts subject to wear including shafts and
bearings shall be easily accessible for inspection, maintenance and replacement,
with minimum loss of time.
1.5.3
All equipment supplied shall allow access to facilitate connecting up, and shall
operate satisfactorily under such variations of load, pressure and climate
conditions as may occur in working.
1.5.4
The plant and equipment offered shall be of proven latest design and of adequate
capacity strictly as per the requirement mentioned under this specification. The
material shall be new and of first grade quality. The workmanship and design
shall be in accordance with the best engineering practice and shall be such as
have been proved to be suitably for the intended purpose and for giving
satisfactory performance under the prevailing climatic conditions and proposed
system of supply. Liberal factor of safety shall be used throughout the design and
special consideration shall be given for parts subjected to alternating stresses of
shocks.
-4-

EPC Spec (Contd)
1.5.5
Systems shall be designed incorporating the latest technology and maximum

flexibility in operation with sufficient stand-by provision. All system design shall be
subjected to the approval of Purchaser.
1.5.6
Equipment furnished by the Bidder shall be complete in every respect with all
mountings, fittings, fixtures and standard accessories which are normally supplied
even though not specifically detailed in the specification. The Purchaser shall not
be called for any extra payment in respect of such mountings, fittings, fixtures and
accessories which are needed for the safe operation of the equipment as required
by applicable codes within Indian Territory though they may not have been
included in this contract.
1.5.7
All equipment shall have suitable approach ladder and platform for repair and
maintenance wherever necessary.
1.5.8
The Bidder shall endeavour to utilise and adopt same codes, standards, and
norms keeping in mind the minimum variation & comprehensive standardisation of
the different spare parts for similar / identical basic component / equipment,
machinery and for the plant as a whole.
1.6
DOCUMENTS FORMING PART OF THIS TENDER
1.6.1
The following documents enclosed to this specification shall be considered as a

part of this tender Document:
Annexure-1
Technical Specification
auxiliaries.
for
Annexure-2
Technical
auxiliaries
specifications
Annexure-3
Technical
auxiliaries
specifications
Annexure-4
Technical specifications for Fuel handling

system and auxiliaries
Annexure-5
Technical specifications for Electrical and

Automation systems
Annexure-6
Technical specifications for Ash handling

system
Annexure-7
Technical specifications for DM Plant

system, Auxiliary cooling tower, Ventilation
system and Fire fighting systems.
for
for
Boiler
and
TG
and
ACC
and
-5-

EPC Spec (Contd)
1.6.2
Bidder shall note that the layout drawings and schematic diagrams furnished with
this specification are for the specific purpose of clarifying purchasers
requirements, which are to be considered for preparing the bid. The schematic
diagrams and layout drawings enclosed with this specification are not valid for
interpretation of scope of work during contract execution stage. Successful bidder
shall prepare drawings and schematic diagrams as required for equipment offered
taking also into consideration the technical specification and typical schematic
diagram for manufacturing, supply and erection. Drawings and schemes which
are finally approved by purchaser shall determine the respective scope of supply
& erection and responsibility of supplier.
1.7
COMPLETE SERVICES TILL COMMISSIONING
1.7.1
The scope of service under this specification has been elaborated in above
clauses. It is stressed that all responsibility from design, manufacture to
successful commissioning and performance acceptance test at site rests totally on
the successful Bidder. Purchaser shall not, in any way, be responsible for any
delay in transportation and clearance through Indian Port of entry.
1.7.2
In case bidder offers equipment from foreign sources, it is suggested that bidder
shall employ reputable Indian agents who will furnish necessary helps to ensure
speedy clearance through port, handling and transportation. Bidder / Indian agent
should make visits to the site before submission of offers in order to assess the
quantum of work involved in transportation and site erection, as accurately as
possible.
1.7.3
Till commissioning, successful bidder shall be responsible for providing any man
power - skilled, semi-skilled or unskilled. However, access of owners Personnel
shall be there for them to familiarise with the equipment before commissioning. All
erection tools and tackles, equipment (like cranes, winches, welding equipment
etc.), consumables like lubricant, welding gas or rods, etc., shall be supplied by
the successful Bidder. It is suggested that reputable local sub-contractor should
be arranged by the Indian agent for this service.
1.8
PROVISIONAL TAKE OVER, PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES, LD / PRICE

REDUCTION FOR NON PERFORMANCE, FINAL TAKE OVER ETC.:
1.8.1
After all the systems have been erected & commissioned (including completion of
steam blow out & target plate clearance for turbine quality of steam and after
completion of setting of relief valves) and completely stabilized and proved safe,
the Contractor in consultation with the Purchaser/ Consultant shall offer the
system as a whole for continuous and safe operation as a Trial run for 15 days.
A reliability run at rated design load for 24 hours of uninterrupted operation shall
also be undertaken during such Trial Run . Minor problems and continuous
interruptions of duration not exceeding 1 hour during the trial run shall be ignored.
However problems leading to interruptions exceeding 1 hour shall be properly
-6-

EPC Spec (Contd)
attended to and the entire trial run repeated for another 15 days. On successful
completion of the trial run and reliability test the boiler will be taken over by the
Purchaser and a Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC) issued.
1.8.2
All equipment shall be guaranteed for workmanship and materials, and

satisfactory performance. The guarantee for performance shall cover individual
items and systems including electrics for their ratings/outputs, as required in the
specification. On issue of the PAC as mentioned in para 1.8.1 above supplier shall
conduct the performance guarantee tests within 1 month of issue of PAC to
establish the various parameters guaranteed by him in the contract.
1.8.3
Instruments, gauges and flow meters installed for the normal operation of the
equipment shall be made use of during the acceptance tests as far as practicable.
However, if there is no panel-mounted instrument for measurement, separate
calibrated instruments shall be hooked up for the performance test purpose.
Temporary meters required for PG test shall be arranged by the contractor. The
Performance test on the unit shall be conducted within one month from the date of
Provisional taking over. Upon successful completion of the Performance tests,
and compliance of all contractual conditions by the contractor such as submission
of all final drawings and documents, as built drawings and operation &
maintenance manuals etc. as well as fulfilment of all other obligations, Purchaser
will issue to contractor a final acceptance certificate.
1.8.4
Bidders shall guarantee the following parameters for the major equipment and
facilities in the CPP which shall be established during the guarantee tests after
commissioning of the CPP:
Maximum continuous rating of the boilers
Steam pressure and temperature at super heater outlet
Dust content at outlet of Chimney of the boiler.
Power output of TG at rated turbine inlet conditions.
Noise level at 1m from TG unit.
Vibration of TG train
System capacity (Tons/hour) and gramulometry of coal handling system.
DM plant output and quality of DM water.
Station heat rate
Auxiliary power consumption of CPP
Unburnt carbon in fly ash to be less than 1.5%.
1.8.5
Guaranteed parameters as above shall be established by the supplier by

performing suitable tests as per agreed procedures within 1 month from the date
of Provisional take over by purchaser. In case the supplier fails to establish the
guarantees in the first attempt he shall repair, replace or carry out modifications at
his cost and repeat the test to establish the guarantees within a reasonable period
-7-

EPC Spec (Contd)
to be mutually agreed upon. A maximum of two chances will be given for repair
and retest to bring the parameters within the guaranteed values and the total time
period for such retests shall be a maximum of 4 months from the date of
commissioning. However, if the performance guarantees are not proved within the
above attempts or time period Liquidity Damages (LD) / price reduction as defined
in following clause will be applied in the case of some of the parameters
1.9
LD CLAUSE / PRICE REDUCTION:
1.9.1
Price reduction for Non performance:
The following LD/price reduction shall be applicable in case of non-achievement of

guarantee parameters as per Para 1.8.4 above:
Nature of
Shortfall
LD/price reduction rate
Limit of non acceptability
Maximum
continuous rating
of boiler
0.5% of contract price for

every 1% deficiency or part
thereof.
Deficiency up to 2% will be
accepted with LD. Beyond
2% equipment will have to
be rectified by supplier to
bring it within the
acceptable limit.
Steam pressure
and temperature
Not applicable
No tolerance is acceptable
on these parameters.
Dust content at
output of chimney
Rs.50,000 /- per mg increase

in dust content / Nm3 over
guarantee value
Limit of acceptance with LD

upto 60 mg/Nm3 beyond
which equipment will have
to be connected with no
extra cost to Purchaser.
Power output of
TG

every 1% deficiency or part
thereof.
2% equipment will have to
bring it within the
acceptable limit.
Noise level and

vibration of TG 1
Not applicable
on these parameters
Capacity and
granulometry of
coal handling
system & DM
water quality
Not applicable
on these parameters.
Station heat rate

every 1% decrease in
-8-

EPC Spec (Contd)
Guaranteed
Auxiliary power
consumption
efficiency or part thereof.
2 % equipment will have to

bring it within the
acceptable limit at no extra
cost to Purchaser.
Rs. 1.5 lakhs for every 1 KW

additional power
consumption over the
guaranteed value
Increase in auxiliary power

consumption upto 3% will
be accepted with LD.
Beyond 3% equipment will
have to be rectified by
supplier to bring it within
the acceptable limit at no
extra cost to Purchaser.
If the total value of the penalties for shortfall in performance exceed ten percent
(10 %) of Total Contract price, and the supplier has expressed his inability to rectify the
defects & bring the equipment performance to the guaranteed value, then the purchaser
retains the option to reject the equipment, and in case of such option the supplier shall,
jointly and severally, replace the equipment with one, which shall meet the guaranteed
values. The replacement shall be done within a reasonable period mutually agreed and
with no extra cost to the purchaser.
For those items for which shortfall in performance is not acceptable beyond the
permissible tolerance, the supplier shall jointly and severally, shall carry out modifications
to obtain the guaranteed performance within the stipulated tolerance. It may be noted that
as these are primary parameters, they must be corrected even before the trial run is
started, and further, these parameters must remain stable throughout the period of trial
run.
If finally, in spite of all practical efforts by the supplier the stipulated guarantees on
these parameters are not established, the purchaser retains the option to reject the
equipment. In case the option to reject is exercised by the purchaser, the supplier shall
jointly and severally be responsible for the replacement of the rejected equipment within a
reasonable time as will be indicated by the purchaser and achieve the performance as
guaranteed.
In the event of equipment rejection for reasons as stated above, it is obvious that
the overall project schedule will be affected. To minimize the loss due to such an
occurrence, the purchaser retains the right to use the faulty equipment until new
replacement arrives at site. It may be noted that as the faulty equipment has not been
taken over by the purchaser the responsibility for it lies entirely with the supplier. During
this period the supplier shall not limit the use of the faulty equipment, except for reasons
of safety during operation, both of personnel and the equipment.
-9-

EPC Spec (Contd)
1.9.2
Price reduction for Delay in Delivery:
Time is the crux of the project. The supplier shall endeavour to deliver, install &
commission the plant within time period specified in contract. If the supplier fails to
deliver, install & commission any or all the goods within time period, specified in contract
the Purchaser shall, without prejudice to his other remedies, under contract, deduct from
the contract price, as liquidated damages, a sum equivalent to 0.5% of the total contract
price for each week of delay up to maximum 5 % of contract price. Once the maximum is
reached the purchaser may consider termination of the contract.
1.9.3
Total LD / price reduction
The total price reduction on account of both clause 1.15.1 and 1.15.2 above shall
be applicable independently subject to an overall ceiling (considering an aggregate of all
items) of 10% of the total contract price.
1.10
INSPECTION AT WORKS FOR IBR CLEARANCE:
Equipment shall be offered for inspection prior to despatch. The test shall be
conducted as per the procedure laid down by the concerned Indian Boiler Regulations
(IBR) and got cleared by Boiler Inspectorate for pressure parts as per IBR. Third party
inspection by internationally reputed testing agencies like Lloyds inspection, BVQI shall
be arranged by supplier as per requirement of Indian Boiler Inspectorate. All necessary
cost for getting the IBR clearance shall be included by the bidders in their offers.
Test procedures and other documents required by the testing agency shall be
submitted and got approved before start of inspection. QA plan shall also be submitted for
approval immediately on placement of order.
1.11
INSPECTION BY PURCHASER / CONSULTANT
1.11.1 All plant and equipment as per this specification shall be inspected for ensuring
the required quality as per the inspection plan indicated in this specification.
Supplier shall ensure full and free access to purchasers inspector to the
manufacturing factory /premises any time during contract period, to facilitate him
to carry out inspection and testing. All instruments, apparatus tools & tackles,
gauges, templates, consumables etc. required for testing shall be arranged by the
supplier free of cost to the purchaser. All tests shall be carried out by the supplier
at manufacturing works and purchasers testing engineer will witness such tests.
1.11.2 Inspection report / protocol shall be prepared after inspection and all the test
results, observations shall be recorded neatly, signed in triplicate and two copies
to be handed over to the testing engineer. Based on the inspection report,
inspection engineer will review and issue inspection memo and despatch
clearance from his office to the supplier for further action. In case of stage
inspection, the subsequent stages can be taken up only on obtaining the
- 10 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
inspection clearance for that stage. Items shall not be despatched without
obtaining inspection clearance.
1.11.3 If any defect / deviation are observed, the same shall be recorded in the report
and corrective measure that will be taken shall be discussed and mutually agreed.
If the correction is not accepted by the testing engineer, the same shall be
referred to the designer / consultant for review and approval. In due course of
inspection, if any additional tests are required to be carried out, the same shall be
done without any additional cost to the purchaser.
1.11.4 Items will be categorised as A, B and C. Major items whose testing is to be
witnessed are categorised as A and those items, which are not to be witness
tested, shall be categorised as B. All other items like foundation bolts, support
structures and similar items shall be categorised as C. Itemised categorisation
will be done at the time of finalisation of order. All routine tests for category A as
per applicable standards will be witnessed by the inspection Engineer. Material
tests certificates and internal inspection test certificates shall be submitted for
category B. Items categorised as category C may be despatched by suppliers
after ensuring the quality themselves.
1.11.5 Even though inspection is conducted, if any defect is found at site, the same shall
be corrected / replaced by supplier without any additional cost to the purchaser.
1.11.6 Following documents shall be submitted and acceptance obtained from purchaser
/ consultant / inspection engineer before start of inspection for items categorised
as A.
Approved drawings for dimensional details, single line diagram etc.
Data sheets for motors etc.
Manufacturer catalogue for standard items
Test procedures wherever required.
Type test certificates as applicable.
Calibration certificate of standard test instruments
Internal inspection report for the tests conducted by manufacturer for the
subassemblies and for the stage inspection at factory.
Material test certificates where required.
1.11.7 Following inspection plan as per table below is generally proposed for the scope
of this tender. However, depending on the scope, the plan will be finalised at the
time of placement of order.
PROPOSED INSPECTION PLAN
Sl.
No
Item description
Routine test
Operation
checks
Boiler / Turbine / ACC / DM plant
X, T, W, D
Hydro test / MR
- 11 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
/ FHS / AHS
test
Bought outs like boiler feed

pumps etc
X, T, W
Control Panels
X, T,D
Instruments & control
X, T
Motors
X, T
MCC
X, T, W, D
X Routine tests to be conducted

T Type test Certificates to be submitted for review
W Factory tests will be witnessed by purchaser
D Dimensional, general arrangement, workmanship, finish checks
The modalities & the QA plan proposed will be discussed & mutually agreed.
1.12
BOILER REGISTRATION
The boiler shall be manufactured as per Indian Boiler Regulations with latest
amendments. One set of relevant documents and certificates signed by the Chief
Inspector of Boilers of concerned state shall be forwarded to the customer. Boiler
registration formalities, IBR approval and approval by other statutory bodies shall be done
by tenderer. However, Purchaser shall pay only the statutory fees to the concerning
department through the Challan
1.13
WARRANTY
The contractor is liable for any failure of equipment supplied by him and he will be
responsible for making good such failures by replacement of defective and failed parts.
The contractors liability for faulty design, materials or workmanship shall be for a period
of 12 months from the date of commissioning or 18 months from the date of last supply,
whichever is earlier.
1.14
NOISE ABATEMENT
The Bidder shall adopt good engineering practices such as well-balanced

machinery, acoustically correct enclosures, structures and supports from resonance,
acoustically designed fluid paths for ducting and pipe work etc. Noise abatement devices
such as those for sound isolation and for absorption as well as for vibration isolation
and/or dampening shall be provided as per OSHA standards and also conform to ISO
Standards. Noise level shall not exceed 85db at 1 m distance for rotating equipment,
other normal operating equipment, pipe-work etc. Start up vents, Safety valves etc.,
which are expected to operate occasionally shall have silences to limit the noise level at
105db at 10M distance.
- 12 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
1.15
SUPERVISION FOR ERECTION AND COMMISSIONING
Experienced engineers shall be posted at site for erection supervision by the

contractor who shall interact with consultant and client on a day-to-day basis and
reporting shall be on daily basis. For major bought out items like boiler feed pumps etc.
erection & commissioning engineer from OEM shall be made available by contractor.
1.16
TRAINING
All system shall be operated by O&M group of the client from the day of start of
commissioning under the direct supervision of the commissioning team deployed by
contractor. Commissioning engineers of contractors shall operate for at least 6 months
from the date of reaching 60% of full power operation. During the 6 months O&M team
shall be trained and gain confidence for independent operation.
1.17
SUBLETTING OF CONTRACT
Bought out items shall be procured from approved vendors only. List of suggested
vendors is enclosed as Appendix to this specification. The Contractor shall not without the
consent in writing of the Purchaser/Consultant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld,
assign or sublet his Contract or any substantial part thereof other than for raw materials,
for minor details, or for any part of the works of which the makers are named in the
Contract, provided that any such consent shall not relieve the Contractor from any
obligation, duty or responsibility under the Contract.
1.18
ACCESS TO PURCHASER
Complete responsibility of installing and commissioning of the plant lie with the
Bidder. However supervision of work by Owner / Engineer shall be there and involvement
of personnel of purchaser for familiarisation with the equipment shall be allowed. For any
important test or check to be conducted, Owner / Engineer shall be notified in advance for
witnessing the same.
1.19
DESIGN CO-ORDINATION MEETING
The Contractor will be called upon to attend design co-ordination meetings with
the Purchaser / Engineer, other Contractors and the Consultants of the Purchaser during
the period of contract. The Contractor shall attend such meetings at his own cost as and
when required and fully co-operate with such persons and agencies involved during these
discussions.
1.20
TRANSPORTATION & PACKAGING
All the equipment shall be suitably protected, coated or covered or boxed or crate
as per standard package to prevent damage or deterioration during transportation,
handling and storage at site till time of erection, considering tropical humid climate.
Contractor shall be responsible for any loss or damage during transportation, handling &
storage due to improper packing.
- 13 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
1.21
DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS
1.21.1 Information to be furnished with the tender

Bidders shall submit following drawings along with the bid for review before
finalisation of the tender.
General layout of Boiler and Auxiliaries proposed by the bidder.
Scheme diagrams of Boiler steam system, Feed water system, Auxiliary
system steam, Deaerator etc.,
1.21.2 Drawings to be submitted after award of contract
Bidders shall submit following drawings after award of contract.
a)
Approval category
Basic design drawings, general arrangement drawings, P&I diagrams,

procurement data sheets for bought out items, pipe routings, electrical single line
diagrams, electrical relays schedules shall be included in the approval category of
drawings. List of drawings, which will be in approved category, will be finalised at the time
of placement of order.
b)
Certified data /Drawings for purchasers input

Contractor shall submit following drawings for purchasers design inputs.
Foundation plan and load data for each item of equipment for civil design
Layout and Dimensional drawing for finalising room/area requirement.
Details of embedment, cut-outs and insert requirement.
Terminal details and terminal flange dimensions
Motor schedule and its details
Instrumentation I/O schedule and DCS details
c)
Information category drawings and documents
Contractor shall submit following drawings for purchasers review and acceptance.
Generally the information content in these drawings will be noted for correctness.
Pipe & Hanger schedules for pressure pipes
List of bought out components / Bill of quantities with specifications
Stress analysis results for piping
Isometric view of piping drawing
Design calculation sheet for adequateness of earthing.
Fault level calculations for electrical buses
d)
Erection drawings and site fabrication drawings
Contractor shall submit the following drawings before start of erection of the
systems
- 14 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
Instructions showing pre-requisites and procedure for erection

Erection drawings for proper erection and assembly of all equipment.
Pre commissioning check list for erection completion which will be signed
as protocol for erection completion
Commissioning procedures
Check list for completion of commissioning as part of protocol for
commissioning
Handing over protocol
e)
Inspection and Test reports
Purchaser shall submit all factory test reports and inspection reports, minutes of
meeting during inspection etc. and protocol for erection completion, commissioning
protocol etc. at the end of contract for purchaser and plant records.
f)
Operation and maintenance manuals
Contractor shall supply of the following documents & drawings with the delivery of
equipment.
Operation and maintenance manuals.
List of recommended spare parts with specification and supplier reference.
List of consumables with quantum of usage, make, supplier reference etc
All drawings and documents in soft form.
The above drawings and documents are required to be submitted by the in the
following number of copies:
S.
No
Status of the Drawing,

Data etc
No. of copies for

Purchaser
No. of copies for

Consultant
Preliminary
1 Prints
3 Prints + Soft copy
Reference
1 Prints
3 Prints+ Soft copy
For Approval
1 Prints
3 Prints
Final & Certified duly

signed
1 Prints & 1 soft

copy
4 Prints
Operation &
Maintenance Manuals
4 Copies
1 Copies
Performance &
acceptance Test
Procedure
1 Copies
3 Copies
All other Documents
1 Copies
3 Copies
- 15 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
All design drawings shall be oriented to match the plant arrangement drawings
and shall have a key plan identifying the plant area to which they apply. All layout
drawings shall be made with the NORTH arrow pointing to the TOP of the sheet.
1.22
MISCELLANEOUS
1.22.1 Painting
All items of equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with two coats of
approved primer and two coats of approved alkyd based finish paint as per
standard practise of the equipment supplier. The successful bidder shall furnish
painting procedure for equipment, piping, structural and other items before start of
erection or before fabrication of the items.
1.28.2 Lubrication
All equipment shall have adequate lubrication arrangements for smooth and
efficient operation. Sufficient lubrication points shall be provided wherever
necessary and all such points shall be easily accessible. Grease guns shall be
provided wherever necessary.
1.23
SPARES, TOOLS AND TACKLES & CONSUMABLES
1.23.1 Commissioning Spares

Provision for all spares required for commissioning of the equipment and for its
efficient operation until provisional acceptance after demonstration of satisfactory
performance in accordance with the guarantees forms part of tendered scope.
These items shall be based on the Bidder's experience in commissioning similar
plants in the past. The commissioning spares are to be included in the main offer
and must be at site along with the main equipment. The successful Bidder shall be
responsible for having the required items at site in sufficient quantities.
1.23.2 Spare Parts for Two (2) years' Normal Working
Supply of Spare parts for two (2) years' normal working of the plant after
provisional acceptance of the plant on demonstration of satisfactory performance
shall be included in the scope of supply and work. List with recommended quantity
and unit price shall be supplied. Purchaser reserves the right to directly order on
the sub supplier for bought out items.
1.23.3 Insurance Spares
List of insurance spares if any based on Bidder's experience shall be furnished
along with unit rates for Purchaser's consideration.
1.23.4 Tools and Tackles
The Bidder shall include in his tender all special tools and tackles required for
normal operation and maintenance of the equipment.
- 16 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
1.23.5 Consumables, etc.

All consumables for erection, testing and commissioning including first fill of all
items such as oil, grease, etc till handing over of the plant and equipment to purchaser
shall be in the scope of the supplier.
2.0 SCOPE OF THE SPECIFICATION
2.1
The scope of supply of equipment and services covered by this specification are
detailed in various sections of this specification. Any item, though not specifically
mentioned but required to make the power plant and auxiliaries complete in all
respects and for its reliable and safe operation and guaranteed performance shall
be included by the tenderer in his offer. Obtaining statutory approvals and
clearances at appropriate stages from various authorities shall also be treated as
though included and the bidder shall include the same, unless otherwise
specifically excluded elsewhere.
2.2
Basic and detailed engineering services including but not limited to the following
for the proposed CPP are covered by this specification:
Basic engineering for the complete Power Plant covering complete process
design, process calculations, material and heat balance, complete system
design for plant and equipment including utilities, electrics, and
instrumentation and automation systems.
Complete procurement specification and data for standard bought out

equipment/items, electrical system, instrumentation and automation
system, utilities, water and other services.
Assignment drawings, load data, anchorage details necessary for building

structure design and carrying out piling and civil design. Complete civil and
structural design for the power plant shall be in tenderer scope
Similar assignments for other services/system/items, which are not

included in bidders scope of supply but are needed for the completion of
the project.
Complete detailed engineering for all plant and equipment, which are
within the scope of supply of successful Tenderer.
Design of all technological structures such as all chutes, ducts, duct

supports, hoods, hoppers, and equipment supports etc.
All drawings, documents, manuals, performance curves, test

certificates including operation and maintenance manual, erection manual,
functional description etc.
As built drawings
- 17 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
2.3
Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of the following equipment, systems

and services for the power plant are included in this specification:
One (1) Boiler of CFBC design capable of using coal washery rejects,
Indian coal G grade,and Indonesian coal as fuel.However the boiler should
be designed for 100% coal washery rejects. The capacity of the boiler shall
be 195 TPH at required pressure of temperature. The boiler and auxiliaries
shall be as per enclosed specification.
One (1) Turbo generator set of capacity 45 MW at the designed inlet steam
and temperature. The TG and auxiliaries shall be as per enclosed
specification.
One (1) Air cooled condenser with air extraction equipment and other
auxiliaries for the turbine and a set of condensate extraction pumps with
drive motors and other accessories. The ACC and auxiliaries shall be as
per enclosed specification.
Complete piping, auxiliary piping, and interconnecting main steam, feed

water, condensate, auxiliary steam etc. complete with hangers, supports,
valves, specialties, etc. for each TG unit
Raw Water Treatment and auxiliary cooling water system with pumps &
accessories DM plant etc. as per specification enclosed.
Fuel handling system complete with ground hoppers, feeders, coal

crushers, screens, conveyors, dust extraction system with bag filters,
transport equipment such as front end loaders etc. as per specification
enclosed.
Complete pipe work for various water and utility systems with valves,
fittings and accessories, coating and wrapping for underground pipes etc.
Ash Handling System including bed ash handling system of pneumatic

type, and dense phase dry type ash handling system for fly ash complete
with conveying vessels, compressors & receivers complete with
instrumentation, pipes & supporting structures, ash storage silos etc for
the boiler.
All electrical items as specified in enclosed specification for electrical

systems.
Instrumentation and control system with field and panel mounted

instruments, control panels, DCS system, cabling and accessories as per
enclosed specification for Instrumentation and DCS systems.
Compressed air system both for general-purpose service air and

instrument air along with compressors of adequate capacity with standby,
after coolers, air receivers, dryers pipe work and accessories.
- 18 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
Fire detection and protection systems & accessories complete with

detectors, electrics, pumps & associated accessories, pipe work etc and
portable C02 extinguishers and sand filled buckets for electrical rooms,
transformer area, control room, cable vaults, etc. as per requirements
HVAC System & its accessories for turbine building operating and ground
floor, electrical room, battery charger room, control room, office room etc.
including air conditioning & ventilation systems with package and split type
air conditioners, air handling units for washed air supply systems supply
and exhaust fans & associated ducting, piping etc.
Mono rails with electric hoists for ESP, boiler, pump houses and other
areas as required for maintenance.
Inspection at Factory, Quality control at manufacturing works, testing of all

the equipment as specified and as per the requirement of Indian Boiler act.
Commissioning spares as required for all equipment / plant / systems as

recommended by the respective manufacturers for successful
commissioning and operation of the plant till the system is handed over
after successful performance guarantee tests.
Packing and forwarding, arranging transport inland or sea transportation,

port handling and clearance of imported equipment safe transportation
from manufacturers place / port to site, inspection of packing on receipt at
site etc.
Erection of all plant, equipment, piping, instrumentation & control etc.,

supplied under this package, as specified.
All erection tools such as cranes, hoists, welding sets, gas, electrodes,
compressed air, sump pumps, paints, putty and all consumables, stores,
etc., required for erection, testing and commissioning of the plant till
handing over to purchaser.
Flushing and first charge of lubricating oil, governing oil, inhibitor for water
treatment, etc., and also adequate quantity of the same consumables for
topping up for first six (6) months of initial operation after successful
commissioning.
Bidder shall furnish the list with itemised prices sufficient description and
drawings for one set of operational spares required for all equipment / plant
/ systems as recommended by the respective manufacturer for regular
reliable operation of the plant for not less than two (2) years after
commissioning and guarantee tests. These items shall be ordered
separately by the Purchaser.
One (1) set of special tools and tackles, fixtures etc.required for regular
operation and maintenance of the plant and equipment offered. Adequate
- 19 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
means shall be provided for lifting and handling of each item of plant and
equipment.
All statutory permits license from competent authority approvals from Boiler
Inspectorate, Electrical & Factory Inspector, and TAC/ NFPA, labour etc.
as required for the project.
Carrying out all pre-commissioning and commissioning tests in

consultation with Purchasers Engineer at site and commissioning of the
systems.
Performance Guarantee tests for all the equipment as per mutually agreed
procedure and as per Indian and International Standards.
Submission of all drawings and documents to Purchasers consultants and

obtaining approvals before start of manufacturing or construction.
Preparation of monthly reports in the agreed formats and attending

monthly review meetings, design coordination meetings etc.
Arrange permission for Purchasers / Purchaser representatives entry to

different stage and final inspection / testing of equipment at manufacturers
works.
Receiving and unloading of all equipment, plant and materials at site,

checking with shipment list / consignment note and reporting for missing or
damaged items, and make all arrangements for insurance claim as
necessary.
Proper stocking, storing under contractors custody and security, providing

proper maintenance of stored items and keeping proper records of
materials at store for convenience and proper scheduling of erection work
and for quick identification as and when required. Stores as required shall
have to be constructed by the Bidder in the open space provided by
Purchaser.
Issue of materials from stores and maintaining details of account of the

same as required.
Transportation / shifting of materials from stores to erection site.
Pre-assembly at site after proper checking as required.
Erection and subsequent cleaning / flushing as required.
Preparation of erection check list, carry out pre-start check of the

installation to ensure correctness of the erection.
Preparation of testing, commissioning procedures & start-up procedures &

check lists.
- 20 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
2.4
Carrying out commissioning testing, starting up checks, performance

testing, and handing over of the complete plant / equipment / system / subsystems.
Supply of all drawings, data, test certificates, O & M manuals, etc., as

necessary.
Supply and compilation of different manufacturers operating and instruction

manuals in a comprehensive manner prepared for use by operating and /
or maintenance personnel.
Submit complete As-Built drawings for the plant / system / sub-system /

equipment / material as erected and installed at site incorporating each
change or modifications in the executed works from the approved
construction drawings.
Project engineering and management and periodic reporting till handing

over the plant.
The successful bidder shall provide the following manpower at site during
erection, testing and commissioning:
One experienced Site In charge having at least 15 years of experience in

erection and commissioning of similar projects
Engineers with experience in similar job as Supervisory staff, inspectors,

erection and commissioning engineer for each major system to be decided
at the time of finalisation of the contract.
Skilled, semi-skilled / unskilled workman-labour clerical staffs, watch and

ward staff, store-keeper, drivers etc.
EOT and other crane operators as required for all services till handing over
of the plant.
2.5
The successful bidder shall arrange for the training of reasonable number of
purchasers personnel, to be specified by the purchaser, in the shops
manufacturing the equipment and machinery specified in the contract and also
similar operating installations. The period of training shall be mutually agreed
upon on the basis of total man-days.
2.6
Terminal points for the scope of services as per this tender shall be as defined
below. at all terminal points scope of this contract shall include making the joint
including supply of mating flanges, gaskets, bolts, nuts, etc.
Fuel at the coal storage dump of the fuel storage area near the ground
hopper, necessary dumpers and dozers are in the scope of the supply of
bidder.
Flue gases from boiler at stack outlet.
Dust and fly ash at respective storage silo bottom flange.

- 21 -

EPC Spec (Contd)
2.7
Furnace oil/LDO at the inlet of storage tank.
Raw water supply lines at inlet to raw water storage reservoir.
Vents to be taken outside building limit wherever necessary with suitable

bird net, rain protecting hood etc., fitted at the outlet with suitable
approaches for servicing & maintenance.
Drains and blow downs to be taken up to a collection sump through drain

header or drain trench. All above ground drain piping inside the plant shall
also be included by bidder in his scope.
Electrical 132 KV transmission line for power export at gantry of existing

132 KV bus.
Following items of work are excluded from the scope of work covered by this
specification:
Site levelling, soil investigation etc.
- 22 -

45 MW CAPTIVE POWER PLANT AT GARVIDI, ANDHRA PRADESH.
ANNEXURE-1 BOILER & AUXILIARIES

1.0
1.1
DESIGN BASIS
BOILER
Single or bi-drum, vertical, semioutdoor, natural circulation
1.
Type
2.
Normal Continuous rating

(NCR), Steam pressure and 195 TPH, 110 ata, 545 +/- 5 C
Temperature at MSSV outlet
3.
Number
One
4.
FW inlet temperature
219 C ( min)
5.
Steam purity
Total Dissolved Solids: 0.1 ppm

(max)
Silica (max): 0.02 ppm
1.2
1.2.1
6.
Steam system
Steam line from CFBC boiler to be

connected to main steam header in
the TG building which has to be
extended as required. Auxiliary
steam header to be provided as
required.
7.
Deaerator and FW system
One deaerator and two boiler feed

pumps one working and one standby
8.
Feeders
Both drag chain/screw conveyors to

be provided.
9.
No. of under bed fuel Feeders
As per the requirement with VFD for

flow control.
FUEL FOR FBC BOILER

Fuel combination
Boiler furnace shall be deigned for firing the fuels in different combinations
and in quantities on heat basis as indicated below.
Combination 1 : Performance fuel :
Coal washery rejects : 50 %
Indian coal G grade : 50 %
Combination 2:
Imported coal : 25%
Indian coal G grade : 25 %
Coal washery rejects: 50 % .
-1-

Annexure-1 Boiler & Auxiliaries (contd.)
Combination 3:
1.2.2
Imported coal : 25%
Washery reject : 25 %
Indian Coal G : 50 % .
Analysis of Fuels:
Approximate indicative analysis of different fuels is given below:
Ultimate Analysis:
1.3
Coal washery Indian coal

rejects
G - grade
Indonesian
coal
S.No
PARTICULARS
Carbon %
23.0
17.10
59.38
Hydrogen %
01.3
0.22
3.15
Nitrogen %
00.6
0.10
01.04
Sulphur %
01.50
0.57
0.38
Moisture %
08.00
06.32
06.00
Ash %
60.50
75.48
25.19
Oxygen %
05.10
0.20
04.86
Gross Calorific Value,

KCal/ Kg
1800
2000
5600
DESIGN REQUIREMENT:
The Fluidised Bed Combustion Boiler and its auxiliary equipment covered
by this specification shall be designed to achieve the following objectives:
Design of equipment shall be as per Indian boiler regulation (IBR

1950 with its latest amendments) and ASME PTC 4.1 for efficiency
calculation by indirect method.
Temperature of flue gas at the outlet of economiser of the boiler

shall not be over 150 deg. C.
Storage bunkers for 16 Hrs of fuel storage for the boiler shall be
provided with proper partitions and feeder arrangements for feeding
any combination of fuels into all compartments.
Super heater outlet temperature control shall be for 60% to 100%

for normal continuous rating and normal kiln gas temperature.
A Deaerator and feed water pumping system will be provided for the
boiler.
-2-

1.4
The control of the CPP will be based on a DCS system to be

procured by the purchaser separately. All instruments and controls
provided by the boiler supplier shall be compatible to the DCS and
necessary outputs for feeding the signals to purchasers DCS shall
be provided by the boiler supplier.
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
All drive motors up to 200 KW shall be suitable for operation on 415 V, 50
Hz, 3 / 4-wire systems. All the motor shall meet the following conditions.
All the AC motors for various auxiliaries should be designed to

operate in humid air with the maximum ambient temperature up to
45 deg. C
All the motors shall be of squirrel cage type
The degree of protection of motors shall be IP 54 & shall confirm to

IS: 325 / IEC 60034.
Motors for outdoor application shall be IP 55 degree of protection

with sheet Steel canopy
The motor winding shall be provided with class F insulation
The motors shall be suitable for + 10 % voltage variation on rated

Voltage and + 5 % frequency variation on 50Hz. Subject to
combined Variation of 10% with maximum temperature rise limited
to limits of Class B insulation.
All the motors shall be of Energy Efficient, Eff -1 range, and shall
meet the following requirements
Highest among the commercially available make & range.
Flat Efficiency curve between 60 % to 100 % load.
Efficiency shall be guaranteed without any negative tolerance

tested.
Supplier shall obtain specific confirmation/ approval from Purchaser

/consultant before procuring the motor for the guaranteed efficiency
figures.
Motors of rating 30 KW & above shall be provided with space

heaters.
Motors of rating 75 KW & above shall be provided with RTDs for

winding.
LV motors shall be suitable for 415 V.
Motors shall be Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled design.
All bearings of motors will be lubricated anti-friction type. No forced

lubrication is acceptable.
-3-
and

1.5
1.5.1
Fuel Feeders shall be provided with VFDs. VFDs shall be meet the
following requirements:
Rated for 415 V
Suitable for the selected IGBT based variable frequency drive, and
shall match with the drive in respect of over voltage / spike
generated by drives.
Winding shall be VPI treated and two coat enamelled. These motors
shall be sized to operate satisfactorily under the lowest speed
conditions. Operating speed requirement shall be as follows
Boiler Feed Pump
- 30 % to 100 %
Fans
- 30 % to 100 %
Fuel Feeder
- 10 % to 100 %
Motors of rating above 30 KW shall be provided with thermisters in

the windings and higher capacity motors shall be provided with
RTDs
Motor terminals to be rotatable for 4 X 90 Deg. Higher rating motors

shall be provided with extension terminal box to receive the
aluminium cables. The terminal box shall be capable of
withstanding the maximum system fault current for duration of at
least 0.25 second.
The motors shall be capable of operating satisfactorily at full load

for five minutes without injurious heating with 75 % of rated voltage
at its terminals.
The motors shall be capable of withstanding locked rotor current for

at least 5 second longer than the starting time under rated load
conditions.
Starting current shall be less than or equal to 600 % of rated

current and the motor shall be designed for direct on line / reduced
voltage starting.
Continuous duty motors shall be capable of three equally spread

start per hour under normal conditions or two starts in quick
succession from cold or one hot start, under rated load conditions.
For rating 160 KW and above, NDE bearings shall be insulated to

prevent circulation of shaft current.
PIPING SYSTEM
Layout
)
In general, the piping as per this specification shall be routed
overhead. All overhead yard pipe work shall be routed such that
-4-

they will have a minimum clearance of 6.0 metres between bottom

of supporting structures and road crown/ railway track.
1.5.2
All shop headers, except for gravity return fluids, shall be generally
routed along columns in multiple rows at a height 4 to 6 metres
above floor level. The connections to equipment shall be taken
through suitable covered floor trenches for shops at ground floor
and for basements and for elevated operating floors, the equipment
pipe work connections may be taken below the floor level. All
gravity pipes shall also be preferably routed along the same route.
Isolated single pipe connections to equipment may be buried in the
flooring/ equipment foundations. All pipe trenches shall be covered
by chequered plate or by concrete slabs.
The outlet pipes for purging lines and other exhaust pipe work shall
be routed upward along columns / gable ends and / or walls to a
height of 4,000 mm above the roof level.
Platforms, access ladders, hand railing etc shall be provided for

operation and maintenance of valves, instruments and controls. In
case the units and electric drives for the valves are to be located at
a height of more than 1.4 m from the maintenance level, the
platform with stairs shall be envisaged (either stationary or lightweight portable ones).
At all the places needing regular maintenance e.g. gate valves,

throttle valves, orifice plates, hatches, manholes, bleeders etc if
located at a height of over 2.5 m from the maintenance level,
provision shall be made for stationary platforms with the railings
and stairs. For individual platforms, which are used rarely, the
vertical ladders can be provided. Guard railing for the platforms and
stairs shall be at least 1.2 m high.
Sizing of pipe lines

)
Sizing the pipelines shall be within the following velocity limits. The
test pressures shall be as per IBR.
For HP steam (upto 110Kscg & 540 deg. C) velocity shall not
exceed 45 m/s.
For HP steam (upto 70Kscg & 490 deg. C) velocity shall not exceed
40 m/s
For LP steam (upto 10Kscg & 300 deg. C) velocity shall not exceed
30 m/s
For Feed water (upto 100Kscg & 300 deg. C) velocity shall not
exceed 2 m/s
-5-

1.5.3
For condensate (upto 8Kscg & 60 deg. C) velocity shall not exceed
2 m/s
For drain & cooling water (upto 6Kscg & 200 deg. C) velocity shall
not exceed 2 m/s
Valves & Fittings

)
Valves of DN 100 and above shall be provided with by-pass.
Pipes, fittings and valves shall be supplied with IBR certificates.
Valves shall be provided on pipe work for isolation of pipe sections

and equipment, control of pressure, flow and level of fluids, venting,
draining, pressure relief etc. They shall be suitable for the service
conditions in all respects and located suitably considering ease of
operation and maintenance.
The valves provided shall include but not be limited to the

followings:
On all pipelines both at the sources and consumers.
On all branch pipes from main header to consumers.
Isolating and bypass valves for flow meters, filters, trap assembly
etc.
Check valve on all pipelines requiring unidirectional flow.
Pressure regulating valves together with isolating by-pass and relief

valves for all pressure reducing installations.
Manual drain valves at low points and manual vent valves at all high
points of pipe work.
All pressure reducing valve shall be of globe/needle type, with

material specifications, dimensional standards etc as per the
relevant Annexure for the service for which the valve is intended.
The valves shall be actuated by internal pilot diaphragm or piston.
The downstream pressure shall have an adjustable range within
which the required valve can be set manually.
All motor valves operated valve shall be actuated by electric

motors, through reducing gears. The valves shall be in accordance
with the specifications in relevant Annex. The drive assembly for
the valve shall consist of a drive motors transmission gear, limit
switches for on-off control. Valves having proportional control shall
have rheostat and transformer rectifier as required. The drive
assembly shall be enclosed in a suitable casing and internally wired
and ending with terminals suitable for connection to a source of
power supply having voltage as specified.
-6-

1.5.4
Relief & safety valves of adequate capacity shall be provided at

required location for ensuring the safe operation of the system.
These shall be of spring-loaded type and shall automatically open
when the pressure and the pipelines, on which they are mounted,
exceed preset values. The valves shall have end connections and
materials specified for throttling valves. Relief/Safety valves for
steam service shall have IBR certification. Relief valves shall have
hand wheel / wrench for adjustment of preset value of relief
pressure.
Expansion and flexibility

)
Piping stress analysis using suitable software package to comply
with the requirements of ANSI B31.1 power piping code and IBR
All pipe work shall be designed to provide sufficient flexibility to

prevent development of undesirable forces or moments at points of
connection to equipment, at anchorages or at guide points due to
thermal expansion.
Flexibility shall be provided by changes of direction or by the use of

bends, loops or offsets. Wherever no self-compensation can be
used to cater for the expansion deformation of the pipelines, special
expansion joints shall be provided. In general, expansion loops
shall be used for pipelines of DN 300 and under.
In the case of steam lines or other fluid pipe work operating at high
temperatures, sections of pipe may be cut short and cold sprung
into place. Unless otherwise specified, all cold springing shall not
exceed one-half the total expected expansion between anchor
points.
For all piping systems, the provision for expansion and flexibility
shall take into consideration the maximum possible temperature
differential between the design temperature and the ambient
temperature in the cold season. The co-efficient of linear expansion
of the piping materials shall be considered and means provided for
proper anchoring or other methods of restraining and to take care of
the anticipated expansion without failure of pipe work and without
imposing excessive loads on connected equipment, structures,
supports etc. For steam pipe work covered under Indian Boiler
Regulations (IBR), expansion joints shall be provided as per IBR.
The axial forces occurring during expansion joint deformation shall
be determined by calculation.
The contractor shall be responsible for the proper fabrication of all

piping systems with regard to expansion and flexibility, including the
branch lines and connections to equipment, even though such
-7-

details might be omitted on the drawings. Supporting shall ensure

freedom for expansion and absence of movement as well as restrict
sagging to reasonable limits.
1.5.5
Supports
)
Pipe supports, anchors, hangers, guides, sway bracings, vibration
dampers etc shall be according to ANSI B 31.1 or equivalent.
1.5.6
Design, material and workmanship for structural steelwork used for

pipe supports shall conform to relevant Indian Standards for
Structural Steelwork and Civil Engineering Work.
Welding
)
The Tenderer shall provide all tools, plant, instruments and
consumable including welding electrodes for carrying out the
welding at site.
The Tenderer shall arrange at his own cost for all tests outlined
below and any other test indicated by the Equipment Manufacturer /
FAL from time to time during the progress of work.
Visual examination.
X-ray and Gamma-ray examination.
Ultrasonic test.
Liquid dye - penetrant test.
Test by blowing.
Welding procedures shall be prepared in line with IS: 7307 and

tests shall be carried out to quality procedures.
Welders employed shall be qualified as per IS: 7310 after passing

necessary tests witnessed by FAL.
Welding consumables shall be of approved type. Such consumables

are, however, subject to qualifying initial check tests as per IS: 814.
The Tenderer shall strictly follow approved welding procedures

during actual welding.
All jointing by electric arc and gas welding processes shall be as

per IS: 823 and 1323 respectively or equivalent. However, the
provisions of mandatory codes such as Indian Boiler Regulations
etc shall be met where required.
Welded carbon steel piping need not be stress relieved except

where specified or required by statutory agencies like IBR. Such
stress relieving may be done by uniformly heating welded area with
Ni-chrome / induction coil to 66015 C, holding the temperature for
one hour for each 25 mm of wall thickness or fraction thereof and
then cooling at a rate not in excess of 315 C per hour in still air.
-8-

1.5.7
1.5.8
Thermal insulation
)
Thermal insulation shall be provided for all surfaces substantially
hotter than ambient conditions. The data regarding ambient
conditions given shall be used for selection of thermal insulation.
The thermal insulation provided shall ensure that the temperature of

outside surface of insulation (Cladding) shall not exceed 60 deg C.
Mineral wool (made from rock, slag & glass) insulation materials
shall be used for hot services. The insulation material shall be one
of the following types.
For pipe work up to DN 350, pipe-sections of light resin-bonded

mineral wool (rock/slag wool) as per IS: 9842 shall be used. In
addition to the compulsory requirements indicated in clauses 4.1 to
4.11 of the IS code, optional requirements laid down in clauses
4.12.1 to 4.12.4 of the IS code shall be fulfilled in all cases.
For pipe sizes above DN 350 and for flat surfaces and equipment,
resin bonded mineral wool (rock wool) mattress as per IS:8183, with
factory stitched G.I. Wire netting on outer surface. In addition to the
compulsory requirements indicated in clauses 4.1 to 4.9 of the IS
code, optional requirements laid down in clauses 4.10.1 to 4.10.7 of
the IS code shall be fulfilled in all cases.
The insulating material shall not cause corrosion of the surface on

which it is applied. The insulating material of the selected bulk
density shall be suitable for continuous use at the maximum service
temperature specified in the technical specification. When tested as
per IS: 3144 by heating to the maximum service temperature, the
material shall maintain its general form and shall not suffer visible
deterioration of the fibrous structure.
Painting
)
All equipment piping, pipe supports pipe racks, structures, hand
rails, platforms etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted with 2
coats of red oxide zinc chromate primer and 2 coats of finish
enamel paint as per relevant IS.
2.0
2.1
2.1.1
SCOPE
SCOPE OF WORK
Design and Engineering
)
Design and Engineering of Complete system and layout for the
boilers and auxiliaries including the main steam piping, auxiliary
steam piping and feed water piping falling under IBR within the
scope of this specification.
Basic design, Preparation of P&I, Schemes, Flow sheets etc.

-9-

2.1.2
Preparation of detailed GA drawings, Foundation load data

requirements, for main boiler, auxiliaries, piping within the scope
etc.
Manufacture, supply erection & commissioning

)
Complete manufacture and supply of all the equipment, electrics
and piping covered in the scope including shop testing.
Providing engineering drawings, data, and operation manuals to the

Purchaser.
Supply of all equipment, materials, spares and special tools and

tackles, which are required for achieving the specified performance
parameters of the plant. Any special instruments etc. required for
proving the performance of the boilers after the installation at site
shall also be included in the scope.
Testing of the equipment after manufacture at works including

inspection by an approved third party inspection agency as per Para
1.6 above.
Obtaining approval from Indian Boiler Inspectorate for the

equipment supplied, steam and feed water piping and wherever
required by IBR.
Packing, forwarding and arranging transportation / shipment from

manufacturers works.
Unloading, handling and storage at site transport from store to

equipment foundation.
Erection, testing at site, commissioning and performance guarantee

tests of the boilers, auxiliaries and piping within the scope of this
specification.
2.1.3
OEM Experts supervision

Guidance during initial operation till it is handed over to the purchasers
O&M group.
2.2
SCOPE OF SUPPLY
Following major parts of the boilers shall be supplied as per specification.
Bidder shall note that this list is only indicative. All items required for completing
the boiler installation and achieving the specified performance of the boiler within
the battery limits shall be included in tenderers scope of supply.
2.2.1
Pressure Parts
)
Steam drum with internals and fittings.
Convection bank tubes with outer casing.
Bed coil assembly with plain bed tubes and bed coil inlet and outlet
headers. (Bed coil super heater is not acceptable)
-10-

2.2.2
2.2.3
Fin welded water wall furnace enclosure with refractory in bed zone.
Down comers and risers.
Drainable super heater assembly with inlet and outlet header.
Spray type inter stage de super heater assembly.
Necessary piping connecting super heaters and de super heater.
Economiser with plain tubes with casings & hoppers.
Multi tubular air pre heater with tubes, tube sheets, casing and
hoppers.
Furnace
)
Fluidised bed furnace of suitable sizes enclosed by water wall etc.
Firing arrangement
Bed ash drain arrangement
Inspection arrangement
Fuel and air nozzles
Air and Gas ducting

)
Integral Air and Gas ducting of boiler.
Air headers for primary air and secondary air and suitable
distribution in the furnace
Gas ducting from economiser upto suitable elevation for ESP inlet
Necessary duct supports expansion joints etc.
2.2.4
Fuel Feeding
)
Fuel feeding system with fuel feeders and fuel feeding lines to
boiler suitable for feeding 100% boiler fuel requirement.
2.2.5
Air System
)
Air box with distributor plate and fuel nozzles/air nozzles.
2.2.6
Forced draft air ducting from FD fan to air heater and from air
heater to air box.
Primary draft air ducting from air heater outlet to PA fan and PA fan
to fuel feeding arrangement
Feeding mixing nozzles.
Flue Gas System

)
Induced draft fans.
)
2.2.7
Chimney complete.
Refractory and Insulation

)
Complete refractory and insulation for the boilers including cladding
etc.
-11-

2.2.8
2.2.9
Boiler Integral Piping

)
Feed piping from NRV, Feed water control station to feed water
header.
Feed piping feed water header to economizer.
Feed water piping from economiser outlet to steam drum.
Spray water piping for desuperheater.
Saturated steam line from steam drum to inlet header of primary

super heater.
Steam line from primary super heater outlet to inlet header of

secondary super heater.
Main steam piping from secondary superheater outlet header up to

outlet of main steam stop valve.
Soot blower steam piping as necessary.
HP dosing unit to feed water line.
Boiler blow down up to boiler blow down tank.
Boiler blow down tank (common for continuous and intermittent

blow down and its associated piping)
Drain piping up to common drain header/ nearest trench.
Safety valve exhaust / air vent piping up to safe elevation.
Auxiliaries
)
Two no. (1 W + 1 SB) of 60 % MCR of FD fans with drives
Two no. (1 W + 1 SB) of 60 % MCR of ID fans with drives
Two no. (1 W + 1 SB) of 60 % MCR of SA fans with drives
Required number of rotary feeders with variable frequency drives at

for bottom feeding depending upon the design of boiler.
Minimum four nos. of drag chain feeder with constant speed geared
drive for top feeding in boiler.
Pneumatically operated power cylinder actuated regulating damper

for each FD fan & ID fan.
Solenoid energised power cylinder actuated open/close on/off type

damper for fluidising and primary air ducts, PA fan suction etc as
required.
Minimum and essential valves and fittings to meet IBR requirement.
Retractable type soot blowers at superheater zones as necessary

and fixed rotary type motorised soot blowers at evaporator and
economiser zones as necessary.
PRV for soot blower steam line.

-12-

Four no of sample coolers for feed water, saturated steam,

superheated steam and blow down water of boiler.
Flow nozzle, transmitters, Drain valves etc.,
HP dosing system with pumping unit and its drives, supporting,

fittings, valves, agitators etc.,
Feed water control station
Isolation valve at boiler filling line.
Instrument air piping.
Two no. of Safety valve at drum and one no. of safety relief valve at
Main steam header.
Motorised main steam valve and motorised bypass valve
Motorised start up vent valve
2.2.10 Supports and Platforms

)
All steel supporting structure for the boiler over the concrete
platform to be provided.
Minimum & essential operating platforms with approach stairs/

ladders and canopy and side sheeting up to bunker level and side
covering as required to avoid rain beating.
2.2.11 Electrostatic precipitator

)
One set of electrostatic precipitator with suitable number of fields
complete with structural supports, casing, internals, electrics etc.
shall be provided.
Dust content at the outlet of the ESP shall not exceed 50 mg/Ncum
with all the fields in operation.
Number of fields shall be so selected that even with one field out of
operation the boiler shall operate at its full rated capacity with the
dust level in the ESP outlet well within the above limit.
2.2.12 Electrical
)
FD / ID / SA fan motors of CFBC boiler with variable speed control.
Fuel feeder motors with VFD.
HP & LP Dosing pump motors.
Motors for any other driven equipment such as valves etc. in

suppliers scope.
2.2.13 Fuel Storage Bunker

)
One no. fuel storage bunker (Twin bunker design) with discharge
pin type gates with outlets for feeder. Bunker shall have a minimum
capacity to store 16 hours of fuel requirement at full capacity of
boiler.
-13-

Steel supporting structure for the bunker.
2.2.14 Chemical Dosing System

)
Skid mounted LP dosing system including pump set (1W + 1S) with
their motors of required capacity.
Skid mounted HP dosing system including pump set (1W + 1S) with
their motors of required capacity.
LP dosing piping including supports upto feed pump suction.
HP dosing piping including supports upto steam drum.
Minimum & essential valves and fittings.
2.2.15 Deaerator and Boiler Feed Pumps
One Deaerator of capacity 220 tons/hour complete with deaerated water

storage tank of capacity 70 cum complete with all necessary accessories,
safety valves, Insulations, supporting structures, foundation bolts, fittings
etc.
Three boiler feed pumps (1W+1S) each of approximate capacity 240

cum/hr and head to suit the pressure requirement of the boilers and the
pressure drop in the pipe work complete with drive motors, recirculation
valves, balancing valves, strainers, isolation valves, check valves,
foundation bolts and accessories etc.,
The pumps shall be single suction, multi stage centrifugal type with drive
motor of suitable rating, coupling, common base frame, foundation bolts
etc.
The capacity of pumps shall be designed for peak generation and blow
down requirement at 110 % MCR capacity of boilers.
Pumps discharge pressure calculation shall be as follows
The maximum Discharge pressure = (Maximum set pressure of drum

safety valve + Economiser pressure drop + Line losses including flow
meter pressure drop + FCV pressure drop + Pressure drop in ARC valve +
static head)
The pump shall have the following characteristics:
Head Flow Characteristic Curves This should be a suitable

curve with the head continuously increasing from maximum flow
condition to zero flow condition with a maximum head being at
closed delivery valve (zero flow). Both flat curves as well as heavily
drooping curves are not acceptable. Maximum run-out flow should
atleast be 130 % of duty point flow. Specified normal pump capacity
shall be less than rated capacity and these two points shall be to
the left of capacity at Best Efficiency Point (BEP).
-14-

Shut off Head The shut off head should be at least 1.1 times the
duty point head (at boiler MCR) and should not be more than 1.2
times the duty point head (at boiler MCR).
Power Characteristics The power curve should be of nonoverloading type with the maximum power occurring at or near duty
point or towards maximum run out flow. Deeply formed S shaped
power curve should as for as possible be avoided.
NPSHR Characteristics At rated capacity, margin between

required and available NPSH shall be at least 1.0 M
NPSHR curve should be a continuous rising one in the range of

operation, from the minimum flow in the range to the maximum flow
in the range. A bowl shaped NPSHR curve in the operating range is
unacceptable. Required NPSH values shall not exceed available
values over the entire range from minimum to rated flow.
Efficiency Vs Flow Characteristics The efficiency curve should be

fairly flat in the range of +(-) 1% of the BEP flow. The duty point of
the equipment should preferably lie in this flat region, but not a flow
higher than the BEP flow.
Pumps operating in parallel shall have equal head rises from

normal capacity to shut off of at least 10 %.
The feed pumps shall be provided with suitable recirculation and

balance leak-off arrangement. Recirculation flow under low load
shall be automatically controlled. Removable type suction strainers,
with free flow area of (4) times the flow area of the pipe shall be
provided.
The minimum stable flow of the feed pump shall be as low as

possible; so as to operate the boiler feed pumps continuously at low
loads. Minimum flow thermal and minimum flow stable along with
characteristic curves of pump shall be provided during contract
stage. The automatic recirculation valve shall be sized for the
higher of the minimum flow thermal and minimum flow stable
values. The feed water pump performance test shall confirm to the
requirements of Hydraulic Institute standards.
The sealing of glands of pumps shall be of Mechanical seal type.
The bearings of the pump shall have temperature & Vibration

monitoring instruments.
-15-

2.2.16 Complete feed water pipework between the Deaerator and feed water pumps,
feed water pumps and individual boilers complete with necessary valves, fittings
and accessories.
2.2.17 Complete main steam pipe work from the MSSV of CFBC boiler up to the existing
common steam header in the TG building including extension of the main steam
header, necessary isolation valve at the header and the steam line from the
common stream header up to inlet flange of TG complete with valves, fittings,
supports and accessories.
2.2.18 Complete steam piping from main steam header to PRDSs , to Auxiliary steam
headers, to Deaerator, to Ejector inlet nozzle, to Sealing steam inlet of TG,
Extraction line from TG extraction steam nozzle to Deaerator and other branching
steam pipelines with valves, accessories, fittings etc.,
2.2.19 Basic Field Instruments for the boiler
)
Thermocouple & RTD (PT100) compatible with DCS for the
following
-
Water temperature at the inlet of economiser.

Water temperature at the outlet of economiser.
Water temperature at the inlet to primary SH
Water temperature at the inlet to secondary SH
Water temperature at the outlet to Primary SH
Water temperature at the outlet to secondary SH
Water temperature at the inlet to tertiary SH
Water temperature at the outlet to tertiary SH
Steam temperature at the main steam line.
Bed temperature for boiler
Flue gas temperature at free board of boiler
Flue gas temperatures at Cyclone inlet
Flue gas temperatures at Cyclone outlet
Flue gas temperatures at Super Heater inlet.
Flue gas temperatures at Super Heater outlet.
Flue gas temperatures at Evaporator outlet.
Flue gas temperatures at Economiser outlet.
Flue gas temperature before multi tubular air preheater
Flue gas temperature after multi tubular air preheater
Air temperature after multi tubular air preheater
Draught gauge with transmitters to measure

- Flue gas pressure at furnace, cyclones and at economiser outlet
Pressure gauges with transmitters to measure

- Steam pressure at steam drum / Superheater
- Bed pressure
- Feed line pressure before feed control valve
-16-

Draught gauges for CFBC boiler with transmitters to measure

- Air box pressure, secondary air pressure
- Furnace pressure
- Flue gas pressure before economiser
- Flue gas pressure before & after multi tubular air heater
- Air pressure before & after multi tubular air heater
- Air pressure at primary air header and secondary air header.
- Compensating cables and impulse piping wherever necessary for the
items, which are under THE CONTRACTOR scope of supply.
- Instrument panel to mount draught gauges supplied by The Contractor.
Boiler Controls:
Following minimum controls are required for the boiler. All field
instruments, switches, level measurements sensors etc shall be provided by the
boiler supplier to enable purchasers DCS control system
- Automatic Three element drum level control
- Automatic Attemperator control to maintain constant temperature for
60 to 100% flow within +/- 5 Deg C
- Automatic Combustion control for CFBC boiler
- Automatic Furnace draught control for CFBC boiler
- Fuel feeders with variable speed drives
)
2.3
2.3.1
Alarms and annunciation sensors for purchasers DCS system
DATA SHEET
Material of construction of boiler:
Materials preferred are indicated below. Supplier shall note that if the
design calls for better material the same shall be provided.
Component
Material
Boiler Pressure Parts

Steam / Water drum
SA 515 Gr. 70
Furnace water wall tubes
BS 3059 Gr.360 ERW
Bunker tubes
SA 210 Gr. A 1
Super heater tubes (< 450 Deg C)
SA 213 Gr.T 11
Super heater tubes (> 450 Deg C)
SA 213 Gr. T 22
Economiser tube
BS 3059 Gr.360 ERW
Piping & Header ( < 400 Deg C)
SA 106 Gr. B
Piping & Header ( < 490 Deg C)
SA 335 P 11
Sample cooler coils & piping
SA 312 TP 304
HP dozing piping
SA 312 TP 304
-17-

Deaerator shell
SA 515 Gr.70/SA 516 Gr.70
Deaerator storage tank
SA 515 Gr.70/SA 516 Gr.70
Non pressure parts

Steam drum drier / mesh
SA 478 Type 304
Air heater corten steel tubes
SA 423 Gr.1 ERW
Fuel bunker conical portion
AISI 304
Fuel distributor exposed to

radiation
AISI 304
Ducting
IS 226 / IS 2062
Bank area baffles
AISI 304
Structural steel
IS 226 / IS 2062
High tensile steel
IS 961
Hand rails
IS 1239 32 NB Medium
Structural fasteners
IS 1363 /1364
Grating
BS 4952 Part 1
LP dozing piping
SA312 TP 304
Dozing pump wetted part
SS 304
Dozing system mixing tank
AISI 304
Blow down tank
IS 2062
Deaerator internals
AISI 304
Boiler Feed water Pumps

Suction casing
SA 216 Gr. WCB
Discharge casing
CA 6 NM
Impeller
CA 6 NM
Shaft
AISI 410
Transfer pumps & initial fill pump

Suction casing
SA 216 Gr. WCB
Discharge casing
AISI 410
Impeller
AISI 410
Shaft
AISI 410
-18-

Piping
Main steam line
ASTM A 335 P11/12
Auxiliary steam of low pressure &

low temperature
SA 106 Gr.B
Feed pump
SA 106 Gr.B
Spray water piping to

desuperheater
SA 106 Gr.B
Fitting & flanges
As per IBR code
Water piping up to NB 150
IS 1239 black medium
Water piping NB 200 & above
IS 3589 ERW
Service air piping
AISI 304 black medium
Instrument air piping
IS 1239 G I
Fittings for Non IBR
IS 1239 II /ASTM B16.9
Insulation & refractory

Insulation Bricks
IS 2042
Refractory
IS 8
Bonded mineral wool
IS 8183
Hexagonal wire netting
IS 3150
Cladding
Al
Miscellaneous
2.3.2
Grouting material
GP.2 SPL
Boiler roof material
G I Sheet
Roof side cladding material
G I Sheet
Schedule of valves & fittings (HP Valves)

Following minimum valves shall be provided for each Boiler
Feed Line
Pressure gauge isolation valve
Flow transmitter isolation valve
Control Valve
Isolation for control valve
By pass for control valve
-19-

Economiser
Stop valve at inlet
Check valve at inlet
Drain valve
Vent valve
Pressure gauge isolation valve
Steam Drum
Spring loaded safety valve
Isolation valves for level gauges
Drain valves for level gauges
Air vent valve
Isolation valve for pressure gauge
Aux. steam stop valve
Isolation valve for level transmitter & level switches
Continuous blow down valve
Bypass for CBD
Mud Drum & WH Bottom HDRS

Blow down valve
Drain Valves
Super Heater & Main Steam Line:

Main steam stop valve (motorized)
Main steam valve bypass valve motorised
Vent valve superheater (motorized)
Spring loaded safety valve
Pressure gauge isolation
Flow transmitter isolation
Main steam non-return valve
Soot Blower System & Steam Line to Soot Blowers:

Stop valve
Drain Valve
Pressure gauge isolation
Pressure reducing valve
-20-

ANNEXURE-2 TURBO GENERATOR & AUXILIARIES

1.0 DESIGN BASIS
1.1
THE TURBO GENERATOR AS PER THIS SPECIFICATION SHALL MEET THE

FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS:
NO.
1.2
DESCRIPTION
TURBO-GENERATOR
1.
Type
Low or High speed, condensing steam with one bleed

for Deaerator and bleed for HP, LP heaters as per
standard design of supplier.
2.
Type of
condenser
Air cooled condenser
3.
Number
One
4.
Max. Contin.
Rating
45 MW
5.
Press & Temp at

I/L
108 Ksca, 540 deg. C
6.
Condenser
pressure
7.
Governor control
Woodward suitable for parallel operation of the TGs

& grid
8.
Generator rating
45 MW @ 0.8PF
9.
CEP
2 (1W +1S)
10.
HP heaters
As per the design requirement
11.
LP Heater
12.
Gen. volt, PF,

Freq
3 Ph. 3 w, 11.0 KV+10%, 0.8PF, 50Hz
13.
System features
45 MW TG will be located in TG building housing the

45 MW generator and TG will receive steam from a
common steam header.
0.18 Ksca
STEAM TURBINE & AUXILIARIES
One multistage steam turbine coupled to generator suitable for working with an
air cooled condenser complete with lubricating oil and governing oil systems, controls and
instrumentation and all necessary auxiliaries as required will be provided. The steam
turbine will be a straight condensing type machine with two HP heaters, one LP heater

Annexure-2 Turbo Generator & Auxiliaries (Contd.)
and uncontrolled bleed for feed water heating in the deaerator. The output capacity of the
turbine will be 45 MW as measured at generator terminals. Turbo generator set shall be
designed for the fluctuations and transients so that the system as a total will sustain
without any adverse effect on the life of the equipment.
1.3
GENERATOR
Generator of voltage rating 11.0KV suitable for 0.8PF, 57 MVA is envisaged.

Generator shall be complete with exciter, brush less excitation system, automatic voltage
control etc. adequately designed for the requirement of generator. Bidders shall furnish a
write up along with the tender indicating the technical consideration for review and to
convince that they will take care of this fluctuating load requirement in their basic design.
1.4
CONDENSING PLANT
Air-cooled condensing system is envisaged for the turbine (TG). However the
condenser with all necessary standard auxiliaries such as condensate storage tanks,
condensate extraction pumps, flash tanks, two-stage steam jet ejectors, start-up ejector,
hot well level control system, bellows etc. is not included in the scope of this specification.
Gland steam system with steam pressure regulators, de-superheater, Gland Vent
Condenser (GVC), all piping and valves and associated instruments shall be provided.
Auxiliary steam for gland sealing will be supplied at 10kg/cm2 and 300 deg C. The leak
off from steam turbine gland will be received by the GVC and the condensate collected
shall be discharged to condensate tank.
1.5
GOVERNING SYSTEM
To control the turbine speed during varying load demands and fluctuating steam
supply conditions, Woodward speed governor of suitable type will be provided. The speed
governing system will limit the over speed of the TG set on loss of full load so as to avoid
tripping by the emergency over speed device. Common governing and lubricating oil
system is envisaged and the pumps of the common system will be sized accordingly.
1.6
LUBRICATION OIL SYSTEM
The lube oil for the bearings is circulated by the lube oil pump in the system. One
turbine driven main oil pump for normal operation, one electric motor driven (AC) auxiliary
oil pump for start-up having same capacity and discharge head as main turbine oil pump
and an emergency DC electric motor driven oil pump for safe coasting down during total
power failure will be provided for the lubrication oil system. If the tenderer feels
necessary, an overhead emergency oil tank for safe operation of turbine in case of EOP
trip can also be provided. The overhead oil tank back up system shall be complete with
an SS overhead tank, over flow oil tank, SS piping, SS valves & Instrumentation as per
the design requirement.

1.7
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1.7.1
Generator protection
The generator shall be provided with following minimum protections:
1.8
Phase & ground Inverse time O/C relay.
Phase & ground Instantaneous time O/C relay.
Generator stator E/F and Backup earth fault relay.
Differential protection with CTs on phase and neutral sides.
Loss of excitation.
Negative Phase sequence.
Forward power relay for Low Forward trip.
Reverse Power relay for trip with timer.
Over Voltage relay having 2 stages on generator side.
Under voltage relay having 2 stages on generator side.
Low frequency relay having 2 stages on generator side with timer.
Rotor earth fault relay I stage.
Trip circuit supervision.
Lock out relay for hand reset for generator.
Lock out relay for hand reset for turbine.
Lock out relay for grid breaker.
PT fuse failure relay.
Auxiliary relays and multiplication relays required.
Potential transformer for protection.
Surge suppression protection.
The bidder shall provide necessary CTs & PTs as required.
EARTHING SYSTEM
The earthing at the grid side substation end is solidly earthed. HT voltage level at
plant shall have earthing with arrangement to limit the earth fault current within the
system withstand capacity. As there is generation within the plant, the earth fault current
source will be higher and it is limited by resistance earthing. HT being limited distribution
system resistance earthing is decided.
LT drives will be provided with solid earthing as per the standard followed in any
industry. Control system voltages will be unearthed system to avoid spurious operations
due to earth fault in control systems.

1.9
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
The system envisaged is DCS for the entire CPP having the operator and
Engineering stations in main control room. Auxiliary units like ash handling, fuel handling,
DM Plant will be provided with PC based PLC and the important parameters will be
communicated to DCS for the information of the shift in-charge.
All logics and controls will be provided only in DCS with redundant processors and
hot standby units. Minimum controls shall be
1.10
Split type hot well level control with re-circulation control valves.
Gland steam pressure control system.
LP heater condensate level control system if opted.
Deaerator pressure control for bleed steam.
MISCELLANEOUS
1.10.1 Insulation
All exposed portions of the Turbine, auxiliaries and interconnecting piping which
operate at temperature of above 65C during normal operation shall be thermally
insulated so that the outer surface temperature of the insulating material before cladding
shall not exceed 65C at the ambient temperature of 45C at a Wind velocity of 5 m/sec at
outdoor installations. Indoor wind velocity shall be considered as 1m/sec. The insulation
shall be in the form of rock or slag wool mats with wire netting on both faces.
All insulation shall be provided with weatherproof cladding of 26 gauge thick
aluminium sheets. The cladding shall be supported on spacers made of 25x3mm thick
steel flats; the spacers shall be fitted with 4 mm diameter rivets to angle cleats, welded on
to the surface being insulated.
2.0 SCOPE OF SUPPLY
2.1
TURBINE PROPER
Steam turbine from emergency stop valve up to exhaust flange including

extraction valves complete with all integral accessories as described but not limited to the
following:.
Combined force feed lubrication system for turbine, gear box (if provided)
and alternator complete with lube oil tank, Main oil pump (MOP), Auxiliary
Oil Pump (AOP) with auto cut in and cut out facility, DC motor driven
Emergency lube Oil Pump (EOP) with auto cut in and cut out facility,
Jacking oil pump, overhead emergency oil tank (if required), suction
strainers for the above pumps, pressure relief valves, oil coolers and oil
filters with standby, oil vapour extractor for tank, oil pressure regulating
system and interconnecting piping with valves and accessories.

2.2
2.3
Complete turbine integral piping and other piping including all valves
(isolating, regulating, non-return, hand operated and / or pneumatic,
motorized) actuators, air vents, safety valves, drains, hangers, supports,
anchors and other fittings. Emergency gravity lube oil system with SS
overhead tank, SS piping, SS valves & Instrumentation as per the design
requirement.
Turbine supervisory, protective and governing systems including safety

governors, load limit device, low vacuum tripping device, thrust bearing
protective device, solenoid trip etc., as specified hereinafter and all
equipment mounted/local instruments, pressure, temperature, level switch,
primary sensing device etc., as required. Governing system shall be
electro hydraulic type.
Oil purifier of suitable capacity.
HP heaters with accessories and auxiliaries.
LP heater with accessories and auxiliaries.
Electrical motor operated or Hydraulic turning gear equipment and

provision for hand barring.
Gland steam sealing system with steam pressure regulators, desuperheater, gland steam condenser, all piping and valves and associated
instruments.
Coupling between turbine and generator.
Thermal insulation and cladding for turbine, all auxiliary equipment and
piping covered under turbo generator package.
GLAND VENT CONDENSER:
Gland vent system consisting of its ejector, condenser.
Steam piping from turbine gland to GVC, air piping from GVC to Flash tank
/ condenser
Valves and field instruments as required.
PIPE WORK
Set of all pipe work, interconnecting pipe work as required for

interconnecting the various equipment included in the scope of supply
including all required elbows, flanges, fittings, strainers, non-return valve,
etc.
Pipe supports, strainers, steam traps, drains, vents and isolation Valves as
required.
Drain lines for connecting other drain lines like turbine casing drains, GVC
drains etc.
Stand off pipe for instrumentation


2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
ACCESSORIES
Motorized barring gear arrangement with auto engage and auto disengage
facility. In case of turbine trip, the barring gear automatically cuts in when
the rotor speed falls below a preset value and it keeps the rotor rotating at
slow speed to avoid bending of rotor.
QCNRV, FFRV and Isolation valve for all bleed steam lines.
Common base plate for turbine and gearbox
Insulation for Turbine hot parts (lagging & cladding)
Mating flanges for all the equipment connections in the bidders scope of
supply
Base frame, Sole plate for embedment in the concrete, Bottom plate for
foundation bolts.
Set of foundation bolts.
Set of special tools & tackles for maintenance
AC GENERATOR
AC Generator shall be complete with following:
Four pole, cylindrical rotor type alternator
Brush-less exciter
Twin bearings
AVR cum Excitation panel
Anti-condensation heaters
Water leakage detector 1 per cooler
Lube oil flow regulator 1 per bearing
Generator with all its integral accessories and supervisory instruments.
Generator cooling system complete with all accessories.
Slip ring arrangement for monitoring first rotor earth fault.
AUXILIARIES FOR GENERATOR PROTECTION AND CONTROL
Generator protection (Relay) Panel
Metering & synchronizing panel
Lightning arrestor, Surge capacitor and Potential transformer (LA, SC &

PT) panel
Neutral grounding resistor (NGR) panel
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
One (1) lot of drive motors for the various auxiliaries of the TG.
One (1) lot of complete interconnecting power and control cables from the
field switches, motor heaters to the nearest junction boxes.

2.8
2.9
2.10
All control gears for turbine and generator whether specifically indicated or
not.
All sensors, field instruments, junction boxes etc for local and remote
monitoring instruments including transmitters, sensing elements,
connecting pipes/tubes and local gauge board.
HP heaters level control valves
LP heater level control valves.
Dial type Pressure gauges as required. List to be furnished with offer.
Temperature gauge as required. List to be furnished
Pressure switches as required. List to be furnished.
Pneumatic and impulse piping with fittings for interconnection within

battery limits.
RTDs (PT 100 type), Thermowells for all the temperature measuring points
for purchasers DCS system.
Provision for level transmitters for purchasers DCS controls and

instrumentation
MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS
Noise abetting hood complete with lighting, ventilation arrangement for

complete steam turbine and generator unit as required to reduce noise
level below 85 dba at 1 m away from the TG unit.
Pressure reducing systems complete with desuperheater, control valves,

isolation valves etc. for auxiliary steam requirement.
All auxiliary steam piping for gland sealing from inlet of PRDS up to gland
sealing inlet, spindle leak-off etc.
Interconnecting pipes with flash vessels drain tanks etc. for recoverable
drains of the cycle.
Embedded thermo-couples for detection of water induction through

extraction lines.
SPARES:
Commissioning spares for items under the scope of work without any
additional cost till TG is commissioned and handed over to operation.
At least two sets of spare blades and vanes in each type provided in the
turbine shall be supplied within the scope of this contract without any
additional charges.

2.11
Spares, tools and tackles for operation, repair and maintenance for two
years of trouble free operation (Optional) List of items recommended and
their price valid for 6 months shall be submitted.
Insurance Spares like Generator coils etc. as per mutually agreed basis
(Price shall be furnished along with offer).
SERVICES TO BE RENDERED FOR VARIOUS STAGES OF CONTRACT
2.11.1 Design and Engineering
Complete system design and layout.
Basic design, Preparation of P&I, Schemes, Flow sheets etc.
Preparation of detailed GA drawings, Foundation requirements, details of

auxiliaries etc.
Detailed design of equipment, preparation of drawings for internals,

interfacing details etc.
Preparation of input data for civil and structural design by purchaser.
Sizing of pipe and pipe works preparation of piping layout, routing etc for
interconnection of equipment within the scope of supply as per this
specification.
2.11.2 Manufacturing and supply:
Complete manufacturing including shop testing.
Providing engineering drawings, data, and operation manuals to the

Purchaser.
Supply of all materials, which are required for providing the desired
performance of the plant.
Testing at factory.
Packing, forwarding and transportation / shipment from manufacturers

works.
Arrange permission for Purchasers / Purchaser representatives entry to

different stage and final inspection / testing at manufacturers works.
Supply at the Project site for Indian supplier and Supply at CIF Indian Port
for foreign supplier.
Arrange for dispatch of all the material by ship / rail / road to site with
proper insurance coverage.
2.11.3 OEM Experts supervision
Turbine erection Engineer for Mechanical & Electrical equipment,
Erection and commissioning supervision Engineer for Generator
Erection checking and commissioning Engineer for Governor.
Engineer for safety and control valves settings


I & C Engineer for all open loop and closed loop controls to commission
the TG controls along with DCS commissioning group
TG commissioning engineer for checking the completion of erection and

commissioning engineer
Performance test group.
2.11.4 Erection and commissioning:
Receipt and unloading at site of all equipment including pipes, valves,

structural steel materials, etc.
Opening of crates and packing cases, thorough cleaning and checking of

completeness of equipment in relation to Equipment Manufacturers
drawings, packing defect. Damages or missing items, if any, shall be
rectified or made good by the successful bidder.
Providing storage and safe custody of the equipment, etc. at site
Supply of erection consumables like weld rods, cleaning agents,

lubricants, grease, and shims, small bolts etc.
Supply of items like pipe, valves, gaskets, bolts, and flanges etc., which
are required during the course of erection at a mutually agreed rate at the
request of purchaser.
Complete assembly and erection of all equipment, pipe work, ductwork,

steelwork, etc. including fabrication and erection of miscellaneous
structural steelwork in pipe supports, cable trays, etc.
Aligning, lining, levelling, coupling and grouting of anchor bolts and base
plates, curing, welding of supports and connecting up electric power
supply, water and utility connections from the tap-off points provided in the
shop to make the equipment ready for commissioning.
Installation of supporting MS channels and MS angles for erection of

panels, junction boxes, gauges, gauge board etc.
Lubricating and greasing in accordance with the equipment manufacturers

instructions / drawing. Consumable such as lubricating oil, grease and
hydraulic oil required for initial filling of the equipment.
General clean up prior to preparing the equipment for trial run and start-up.
Conducting as per Equipment Manufacturers instructions trial runs, startup and commissioning of the equipment including tuning, calibration and
adjustments and carrying out rectification work in equipment erection, if
necessary, as required by the Purchaser.
Supply of consumables such as lubricating oil, grease, etc till

commissioning and handing over to purchaser.

Any other work connected with erection and commissioning of the

equipment that is customarily rendered by the successful bidder to
complete the works.
3.0 EQUIPMENT DETAILS
3.1
TURBINE
3.1.1
Casing
The casings shall be designed for hydrostatic test pressure of not less than 50%
in excess of the working pressure. Each turbine casing shall be efficiently drained. The
parts of the turbine, which are expected to be in contact with wet steam in normal
operation or during start-up, shall be provided with a system of inter-stage drainage
whereby extracted water will be prevented from re-entry to the blading and will be
admitted to either a convenient heater extraction branch or the condenser. The casing
drains shall be provided with temperature sensing devices to help ensure proper
evacuation of drains. Bolts, nuts and studs used for the turbine casing flanges and main
turbine valve bonnets etc. shall be with milled threads and of special alloy steel properly
treated. Provision shall be made for electrically heating the bolts to facilitate setting and
loosening. In addition, the supplier shall indicate the design features incorporated to
prevent the seizure of nuts and studs and features, which will facilitate their easy removal
after operating the machine. Bolts shall be designed to distribute load evenly on all the
threads without stress concentration. All the joints shall have sufficient flexibility to
remain tight with rapid changes of temperature. Before shipment, each bolt shall be
thoroughly examined and inspected to ensure freedom from any defects.
Necessary quantities of assorted bolt heaters, torque or other wrenches,
extensometers, bolt thread lubrication shall be included in the offer as part of special
maintenance tools and tackle. The offer shall specify bolt loading and strains and shall
state the estimated period in which retightening or replacement of the bolts will be
required and shall furnish detailed data, method and instruction for this purpose.
3.1.2
Rotor
Prior to machining of the rotor forging adequate number of test specimen shall be
examined to ensure uniformity of material composition and strength. Ultrasonic, magnetic
particle and other methods of test shall be applied to each rotor to ensure homogeneity of
the materials and freedom from non-metallic inclusions voids and cracks
After machining, turbine rotor shall be heat stabilized and the temporary deflection
shall be within the limits of clearances and permanent straightness shall be assured at all
operating temperature.
After the assembly of the blades, the complete rotor shall be balanced for both
static and dynamic conditions so that the assembled rotor will perform satisfactorily under
10

all load conditions of operation. The peak-to-peak value of vibrations measured on the
bearing housing shall be within 25 microns.
The critical speed/speeds of the combined turbine and generator rotor shall not lie
within a range of + 20% or 40% to 60% of the rated operating speed.
3.1.3
Nozzle & Blading
All nozzles and blading shall be of hard, corrosion and erosion resisting alloy steel
suitable for the specified steam. In the low pressure stages where the moisture
percentage and the blade peripheral speeds are high, additional protection against
erosion by way of hardened surface of blades or strips of erosion and corrosion resistant
material such as stellite, secured to the leading edge, shall be provided.
The method of fixture of the blades to the rotor shall have been satisfactorily
proved by long use of operation. Care shall be taken to ensure that the natural frequency
of the rotor blades is compatible with the rotational frequency of the machine.
3.1.4
Exhausts
The turbine exhaust shall be designed for velocity recovery and shall be suitable
for connecting to the condenser preferably through expansion joints. The unit shall be
provided with turbine exhaust water spray system. The system shall be provided
complete with spray nozzles, a controller, an automatic spray water control valve and all
interconnecting piping between the nozzles and the spray water control valve. The
exhaust hood shall be equipped with pressure relief bursting diaphragms of sufficient
area to pass the quantity equivalent to steam flow to condenser at maximum continuous
rating. The exhaust shall be suitable for air-cooled condenser pressure.
3.1.5
Permissible Maximum Forces and Moments on External Connections
The maximum forces and moments that can be put on the external connections to
the turbine at main steam connection, all extraction openings and the low pressure
exhaust connection to the condenser shall be furnished during engineering stage.
3.1.6
Bearings
The turbine shall be provided with an adequate number of amply proportioned

bearings to maintain proper alignment under all load conditions of operation. Bearing
temperature shall be maintained within permissible limits by adequate oil supply. All main
bearings shall be pressure oil lubricated. These bearings shall be of self-aligning type
lined with tin base Babbitt and the lining shall be properly secured to the bearing shell. To
reduce maintenance difficulties, all bearings shall be accessible without having to remove
cylinder covers, crossover piping etc. Bearings shall be split so that the upper half is
readily removable. The gauges etc. should have easy access and suitable space should
be provided for ease of erection/maintenance.
11

The rotor axial position shall be maintained by a thrust bearing assembly of

adequate capacity. Proper arrangement shall be made to maintain oil pressure under all
load conditions of operation. The design shall incorporate arrangements for monitoring
thrust bearing metal temperatures. Devices shall be provided for annunciation of an
impending failure of the turbine thrust bearing. Additional switches shall be provided for
alarm and trip of the unit in case of a thrust bearing failure.
The metal temperature of all bearing shells shall be monitored by thermocouples,
which extend right into the white metal layer. Provision shall also be made for reading the
oil temperature leaving the bearings. Suitable direct reading type thermometers and
separate switches each with two `High signalling contacts for all bearings shall be
provided. Arrangement shall be incorporated in all the bearings for measuring vibrations.
The proposal shall include necessary accessories for remote monitoring of all bearing
metal temperatures, oil temperatures and vibrations.
3.2
TURBINE ACCESSORIES
3.2.1
Coupling
The rotors shall be coupled by means of flanges of aerofoil type of proven make
for ensuring long life. Fitted bolts shall be provided to prevent slippage under abnormal
operating conditions. They shall be such as to facilitate easy alignment during erection.
The coupling is considered as equipment specific and it shall be dependent on the
individual design of the manufacturer.
3.2.2
Turning Gears
Turbine rotors must be turned continuously throughout the process of warming up

prior to start-up and during cooling process following the shutdown. The rotors are turned
very slowly during start-up and shutdown by using the gear.
The turning gear shall be designed to automatically disengage when the shaft
speed increases and automatically engage when the speed comes down to a preset
level. The turning gear system shall have all necessary instruments and controls for
remote operation from turbine generator supervisory panel. In addition to the above,
emergency provision for manual cranking of the turbine shaft shall be made.
3.2.3
Valves
The turbine shall be equipped with emergency stop valves, each operated by
hydraulic actuator and complete with hangers and piping to turbine. The valve shall be
designed for high-speed closing and maximum reliability. The valves shall be opened
hydraulically and closed by spring force. The design of the pipes and valves shall be
such that, steam flow through them does not cause any objectionable noise.
The offer shall include hydraulic/pneumatic quick closing NRV and isolation valves
for extraction lines. The valves shall be suitable for on load testing individually. These
shall also be fail-safe and result in closure of valves under condition of turbine trip,
12

hydraulic pressure etc. The extraction line valves shall close positively on turbine trip and
at pre-set high heater level. The non-return valves shall be located as close to the turbine
as possible, to reduce entrapped steam.
3.2.4
Governing System
To govern the turbine speed during varying load demand and fluctuating steam
supply conditions, a speed governor of suitable type shall be provided.
Turbine governing system shall be Woodward 505 electronic type. The governing
system shall be an electronic type with an electric signal being transmitted to a hydraulic
actuator for amplification by the turbine throttle valve relay system. Turbine shall operate
as an independent unit, in parallel with other generating sets of known governing
characteristics or in parallel with the main grid supply, in which case inlet pressure control
shall be utilised.
The speed governing system shall limit the over speed of the TG set on loss of full
load so as to avoid tripping by the emergency over speed device. Emergency governor
shall be provided to keep the turbine well below the safety limit and shall come into
operation when the speed sensitive governor fails to operate. The turbine governor shall
also contain electrical and mechanical trips to shutdown the turbine generator during
abnormal conditions, to prevent damage to the unit.
A quick acting emergency over speed protection system shall be provided to close
instantly the emergency stop valves, control valves, also the non-return valves in the
extraction lines for speeds of about 110% of the rated speed. It shall be capable of being
automatically reset when the speed is reduced to approximately normal thus permitting
the machine to be synchronized with other units.
3.2.5
Vacuum Breaker
To permit the turbine rotor to be brought to rest as quickly as possible whenever

required, necessary vacuum breaker permitting the rapid reduction of vacuum in
condenser will be provided. Provision shall also be made for remote operation of vacuum
breakers.
3.2.6
Turbine Supervisory and Protection System

The following minimum measurements shall be provided:
Bearing vibration both in horizontal and vertical plane.
Axial shift of rotor.
Casing rotor differential expansion of all the modules.
Casing expansion
Shaft eccentricity
Turbine speed
Control valve position

13

Steam temperature
Metal temperatures
Turning gear status
Seal interference monitoring device, if applicable
Pressure indicator for Curtis stage of the H.P. stage
The above list gives the minimum requirement, any other supervisory instrument
as required by the unit offered shall be included in the scope of supply.
The turbine protection system shall put the turbine out of operation by closing the
turbine emergency stop and control valves as soon as any of the following conditions
occur and admissible limits are exceeded:
3.2.7
Condenser pressure very high
Turbine lube oil pressure very low
Trip oil pressure very low
Control oil pressure very low
Turbine shaft vibrations high
Turbine speed very high
Steam temperature very low
Turbine Axial, shaft displacement very high
Emergency trip push button operated
Energisation of generator lockout relay
Master trip lockout relay energized.
Low lubricating oil pressure for bearings
Any other protection as envisaged in design
Generator electrical protection trip
Turbine oil system
The turbine oil system shall be a combined lubrication and governing oil system to
meet the lubrication requirements of the turbine and generator and also the oil
requirement of the turbine governing system. The system shall be complete with tanks,
turbine shaft driven oil pump, auxiliary oil pump, DC motor driven emergency oil pump,
jacking oil pumps and other necessary pumps and drives, lube oil coolers, filters, all
connected piping and valves etc. Emergency gravity lub oil system with SS overhead
tank, SS piping, SS valves & Instrumentation shall be provided if required as per the
tenderers design requirement to ensure the lubrication at the time of emergency due to
failure of the DC operated lub oil pump. The system shall draw oil from an overhead
tank, under gravity, and shall be designed to supply oil for the costing down period of the
machine. The tank elevation shall be finalized based on the oil pressure requirement at
the bearings.
14

An oil purification system shall be provided complete with centrifuge, pipe work
etc. to continuously operate as a bypass system handling around 20% per hour of the
total oil in circulation in the oil system. The purifier shall be a separate complete package,
mounted on a skid, complete by itself with drive motor, piping, valves & fittings. Feed to
purifier shall be from the drain end of the reservoir and its operation shall be independent
of the oil system.
3.2.8
HP/LP heaters
HP/ LP heaters shall be provided with inlet steam valves and outlet drain valves
with level controls. Valves are also provided in water lines at both inlet and outlet. All
necessary instrumentation with inter locks are to be provided.
3.2.9
Turbine Gauge Panel
TG Gauge Panel shall house the pressure and temperature gauges for various
operating parameters. Impulse piping with fittings shall be supplied loose for
interconnection between field tap-off points and gauge panel.
3.3
GENERATOR
3.3.1
Stator
Stator body shall be a totally enclosed gas tight, explosion proof fabricated
structure suitably ribbed internally to ensure high rigidity. The stator shall be designed to
withstand fault conditions without any resultant deformation.
All terminals shall be of silver-plated copper to receive standard flexible
connectors. Effective sealing shall be provided between the terminal bushings and the
stator body to avoid possibility of leakage of air/hydrogen.
TG shall have capability for overloading up to 15% for 30 sec.
Quantities and ratios of the current transformer shall be decided by the bidder and
shall be generally in accordance with standard requirements. The current transformer
ratings shall be such as to provide proper accuracys for excitation control, relaying,
voltage regulation and metering under all normal and fault conditions.
3.3.2
Rotor
The rotor shall be of cylindrical type, the shaft and body being forged in one piece
from nickel chromium molybdenum vanadium steel. The rotor with all the details
assembled shall be balanced to a high degree of accuracy and subjected to 20% over
speeding for two minutes as per International Standards to ensure mechanical strength.
The field winding shall consist of coils made up of copper with bonded insulation
and shall be held in position against centrifugal forces in wedges in the slot portion and
by high tensile non-magnetic alloy steel retaining rings in the overhang portion.
15

Strength test, material analysis and ultrasonic tests shall be performed during the
manufacture of the rotor. The rotor shall be balanced in various planes at different speed
and shall be subjected to over speed test. Individual turns of the rotor coil shall be
insulated against each other.
3.3.3
Fan
The rotor shall have fans mounted on it for the circulation of air inside the
machine. The fixing bolts, pins, nuts, etc. shall be made of non-magnetic material.
3.3.4
Shaft Seals
The shaft seals should be of adequate design to be provided on either side of the
rotor to prevent escape of air from the generator casing along the rotor shaft. The design
should be such that minimum oil should come in contact with the air during the course of
sealing. The shaft seal body on the exciter side shall be suitably insulated from the stator
end shields current.
3.3.5
Bearings
The generator shall be provided with sleeve bearings. The bearings shall be
spherically seated, self-aligning, cylindrical bore type. The liner shall be lined with at least
two-resistance thermometer in each liner for continuous sensing and recording of white
metal temperature. The bearing and the oil pipes of the generator on exciter side shall be
suitably insulated to prevent circulation of currents due to shaft voltage.
3.3.6
Generator Air Coolers
Shell and tube heat exchangers shall be mounted on the machine for air-cooling.
The heat transfer calculations shall be done with a waterside standard fouling factor. The
air cooler shall be in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of the Heat
Exchange Institute. Cleanliness factor of 0.85 shall be considered for design.
Generator stator cooling shall be direct cooling with air as per manufacturers
standard design with water-cooled secondary cooling system
The rotor windings shall be directly cooled by air. The stator core shall be cooled
by air flowing through the radial ventilating ducts. The shaft mounted propeller type fans
on each side shall facilitate circulation of air inside the machine.
The air inside the generator shall be maintained clean and dry by continuously
circulating the air through a suitable air drier and filter arrangement. There should be
125% standby arrangement for the same.
16

3.3.7
Temperature Measurement
Temperature of various active parts shall be measured. The stator winding

temperature shall be sensed by at least one embedded resistance thermometer for each
coil placed at the bottom of the slots out of which at least six shall be in the end zone.
Temperature of cooling water to the (in case of water cooled machines), air
coolers, hot and cold gas and lubricating oil to the bearings and shaft seals shall also be
sensed by resistance thermometers. The rotor winding temperature shall be measured
by resistance method and shall be continuously recorded. Duplicate sensor shall be
supplied for all the above temperature measurements.
3.3.8
Generator Excitation System
The excitation system shall be brushless type with diodes mounted on the shaft at
location where maintenance access is available without opening the generator cover. The
brushless exciter shall consist of a permanent magnet generator, AC exciter and rotating
rectifier with silicon diodes and indicating fuses. The whole system should be enclosed to
avoid dusty air ingress from outside with adequate cooling arrangement of the closed
circuit air inside.
The excitation system shall be complete with switchgear, control equipment and
automatic voltage regulators. It shall be capable for operating the generator at full range
of operation of voltage, frequency and kVA
Voltage regulator shall be of automatic type capable of regulating the voltage
within the deviation range of 0.5% from no load to full load at full range of frequency of
operation. Regulator shall be of completely solid-state type. The voltage regulator shall
have a maximum and minimum excitation limiter both in auto and manual excitation
control.
3.3.9
Automatic voltage regulator
The AVR shall maintain constant generator terminal voltage under changing load
conditions. In addition to the basic voltage requirement, AVR shall include control loops,
which shall perform other functions such as power factor correction to set value, RKVA
correction to set value, reactive load limiter, over fluxing limiter, rotor current limiter,
minimum excitation limiter, and maximum excitation limiter. Variation in Induction furnace
load and steel rolling mill fluctuation shall be considered and the AVR time constant shall
be selected suitable for coping up the terminal variations.
Selection shall be possible for selecting PF controller and RKVA controller. One
hot standby unit for voltage control shall be provided. Manual control with follow up circuit
shall also be provided.
17

3.3.10 Surge protection and voltage transformer (SPVT)

A Surge Protection and voltage transformer (SPVT) cubicle for the generator shall
be provided in the turbo generator building at ground floor level. Surge protection shall
comprise lightning arrestors and surge capacitors and shall protect the generator against
high voltage / high frequency surges occurring in the system. The generator neutral shall
be earthed through a resistor to restrict the earth fault current to within limits. An isolator
and a CT shall be provided in the neutral circuit along with a resistor bank, all housed in a
cubicle. This cubicle shall be located in the turbine hall at the ground floor level close to
the generator.
4.0 ELECTRICAL AND INSTRUMENTATION
4.1
AC MOTORS
All AC motors for driving the various auxiliaries of Turbo generator set shall be
rated for 415V, 3-phase and 50 Hz supply. The motors shall be capable of delivering
rated output at rated power factor with a variation in voltage equal to +10% and a
variation in frequency equal to +5% with any combination of these two variations.
The motors shall meet with the requirements of IS: 325. The stator coils of all
motors shall have class F insulation. The temperature of the insulation shall be limited to
class B over an ambient temperature of 50 oC.
The degree of protection provided by the enclosure of the motors shall confirm to
IS: 4691. All indoor motors shall be totally enclosed fan cooled having IP54 degree of
protection and totally enclosed fan cooled design.
All squirrel cage motors shall be designed for direct on line starting at full voltage
with the starting current generally not exceeding 6 times the rated full load current.
The terminal boxes shall be of spacious, dust proof design properly insulated and
suitable for terminating aluminium conductor PVC insulated PVC sheathed armoured
/unarmoured cables. Adequate clearance shall be given between the live motor terminals
and cover. For the stator windings all the 6 terminals shall be brought out to the terminal
box and links shall be provided to give star or delta connection.
4.2
SYNCHRONISING PANEL
Synchronising panel shall be industrial, floor mounting, cubicle type

design, fabricated out of 2.5mm thick sheet for load bearing frames and
2mm thick for the cover panels. The degree of protection shall be IP51.
This panel will be provided in the control room in addition to the DCS as a
back end panel.
Protective relays not located in the switchboard but required for the logic
shall be located in this panel. The metering shall also be provided in this
panel as this panel will be kept in TG control room.
18

4.3
The instruments, meters and other devices to be provided in the panel

shall include but not be limited to the following:
Spring return to neutral type Raise / Lower control switches for voltage and
speed raise for TG5.
Synchroscope and synchronising lamps
Double voltmeter and frequency meters
Four position synchronising selector switch for breaker selection for

Incomer to Bus, Generator to bus, DG to LT bus and LT bus to incomer
(DG and LT bus not in the scope of this contract. Only synchronising
provision is required).
Synchronising circuit ON/OFF switch.
Synchronising check relay
Voltmeter 0-15KV range with voltmeter selector switch for Bus, Generator
and incomer
Frequency meter 45 to 55Hz for TG, Grid, and DG frequency

measurement. Signal for DG and grid will be provided from the purchasers
panel for contractors termination at existing panel.
Digital multiple display meter with RS485 Modbus port for export / import
KW, KVAR, KVA, Pf, V, A, MD for KW-KVA-KVAR, cumulative energy
metering KW etc.
Power generation meter with RS485 Modbus port.
Light indication type trip/close switches for HT breakers.
INSTRUMENTATION
The Turbine shall be provided with field-mounted gauges on various

process lines to enable local monitoring of various process conditions.
Field mounted switches shall be provided for alarm and interlocking
conditions separately wherever required.
Pressure gauges Temperature Gauges suitable for mounting in the local

panel shall be provided. The following measurement loops complete with
field mounted primary elements, transmitters, interconnecting screened
and control cables upto local junction boxes shall be included in the scope:
Gland stream control
HP/LP heaters condensate level control
All open loop and closed loop measurements required for air cooled
condenser
Lube oil pressure and temperature
Control oil pressure and temperature
19

4.4
4-20 ma DC output signal for Speed, Power. Turbine inlet pressure for
logging in the DCS. These signals shall be made available in the Turbine
panel.
VIBRATION MONITORING SYSTEM
Vibration monitoring system consisting of X-Y probes, signal conditioning unit,

display unit, junction boxes, interconnecting cables for measurement of bearing
vibrations, shaft vibrations, axial shift position, casing expansion, differential expansion,
eccentricity shall be provided. The Vibration monitoring system shall be provided with
isolated 4-20 mA dc output for the above measurements to connect it to customers
distributed computer system (DCS)
Temperature detectors (RTD) associated with bearing temperature, motor winding
temperature measurements shall be connected to DCS. The temperature scanner shall
have communication link facility conforming to MODBUS RTU Protocol RS-485 interface
to provide connectivity to DCS.
4.5
PROTECTION & INTERLOCKING SYSTEMS
The operation of protections shall be accompanied by annunciation, which

will provide definite indication of the primary cause or causes of operation
of the protection. The following basic interlocks and protection
requirements shall be included to provide adequate and reliable protection
for safeguarding the turbine and its auxiliaries under abnormal operating
conditions. These shall be reviewed and modified as per manufacturers
recommendations.
Start-stop and Protection and Interlocks required for MOP/AOP/EOP and

barring gear shall be done in turbine panel. Potential free contacts required
for running/stopped tripped status required for the above shall be made
available in the Turbine panel for logging in DCS.
The turbine protection system shall put the turbine out of operation under
the following conditions:
Condenser pressure very high
Turbine lube oil pressure very low
Trip oil pressure very low
Control oil pressure very low
Turbine shaft vibrations very high
Turbine speed very high
Steam temperature very low
Turbine axial, shaft displacement very high
Emergency trip push button operated

20

4.6
Energisation of generator lockout relay
Master trip lockout relay energized
Low lubricating oil pressure for bearings
Any other protection as envisaged in design
Generator electrical protection trip
Turbine protection interlock system shall be based on hard-wired logic and

shall be carried out in the Turbine control panel. One set of potential free
contacts shall be provided in the turbine panel for the above faults to wire it
to DCS.
The turbine governing system shall be based on Electro hydraulic type

consisting Woodward electronic unit, E-H converters, Hydraulic unit etc.,
the governing system shall be configured to meet the following operating
requirements./Parallel with the 132 KV Grid and existing DG/Island mode
when both existing TG and grid trip./Along with the Woodward speed
governing system necessary load control module required for the turbine
shall also be supplied so that following functions are done:
Dead bus closing
Tie breaker closing
Bidder to submit catalogues for Woodward Governor and Load control

module for review at the time of submitting the offer.
GUIDELINES FOR INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROLS
Transmitters and external gauges shall not be included in the scope of this
work as the same will be included in the main DCS package to procure
along with DCS. Instrument list and I/O requirement shall be furnished
immediately on placement of order.
The transmitter for open loop and close loop monitoring, viz pressure,
temperature, level, flow, etc at various points of the Turbo generator shall
be connected to marshalling cabinets of the DCS system and the signal
will be processed and displayed on the monitor of the PC based DCS. The
various field mounted instruments and other control devices shall be wired
to the DCS panel. DCS panel will be programmed for the sequencing,
protection and interlocking logic of the Turbine system including start/stop
facilities for various drives and monitoring functions.
The DCS will be procured separately and hence the same is not included
in the specification. However all the required information for open loop
monitoring and protection and interlocking as may be applicable for Turbo
generator shall have to be provided so that the same can be implemented
in the DCS. The required assistance and coordination with the other DCS
21

supplier during detailed engineering and commissioning shall be included

in the scope of work of this tender.
All outdoor electronic instruments shall be provided with IP-65 enclosure.
Pressure gauges shall be provided with snubber for pump discharge

pressure measurements. Bourdon / movement material of all gauges shall
be of SS. Diaphragm of diaphragm sealed pressure gauges in dosing lines
shall be of SS with Teflon lining. Dial sizes of gauges shall be 150 mm.
Gauge cocks with drain plugs shall be provided for all gauges. For steam
services, syphons shall be provided.
RTD type temperature elements shall be of Pt-100 three-wire type, duplex

RTDs.All thermocouples shall be provided with compensating cables upto
the field mounted transmitter. SMART type temperature transmitters
having 4-20 mA DC output shall be provided for all thermocouples based
temperature measurements.
Generally instruments tubing, isolation valves etc. shall be of the same

material as specified for main piping/tanks. The specification details for the
instrument cables shall be Inter connecting cables between individual
instruments to junction boxes; Single twisted pair cables having 1.0 sq mm
stranded annealed tinned copper conductor insulated with PVC, inner
sheath of PVC aluminium
The instrumentation and control system for the plant shall consist of field
mounted gauges, switches, primary elements, converters, pneumatically
operated final control elements Control room instrumentation, viz. through
DCS to provide integrated monitoring and control of Turbo generator and
auxiliaries
22

45 MW CAPTIVE POWER PLANT AT GARIVIDI, ANDHRA PRADESH
ANNEXURE-3 AIR COOLED CONDENSER & AUXILIARIES

1.0
DESIGN BASIS
1.1
1.1.1
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The ACC shall condense the exhaust steam from the turbine, which is at a
pressure of 0.18 ata. The steam is drawn from the turbine to the condenser
through steam ejectors. The outlet temperature of hot well water is estimated as
57deg.C. The ambient dry bulb temperature condition for design shall be
considered as 40deg.C. The hot well water is continuously pumped to deaerator
through condensate extraction pumps with control valves. The condenser shall be
provided with exhaust water spray system to operate when exhaust temp exceeds
65 deg. C, rupture disc and necessary instruments to control the system.
1.2
1.2.1
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF AIR COOLED CONDENSER SYSTEM

Design of the ACC shall be suitable for the following conditions.
1.3
1.3.1
Type of Air Cooled

Condenser
Aluminium fin type forced draught

water to air coolers constructed in
dismountable modules with hot &
cold water headers.
Design ambient temperature

for ACC
40 deg. C
Max. ambient to be
considered
45 deg. C
Hot well water temp.
57.0 deg. C
Wet bulb temperature
28 deg. C
Exhaust steam quantity

(max.)
As per design requirement
Steam Temperature
57.41 deg. C
Enthalphy of Steam
622.1 Kcal/kg
Temperature of Condensate
56.32 deg.C
Pressure
0.18 kg/cm2
Heat load to be considered

for ACC
As per the design requirment
Design and construction code
HEI / ASME SEC.VIII DIV. I
QUALITY OF AIR
The ACC will be located at the plant site where furnaces are in operation. The air
in the plant area will be laden with dust of coal and associated ash. This aspect
shall be considered in the design of Air Cooled Condenser. The bidder shall
indicate the quality of air considered in the design of Air Cooled Condenser.
-1-

Annexure-3 - Air Cooled Condenser & Auxiliaries (Contd.)
1.3.2
Bidder shall provide water cleaning arrangement for the aluminium fins with spray
nozzles having a water jet pressure of at least 3.5 Kg/cm2 which will be provided
from auxiliary cooling water system of the plant.
1.4
1.4.1
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL

The successful bidder shall supply civil construction drawings for the foundation.
1.4.2
All civil and structural steel work shall be in the scope of the work of this tender.
For design of structure, wind load conditions and Seismic conditions as specified
in this specification shall be considered. While designing the Air Cooled
Condenser structures, either effect of seismic force or wind loads, whichever
produces the worst effect, will be considered along with the usual load conditions.
2.0 SCOPE OF WORK, EQUIPMENT SUPPLY AND SERVICES
2.1
The scope of work of successful Bidder shall include and not be limited to design,
fabrication, manufacture, assembly, testing, packing, Transport, Supply at site,
Erection, start-up, commissioning, and testing for performance.
2.2
Air Cooled condenser unit shall be complete and shall include but not limited to
the following equipment, accessories and services.
2.2.1
Condensing System
Condensing system will be air-cooled condenser comprising of:
2.2.2
Turbine exhaust pipe work from turbine exhaust flange to condenser

steam header.
Expansion bellow with spool piece between turbine exhaust and

condenser pipe inlet
Air cooled Condenser (ACC) fins mounted outside the building with steam
and water header
ACC fans with proper mounting arrangement
Structures above 300mm FFL including tie beams, fan supports, fan
stacks, stiffeners, platforms, corridor etc
Rupture disc for condenser protection
Water spray nozzles with accessories
Drain lines for connecting other drain lines like turbine casing drains, GVC
drains etc
Condenser auxiliaries
Condensate tank with stand pipe for instruments
Flash pipe for receiving steam and water
Horizontal turbine exhaust drain pumps with motors (2 x 100%) along with
isolation and recirculation valves and NRVs
-2-

2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
Condensate extraction system
Horizontal/ vertical Condensate extraction pumps (CEP) with motors (2 x

100%) along with isolation and recirculation valves and NRVs.
Condensate piping from hot well through CEPs & ejector condensers and
up to inlet of Deaerator.
Split range control valves for Condensate re-circulation along with controls
Pipe supports, strainers, steam traps, drains, vents and isolation Valves as
required.
Drain lines with isolation valves for ejector condenser drains etc.
Dry air/vapour line to ejector with isolation valve.
All high pressure drains lines to flash tank.
Condenser air evacuation system
Steam jet air ejector system complete with:
Twin stage main ejectors (1 working + 1 standby)
Start up ejector (hogging) with silencer
Inter and after condensers individually for each service ejector
Condensing system C&I
Air cooled Condenser split range hot well level control valves complete
with Level transmitters, Control valves, I-to-P converter, and air filter
regulators. Control logic will be programmed in DCS.
Auto start logic for condensate level high and trip when level is low.
Dial type Pressure gauges for condenser tank, CEP & CDP discharges,
Motive steam to ejector, Condenser vapour to ejector, First stage ejector
condenser etc.
Differential pressure gauge for condensate strainer
Temperature gauge for condensate outlet, condensate tank, ejector outlet
Pressure switches for Condenser pressure high trip & alarm, CEP & CDP
auto start interlock on very high level and auto stop on very low level,
alarm for high and low on exhaust drain and condenser tank.
Level switches for Low level, Low-Low level, high level, High-high level &
CEP auto start interlock
Dial type temperature gauges for, Condensate after hot well, Condensate
after inter/after condensers of ejectors, Motive steam to ejector
Transparent level gauge for condenser hot well Level switches for
Condenser hot well level low alarm and CEP dry run interlock, Condenser
hot well level high alarm
-3-

2.2.6
2.2.7
Pneumatic and impulse piping with fittings for interconnection within

battery limits.
Instruments cables up to junction boxes for connecting to purchasers DCS

system
RTDs, Thermo wells for all the temperature measuring points for
purchasers DCS system.
Provision for level transmitters for purchasers DCS controls and

instrumentation
Vibration switches for high and Very high for each fan for connecting to
DCS logic.
Electrics:
One (1) lot of drive motors for pumps like CEP, CDP, fans and any
electrical drives
Space heaters, its cables up to junction box
Vibration, RTDs etc. as required
Electrical Equipment
2.2.8
2.2.9
One (1) lot of complete interconnecting power and control cables from the
field switches, motor heaters to the nearest junction boxes.
Miscellaneous items
Set of foundation bolts.
Set of special tools & tackles for maintenance
Noise abetting hoods as required, silencers etc to limit noise level within
OSHA standard.
Spares & consumables
Commissioning spares for items under the scope of work without any
additional cost till ACC system is commissioned and handed over to
operation.
Spares, tools and tackles for operation, repair and maintenance for two
years of trouble free operation (Optional) List of items recommended and
their price valid for 6 months shall be submitted.
Insurance Spares like Ejector, headers etc. as per mutually agreed basis
(Price shall be furnished along with offer).
All consumables such as oil, grease, etc., as required till commissioning

and handling over to purchaser.
-4-

ANNEXURE 4 FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM & AUXILIARIES

1.0
1.1
DESIGN BASIS
MATERIAL TO BE HANDLED
Coal washery rejects, Indian coal and Indonesian coal is proposed to be used as fuel
for the boiler. The characteristics of the material to be handled are given below:
TABLE-1: CHARACTERISTICS OF IMPORTED COAL/ INDIAN COAL
250 mm
Top size, mm (max) Indian coal

- Imported coal
50 mm
- Washery rejects
50 mm
Average bulk density, kg/ m3
800
The coal will be received and stored in the coal yard of the plant and stacked in
separate heaps / stockpiles.
1.2
SYSTEM CAPACITY
The plant capacity and specification for equipments are given below in Table 2. The
system diagram is shown on drawing No.HIQ-4036-H-01 R0
TABLE 2: SPECIFICATION OF EQUIPMENTS
Sl.
No.
DESCRIPTION
DATA
1.0
GENERAL
1.1
Maximum number of
hours of operation of the
system to meet daily
requirement
1.2
Rated capacity (Average

hourly system capacity)
90TPH
1.3
Minimum number of
operating days/year
345 days
Size of fuel as required to

be fed to boiler bunkers
1.4
16 hours
100% less than 6mm and free from foreign material for
Imported coal / Char. The fines less than 1mm shall be
restricted to max. Of 30% and less than 2mm shall be
restricted to max. Of 50 %. This size may be checked
and confirmed by the bidders as per their boiler
requirements.
2.0
GROUND HOPPER (GH)
2.1
Quantity
One
2.2
Location
Coal Loading House (CLH)
-1-

Annexure 4 Fuel handling system & auxiliaries (contd.)
2.3
Hopper size (min.), m
6 m x 4 m with 2 bottom openings
2.4
Grid size, mm
Grizzly 200 mm square opening or as required.
2.5
Hopper material
RCC
3.0
VIBRATING FEEDER
(VF)
VF
3.1
Quantity
One
3.2
Capacity (each)
To be indicated by bidder.
3.3
Type
Electromagnetic vibration
3.4
Location
Below ground hopper (CLH)
3.5
Material of construction
Mild steel
3.6
Vibration frequency
3000 cpm
3.7
Vibration swing
1.6 mm (max)
4.0
BELT CONVEYORS
(BC)
BC
1
4.1
Type
3 roll 30 deg. Trough
4.2
Profile
Inclined
4.3
Material carried
4.4
Quantity
4.5
Location
BC
2
BC
4
BC-3
BC-5
BC-7
tripper
As per Table- 1
1
GH
to
CH1
CH 1to
CH2
CH1 to
TH-1
CH-2
to TH
-3
CH2 to
TH-2
TH-3 to
TripPer
Tripper
For
bunker
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
4.6
Design capacity
AR
4.7
Belt width (min.), mm
To be specified by the bidder
4.8
Approximate belt speed
Not exceeding to 1.6 m / sec.
4.9
Conveyor length
(horizontal), m
Refer enclosed drawing (HIQ-4036-H-01 R0 and HIQ4036 -H-02 R0)
4.10
Lift, Height in m
As per the design requirement ( AR )
5.0
FUEL SCREEN (FS)
5.1
Quantity
Two
5.2
Type
Mechanically vibrated inclined double deck screen

-2-
BC 6

5.3
Location
CH 1 & CH 2
5.4
Feed size
Less than 250/75 mm
5.5
Product screened size
Less than 75/6 mm
5.6
Rated capacity
5.7
Duty
Continuous
6.0
CRUSHER (CR)
6.1
Quantity
Two ( primary/Secondary)
6.2
Design Capacity (each)
6.3
Type
Impact type
6.4
Location
Crusher House-I & II
6.5
Fuel to be handled
Coal washery rejects, Indian coal & Indonesian coal
6.6
Feed size (max.)
6.7
Crushed fuel size (max.)
6.8
Permissible fuel over size

from crusher
Primary crusher
- < 250 mm
Secondary crusher - < 50 mm

Primary crusher
- < 50 mm
Secondary crusher - < 6 mm

Shall be less than 10% of input coal through the
crusher.
7.0
MAGNETIC
SEPARATOR
7.1
Quantity
Two
7.2
Type
Suspension type electromagnet
Location
Refer enclosed drawing(HIQ-4036-H-01 R0 and HIQ4036 -H-02 R0)
7.4
Separation capacity
20 kg of iron particles
7.5
Coil winding
Aluminium
7.6
Magnet working face
Non-magnetic stainless steel
8.0
BELT SCALE (BS)
8.1
Quantity
One
8.2
Type
One set electronic load cell type
Location
Refer enclosed drawing(HIQ-4036-H-01 R0 and HIQ4036 -H-02 R0)
8.4
Capacity range required
0 100 TPH
8.5
Belt width, mm
To be specified by the bidder
8.6
Weighing range
0% - 100%
7.3
8.3
-3-

8.7
Weighing accuracy
0.5%
9.0
GATE, CHUTE, ETC
As required
9.1
Location
GH, CHs,THs & Bunker
10.0
DUST EXTRACTION
SYSTEM (DE)
10.1
No. of dust extraction

points
Three
10.2
Location
CH-I, CH-II & BB
Supply to cover
Blowers, bag filters, hoppers, chimney etc to control

dust at all transfer points in various conveyers.
10.4
Max. air / filter bag cloth

ratio
1.5 m3 / min / m2
10.5
Filter cloth
To be selected considering proximate analysis of coal.
10.6
Dust load in exhaust gas
Within 50 mg / Nm3
10.7
Pressure drop across

system
125 mm WC (Max)
11.0
DUST SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM (DS)
11.1
No. of dust suppression
One
11.2
Type
Plain water type
11.3
Location
Coal Loading House
Supply to cover
Booster pump, water tank, piping, valves, pipe

supports, spray nozzles, headers, etc.
11.5
Water supply
Purchaser will provide service water at a terminal point.
11.6
Quantity & head of water

required
To be specified by bidder
12.0
DEWATERING SYSTEM
(DWS)
12.1
Location
10.3
11.4
Below ground hopper (CLH)
AR As required as per design.

2.0
PROCESS DESCRIPTION
The Fuel Handling System shall screen, crush and feed the coal from the coal
stockyard to the fuel storage bunkers of the boilers at required size and capacity as specified
in the above table. CFBC boiler is provided a bunker with 3 compartments, 2 for coal mix
and one for lime with 12 hrs storage capacity. There shall be single stream of coal handling
system of 100% capacity right from Coal Loading House (CLH) to Boiler Bunker (BB). This
Fuel Handling System will operate for 16 hours per day. The system shall be flexible
-4-

considering the interconnectivity and interchange ability of equipment such that the
availability of major equipment is ensured at any point of time.
Coal from the coal yard stockpiles will be reclaimed by tractor dozers and fed into
ground hoppers in the Coal Loading House (CLH) where from it will be conveyed through
Belt Conveyer (BC- 1) to the Vibroscreening and crushing plant at Crusher House-I (CH) to
size the coal as per design requirement. Vibratory Feeders (VF) are used below the ground
hopper outlet, which feeds to BC 1. The screened fuel will be crushed in the crusher-I, the
crushed fuel will be taken to BC-1 through Coal Transfer House- 1 (CTH- 1) by Belt
Conveyor (BC- 3) from where it is fed to BC-I by gravity. The accepted coal from vibro
screen is fed to BC-2.The BC-2 belt conveyer feed the coal to the crusher house -2.vibro
screen. The screened fuel will be taken to BC-2 by BC-5 through TH-2.The accepted coal
will be taken to TH-3 by BC-4 then by BC-6 to bunker. BC- 7 through a boiler hopper a tipper
transfers the coal to the each compartment of Boiler Bunker (BB).
On-line magnetic separators are provided at upstream of crushers and boiler bunker
house to prevent damage to the crusher by tramp iron present in the raw coal. Non-ferrous
metals and other objects like stones etc. are detected by metal detectors, provided at
upstream of crushers and boiler bunker house. Belt scales are also provided to measure the
weight of the fuel conveyed by the belts.
Dust Extraction systems (DES) is provided at all transfer points to minimize dust
nuisance. Dust Suppression System (DSS) is provided at coal loading house. For dust
suppression, plain water spray is provided.
The schematic diagram for the proposed FHS is shown in enclosed drawing no.
HIQ-4036-H-01 R0.
3.0
3.1
EQUIPMENT DETAILS
BELT CONVEYORS
Belt Conveyor including structures, head end & take off pulleys, Belts, idlers, drive
unit, skirt board, scraper, hood etc.
3.1.1
CONVEYOR PULLEYS
All belt conveyor pulleys, viz. head, tail, drive, bend, snub and take-up shall be of
welded steel construction with continuous rim and two end- discs fitted with steel hubs. All
pulleys shall be statistically balanced and the permissible balancing weight of pulleys shall
not be more than 5% of the weight of the pulley without shaft. At least 30%steady and 100%
momentary overload shall be considered in designing of pulleys. All pulley bearings shall be
self-aligning spherical roller bearing only having working life of not less than 40,000 hours,
with split type pillow block.
3.1.2
Belting
All belting shall be Nylon / Nylon duck rubber covered with suitable cover thickness
on carrying and return faces to withstand the wear and impact. The number of pliers and
weight shall be selected taking into consideration the maximum belt tension under worst
-5-

condition, through ability of the belt and the suitability for supporting the load. The cover
grade and thickness shall be selected to give maximum life of the belting giving due
consideration on the lump size, abrasiveness of the material and the loading cycle. The
permanent splicing of the belt shall be within the scope of work and shall be done by
vulcanising after removing the initial stress.
3.1.3
Belt carriers (idlers)
All belt conveyor idler assemblies shall be suitable for continuous operation under full
load conditions. Idler rollers shall be provided with wear resistant deep groove ball bearings
only. The minimum life of the bearing assembly shall be 40,000 working hours. Idlers shall
be self- lubricated and life sealed. The idler rolls shall be made of ERW pipes of medium
shell thickness. The carrying and return idlers shall confirm to the requirements of IS: 8598
and IS: 11592.
3.1.4
Idler spacing
Maximum spacing of toughing rollers shall be in accordance with the nature of

loading, weight of the materials carried and maximum belt tension. The spacing shall not
exceed 1000mm and shall be such that the centenary sag is within two (2) percent.
3.1.5
Take-up
Take-up shall be sufficient to cope up with a maximum elongation of belt during

operation. Counter weighted vertical gravity take-up shall be used for conveyor length about
40 meters and take-up shall be located, near the drive/head pulley to maintain proper
tension of the pulley during the travel. The take-up shall be conventional type with slack side
belt going round two fixed bend pulleys and weighted tension pulley sliding on vertical
structure with lubricated guides. For short conveyors screw type take-up unit shall be used,
the screw take-up shall be provided with minimum of two screws. Vertical gravity take-up
shall be located away from the boiler bunker house. Bidders shall include counter-weight of
concrete slabs in the scope of supply.
3.1.6
Drive unit
The drive unit shall comprise of electric motor, gearbox, hold back / brake, combined
base plate for motor and gearbox, couplings and coupling guard. The drive unit of different
conveyors shall be standardized to the extent possible. The gearbox shall be totally
enclosed, oil immersed, having anti-friction bearings with dust-tight seals at shaft projections.
Couplings shall be flexible type and suitable to transmit the torque provided. Service factor of
1.25 times over the motor rating shall be adopted for gear box and 1.5 times over the motor
KW for couplings.
3.1.7
Skirt boards
Covered skirt boards shall be provided at loading zones of belt and any other places
wherever necessary with the provision for dust sealing. The skirt boards shall be fabricated
from mild steel plates fitted with soft rubber strips at the end.
-6-

3.1.8
Belt cleaner / scraper
Suitable cleaning device shall be installed at the discharge end of the conveyor on
the return run of the belt so that the carrying side is properly cleaned before it comes in
contact with the return idlers. The belt cleaners shall be preferably be double bladed type
with spring and /or counter weight arrangement for maintaining constant contact with belt at
adequate pressure.
3.1.9
Deck plate
Mild steel deck plate shall be used between the upper and the lower belt of the
conveyor. The decking shall preferably be self-cleaning type.
3.1.10 Conveyor hood
Conveyor hood of 2 mm thick GI sheeting shall be provided for the exposed, Short
Support, portion of the belt conveyor etc.
3.1.11 Stringer, short support, etc
The belt conveyor shall be complete with channel stringer angle or channel, short
support of about 800mm height for support, bracing, suitable head, tail and take-up frame
fabricated from structural steel sections. The supports shall be spaced approximately 3m
apart and shall be designed to withstand fluctuating loads during starting and stopping of
conveyor.
3.2
SHUTTLE CONVEYOR/TRIPPER
To feed bunker compartments for coal, shuttle conveyor shall be supplied along with
suitable chutes and motorized gates.
3.3
GROUND HOPPER
Ground feed hoppers shall be provided below the FFL. Grizzles with chequered
plates on both sides for complete pit portion shall be provided for each feeding point.
3.4
VIBRATING FEEDER
Vibrating feeder body shall be fabricated from steel plate and structures of adequate
strength. It shall be provided with suitable back plate at feed end to prevent spillage of
material. The feeder body shall be supported on adequate number of springs to give
adequate rigidity to the equipment as well as minimum transmission of dynamic force to the
supporting structure. Suitable duty factor shall be considered in account of high shock loads
to which drive may be subjected.
3.5
SCREENS
Fuel screen shall be provided to segregate the over size coal particles from the feed
Coal materials. Tenderer shall ensure and guarantee efficient and trouble free operation of
vibrating screen especially during monsoon. The vibrating screen shall be complete in all
respects including screen body, screen cloth, with its supporting structure, vibrator, spring
-7-

tensioning screws, dust covers and foundation bolts etc. Bearing used in the screen shall be
vibration duty spherical roller bearing.
3.6
CRUSHERS
The coal crusher (two) receives the coal of sizes less than 250/50 mm and crushes it
to the required size of less than 50/6 mm. It is of impact type and driven by motor.
3.7
BELT SCALE
Belt scale shall be of multi idlerload cell type suitable of indication accurate
conveyor rate flow. The operating accuracy of the belt scale shall be 0.5 % on actual
conveying rate.
3.8
METAL DETECTOR
Metal detector shall be capable of detecting up to minimum 25 mm aluminium sphere

at a maximum working belt speed. Sensitivity to other materials such as stainless steel and
copper shall be proportional to their electrical characteristics.
3.9
TRAMP IRON SEPARATOR (MAGNETIC SEPARATOR)
The suspended magnet shall be able to pick-up tramp iron from the bottom of the
material being carried by the conveyor over which the equipment is fitted. The equipment
shall be complete in all respects, including electro magnet hanging support necessary
fasteners, electrically operated travelling block. Necessary electrics with AC to DC
conversion system & control, necessary sensors for the equipment shall be supplied along
with the equipment.
3.10
DUST EXTRACTION SYSTEM
Dust extraction system with blowers, bag filters, and hoppers, Chimney etc to control
the dust at ground hopper area, crusher house and boiler bunker house covering all transfer
points in various conveyors shall be provided.
Dust collected in the bag filter shall be collected in a hopper with a storage capacity
suitable for 8 hours of operation. The dust from hopper shall be either pneumatically or
through conveyor conveyed to the fuel handling system back either in bunkers or in
conveyor belt or in screens etc to utilise the dust along with the fuel.
3.11
DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
Dust suppression system by spraying service water through spray nozzle, booster
pumps, water tank etc., as required at ground hopper area, crusher house and boiler bunker
house.
3.12
HOIST
Manually operated mono rail hoist/chain pulley block of suitable capacity shall be
provided at screening station /boiler bunker house. Wherever the lifting load is above 2
Tonnes or lift is above 15 meters the tender shall consider electrical operated hoist.
-8-

3.13
BRAKES
Separate electromagnetic brakes, operated through direct current shall be provided

for each motor driven mechanism. Brakes shall be of approved make and shall be
connected so as to apply automatically when power supply fails or when the stop push
button is pressed or stop command is signalled from PLC. The release of the brake shall be
with adjustable time delay proceeded by electronic command for start of push button is
released. Brakes shall be designed as per IS 3938.
3.14
INSTRUMETNATION AND CONTROL
Complete instrumentation and control for all the equipment provided in this
package shall be covered under the scope of this tender. All field instruments shall be wired
up to the junction box where from the same shall be connected to the PLC as per the
requirement.
3.14.1 Controls
Fuel handling system shall be provided with controls for material flow metering, belt
scale electrical drives, conveyor systems, crusher, dust handling, dust suppression system
and other equipment covered under the scope of this contract.
Field warning sound before starting the conveyors, crusher etc by hooters for one
minute in crusher house, ground hopper, and bunker top shall be provided in every
sequence of operation during start up.
The control and all interlocks sequencing shall be PLC based having functional
group control. Local emergency stop and pull chord switches shall be hard wired to MCC.
Coupling relays shall be provided in the PLC where isolation is required to interconnect
PLC with MCC controls.
Field switches, meters, transmitters, transducer, cabling, local JBs etc. required for
the complete system will be under the scope of this contract. Following minimum switches
shall be provided:
Speed and Zero speed switches for sequential start / stop
Hand reset type Emergency Push buttons
Vibrations high alarm and trip switches
Screen chocked switches
Belt sway switches
Jogging switches in crusher
3.14.2 Field instruments

All filed instruments with provision of minimum five (5) terminals for control and
protection of the system shall be included in the contract. Following minimum field
instruments shall be provided:
Pull chord switches shall be of industrial heavy duty type enclosed in a dust
and vermin proof cast iron/cast aluminium box with indirect arrangement for
-9-

operation. Pull chord switches shall be placed at an every interval of 25

metres on both sides of the conveyor.
3.15
Belt sway switches at every 10M to 15M distances as required in each side of
the belt. It shall be industrial, heavy duty, housed in a dust and vermin proof
cast iron / cast aluminium box with indirect arrangement for operation.
Zero speed switches / belt slip switches shall be non-contact induction type
with associated electronic unit. Necessary potentiometer for adjustment of
speed setting shall be provided in the electronic unit in each conveyor.
Material flow metering like belt scale shall be of load cell type hermetically
sealed with IP-67 protection class suitable for remote indication of rate of flow
as well as totalised amount material conveyed at any point of time. The
operating accuracy of belt scale shall be + 0.5% on actual conveying rate.
The weighing scale transmitter shall be installed in a safe location.
SAFETY DEVICES
All equipment shall be complete with approved safety device wherever a potential
hazard to personal exists and with provision for safe access of personnel to and around the
equipment for carrying out operational and maintenance function. The offer shall include the
entire safety item such as coupling guard, conveyor tail pulley guards, gearing and chain
guard, guard deflector, protection and/or shield etc., shall be supplied.
3.16
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL:
All structures like gantry, conveyor supports, grizzly etc. shall be made of structural
steel of standard ISMB sections are fabricated from standard angles and channels. All
structures above 300mm from natural ground level shall be steel structure designed,
fabricated, erected under the scope of this work. Civil work above ground shall generally be
avoided including in platform, corridor, etc.
3.17
MAINTAINABILITY
The term maintainability cover all aspects of design, layout and facilities for handling
that contribute to the ease with which the equipment can be serviced, maintained and
repaired. It relates to all allied concepts of accessibility, replaceability and interchangeability
detailed below. Machinery and equipment shall be designed to good maintainability.
All working parts shall be arranged for convenience of operation, inspection,
lubrication and ease of repair and replacement of parts and subassemblies with minimum
downtime. Suitable working platform, walkway, ladder, lifting tackles and tools required for
above shall be provided. Specification and sizes of wearing parts used in machinery like
packing, seals, bearing shall be standardized to provide interchangeability. Standardized
parts only shall be used on equipment furnished.
- 10 -

ANNEXURE-5 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

1.0
INTRODUCTION
The plant consists of one number Steam Turbine Generator of 45 MW rating, the
generation voltage level 11KV. The plant electrics have been designed for the power
evacuation 11 KV power distribution system and auxiliary power for the boiler, TG, BOP
auxiliary loads. The power evacuation, auxiliary distribution system shall be in 132 KV and
415 V voltage level. For steel plant loads like steel plant, inter connection of existing plant,
connection with generator, input to the auxiliary transformer, power evacuation inter
connection from the generator switch board shall be in 11 KV voltage level.
The power distribution for plant electrics is envisaged at 3.3 kV and 415 V level. The
plant outline design is detailed in drawing nos. HIQ-4036-E-01/R-00.
1.1
GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN CONCEPT
The design concept of the electrical system as a whole is based on the requirements
for the safe and reliable performance of steam turbine generator sets and the interconnected
electrical system with provision for easy maintenance and overhauling.
The design principles and standards delineated herein is generally in compliance
with latest IEC / IS Standards and the Code of Practice already established in the country.
Indian Electricity Rules wherever applicable have also been complied with.
1.1.1
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
1
1.1
2
Rated Frequency
50 Hz
Variation
5%
Rated Voltages
2.1
Generated voltage
11kv
2.2
Variation
10%
2.3
Power evacuation voltage
132 kV
2.4
Variation
10%
2.5
Plant Auxiliary System Voltage
3.3 kV
2.6
Variation
10%
2.7
Plant LT Auxiliary System

Voltage
415 V
2.8
Variation
10%
2.9
Combined variation of voltage

and frequency
10%
2.8
Motor Voltage
415 V
2.9
Motors 200 kW and above
3.3 kV
-1-

Annexure-5 Electrical System (contd.)
2.10
Control Supply Voltages
110 V AC
110 V DC
3.0
Fault Levels
3.1
132 kV
31.5kA for 1 sec
3.2
11KV
40kA for 3 sec
3.3
3.3 kV
31.5 kA for 1sec
3.4
415 V
50 kA for 1 sec
DC System
110 V DC
Grounding
5.1
Generator neutral
Neutral Grounding Secondary Resistor
5.2
132 kV System
Solidly Grounded
5.3
3.3 kV System
Medium Resistance Grounded
5.4
415 V System
Solidly Grounded
5.6
DC System
Ungrounded
One minute power frequency

withstand voltage
6.1
132 kV System
275 kV
6.2
3.3 kV System
10 kV
6.3
11 kv system
28kV
6.4
415 V system
10 kV
Impulse withstand voltage
7.1
132 kV System
650 kVp
7.2
11kv system
85 kVp
7.3
3.3 kV System
40 kVp
7.4
415 V system
2 kVp
8
8.1
Creepage distance
Pollution level for creepage
distance
25 mm / kV (Heavily polluted)
8.2
Total creepage distance
10500 mm
8.3
Protected creepage distance
5250 mm
-2-

Note:
1. Continuous duty 415V motors will be controlled by contactors.
2. HT motors will be controlled by Vacuum circuit breakers. Coal handling system
motors (HT) will be controlled by fused vacuum contactors, considering frequent
starting.
1.2
GENERATORS
The generator coupled with steam turbine will have the following salient technical
features.
Type
Synchronous generator
Rated capacity
45 MW (56.25 MVA) to suit the Turbine

rating
Rated power factor
0.8 lag
Rated Voltage
Rated terminal voltage
11 kV
Voltage variation
10%
Rated Frequency
Rated frequency
50 Hz
Frequency variation range
-5% to +3% (47.5 Hz to 51.5 Hz)
Combined variation range
10%
No. of phase
Rated speed
3000 rpm
Insulation class
F (Temperature rise limited to class B)
Cooling
Cooling - Stator winding
Directly cooled by Water
Cooling - Stator Core
Directly cooled by Air
Cooling - Rotor winding
Directly cooled by Air
1.2.1
Stator
Generator stator body shall be a totally enclosed gas tight, explosion proof fabricated
structure suitably ribbed internally to ensure high rigidity. The stator shall be designed to
withstand fault conditions without any resultant deformation.
All terminals shall be of silver-plated copper to receive standard flexible connectors.
Effective sealing shall be provided between the terminal bushings and the stator body to
avoid possibility of leakage of air.
-3-

Quantities and ratios of the current transformer provided for protection shall be
decided by the bidder and shall be generally in accordance with standard requirements. The
current transformer ratings shall be such as to provide proper accuracys for excitation
control, relaying, voltage regulation and metering under all normal and fault conditions.
1.2.2
Rotor
The rotor shall be of cylindrical type, the shaft and body being forged in one piece
from nickel chromium molybdenum vanadium steel. The fully assembled rotor shall be
balanced to a high degree of accuracy and subjected to 20% over speeding for two minutes
as per International Standards to ensure mechanical strength.
The field winding shall consist of coils made up of copper with bonded insulation and
shall be held in position against centrifugal forces in wedges in the slot portion and by high
tensile non-magnetic alloy steel retaining rings in the overhang portion.
Strength test, material analysis and ultrasonic tests shall be performed during the
manufacture of the rotor. The rotor shall be balanced in various planes at different speed
and shall be subjected to over speed test. Individual turns of the rotor coil shall be insulated
against each other.
1.2.3
Fan
The rotor shall have fans mounted on it for the circulation of air inside the machine.
The fixing bolts, pins, nuts, etc. shall be made of non-magnetic material.
1.2.4
Shaft Seals
The shaft seals should be of adequate design to be provided on either side of the
rotor to prevent escape of air from the generator casing along the rotor shaft. The design
should be such that minimum oil should come in contact with the air during the course of
sealing. The shaft seal body on the exciter side shall be suitably insulated from the stator
end shields current.
1.2.5
Bearings
The generator shall be provided with sleeve bearings. The bearings shall be
spherically seated, self-aligning and cylindrical bore type. The liner shall be lined with at
least two-resistance thermometer in each liner for continuous sensing and recording of white
metal temperature. The bearing and the oil pipes of the generator on exciter side shall be
suitably insulated to prevent circulation of currents due to shaft voltage.
1.2.6
Air Coolers
Shell and tube heat exchangers shall be mounted on the machine for air-cooling. The
heat transfer calculations shall be done with a waterside standard fouling factor. The air
cooler shall be in accordance with the latest applicable requirements of the Heat Exchange
Institute. Cleanliness factor of 0.85 shall be considered for design.
Generator stator cooling shall be direct cooling with air as per manufacturers standard
design with water cooled secondary cooling system
-4-

The rotor windings shall be directly cooled by air. The stator core shall be cooled by air
flowing through the radial ventilating ducts. The shaft mounted propeller type fans on each
side shall facilitate circulation of air inside the machine. The air inside the generator shall be
maintained clean and dry by continuously circulating the air through a suitable air drier and
filter arrangement. There should be 100% standby arrangement for the same.
1.2.7
Temperature Measurement
Temperature of various active parts shall be measured.

The stator winding
temperature shall be sensed by at least one embedded resistance thermometer for each coil
placed at the bottom of the slots out of which at least six shall be in the end zone.
Temperature of cooling water to the (in case of water cooled machines), air coolers,
hot and cold gas and lubricating oil to the bearings and shaft seals shall also be sensed by
resistance thermometers. The rotor winding temperature shall be measured by resistance
method and shall be continuously recorded. Duplicate sensor shall be supplied for all the
above temperature measurements.
1.2.8
Generator Excitation System
The excitation system shall be brushless type. The brushless exciter shall consist of a
permanent magnet generator, AC exciter and rotating rectifier with silicon diodes and
indicating fuses. The whole system should be enclosed to avoid dusty air ingress from
outside with adequate cooling arrangement of the closed circuit air inside.
The excitation system shall be complete with switchgear, control equipment and
automatic voltage regulators. It shall be capable for operating the generator at full range of
operation of voltage, frequency and kVA.
Voltage regulator shall be of automatic type capable of regulating the voltage within the
deviation range of 0.5% from no load to full load at full range of frequency of operation.
Regulator shall be of completely solid-state type. The voltage regulator shall have a
maximum and minimum excitation limiter both in auto and manual excitation control.
1.2.9
Automatic voltage regulator
The AVR shall maintain constant generator terminal voltage under changing load
conditions. In addition to the basic voltage requirement, AVR shall include control loops,
which shall perform other functions such as reactive load limiter, over fluxing limiter, rotor
current limiter, minimum excitation limiter, and maximum excitation limiter.
1.2.10 Surge protection and voltage transformer (SPVT)
A Surge Protection and voltage transformer (SPVT) cubicle for the generator shall be
provided in the turbo generator building at ground floor level. Surge protection shall comprise
lightning arrestors and surge capacitors and shall protect the generator against high voltage
/ high frequency surges occurring in the system. The generator neutral shall be earthed
through neutral grounding transformer with secondary resistance to restrict the earth fault
current to within limits. An isolator and a CT shall be provided in the neutral circuit along
with a resistor bank, all housed in a cubicle. This cubicle shall be located in the turbine hall
at the ground floor level close to the generator.
-5-

Generator will conform to IEC-34. The generator will be capable of withstanding short
circuit level as per IEC. Short circuit ratio will not be less than 0.5. Generator will be suitable
to operate continuously with a negative sequence current of 8% of the rated value, and I2T
will not be less than 8.
The generator withstands capability for 3-phase short circuit at the generator terminals
when operating at rated MVA and p.f. with 5% over voltage will be for a period of not less
than 3 seconds. The generator will be capable of delivering 100 % of the rated output with
one cooler out of service.
Line charging capability (MVAR) of generator will be not be less than 40% rated MVA
at zero p.f. leading.
The generator winding will be star connected and all the six leads of the generator
phase and neutral side will be brought out of the stator frame for connection to busduct. The
neutral of the generator will be earthed through distribution transformer and secondary
resistor to limit the ground fault current to above 10 amps.
Surge diverters and protective capacitors will be provided near STG to protect the
insulation of the generators from the onslaught of surges, both from steepness of wave front
and magnitude of surge level.
The generator will be provided with either brush less excitation system consisting of
exciter with rotating diode assembly along with Permanent Magnet Generator (PMG) or
static excitation achieving high degree of operational reliability and minimum maintenance.
The excitation system will have fast response time to meet the system requirement.
The excitation system will have automatic voltage regulator to maintain steady generator
terminal voltage under variable load conditions and for parallel operation with the grid.
Ceiling voltage for exciter will be 200%.
AVR response time will be short so that it can control generator during system
disturbances requiring rapid changes in excitation to maintain the system dynamic stability
margins. Excitation system will be provided with power system stabilizer for achieving
dynamic stability under varying operating conditions. .
The excitation system will have in-built protective as well as limiting devices so as to
safeguard the generator and excitation system against all possible faults, troubles and maloperation, if any. The static thyristor excitation system will be equipped with features such as
cross current compensation, volt / frequency ratio controller, slip stabilization, rotor angle
limiter, stator and rotor current limiter, follow-up circuits, field suppression gear.
1.3
ELECTRICAL FACILITIES IN THE PLANT
The equipment shall also conform to the latest edition of relevant standards of the
following standard instruction as applicable
National Electrical Manufactures Association(NEMA)
International Electro technical Commission (IEC)
Indian Standards Institution (ISI)
-6-

Electrical equipment and its systems that will be provided for the proposed Power Plant
(PP) as shown in the SLD No: HIQ-4036-E-01/R-00.
1.3.1
132 KV switchyard bays :

The existing switchyard main bus (one bay) shall be extended for
interconnection of proposed 45MW power plant. The synchronization system
to be provided in existing switchyard in both outgoing breaker and alteration
of the existing metering system shall be done in the same the accounting of
both input and output of power. The extended switchyard bay in existing
132KV switchyard shall be connected to the proposed power plant switchyard
through HT cable. The cable length is approximately 600mtrs. Bidders to visit
the existing switchyard in the Ferro alloy plant and satisfy themselves
regarding availability of space and flexibility for existence of the existing
132KV facilities.
Single bus system with suitable post insulators, Bus Potential transformer
with isolators etc.
One section breaker for main bus with CTs on either side
Three sets of Potential transformers one set on each of the sections of main
bus and one on transfer bus.
Lightning arrestors for each side.
CTs shall have 3 secondary namely (i) for Bus Differential protection (ii)
Protection clause core for protection (ii) Metering clause of 0.5. Protection
system as follows:
1.3.2
Relevant feeder protection on transformers and transmission lines
overload, short circuit and other standard features
Transformers
S.
No
1
Description
Type
Generator
Transformer (GT
Outdoor, oil type
HT aux.
Transformer
Outdoor, oil type
LT Aux.
Transformer
Outdoor, oil type
or indoor dry type
Quantity
1 nos.
1 nos.
2Nos
Phase, Winding
3,2
3,2
3,2
Voltage ratio
11 kV / 132 kV
11 kV / 3.3 kV
11 kV / 433 V
Rating
53 MVA
3 MVA
2500kVA(indicative)
(indicative)
6
Vector
(indicative)
YNd11
YNy0
-7-
Dyn11

Cooling
ONAN / ONAF
ONAN / ONAF /
OFAF
ONAN / ONAF
Tap Changer
& Range
OCTC, 5 % in
steps of 2.5%
OLTC, 10 % in
steps of1.25%
OCTC, 5 % in
steps of2.5%
Impedance
12.5 %
6.25%
5 % / 6.25 %
10
Basic Insulation level
11
HT
650kVp
75 kVp
75 kVp
LT
75 kVp
60 kVp
2.5 kVp
Sizing Criteria
To match the
generator MCR
rating and shall be
design ambient
temperature of 50c
Rated to
meet the unit
HT loads
For supplying the

unit LT loads ans
stations LT loads.
The transformers
are sized on the
basis of 2 x 100%
rating.
1.3.3 Generator Electrics:
1.3.4
Generator protections
11 KV HT Bus duct with aluminium enclosure from generator to 11KV switch

board with 3500A rating with suitable thermal barrier for wall crossing at TG
building.
Generator potential transformer and surge suppressor.
Bus duct for LASPT, Neutral grounding system
Neutral grounding secondary resistance
AVR, Generator Relay Panel, Turbine Control Panel, Metering cum

synchronizing panel.
Bus ducts
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
LOCATION
11Kv system
SPBD
From Generator terminals to 11KV switch board

and generator to LAVT panel, NGR panel.
415system
NSPDB
Between LT Service Transformers to their

respective LV Switchgears.
The supports and buses are to be designed to withstand the electromechanical and thermal stresses set up during short circuit condition without
damage or deterioration of the material. The maximum temperature of the bus
and the enclosure will be limited to 90 Deg. and 70 Deg. respectively.
-8-

1.3.5
Switchgears
S.
No.
Description
11KV switchgear
3.3 kV Switchgear
415V Switchgear
Type
Metal clad /metal

enclosed, cubical
type, free floor
standing, dust &
vermin proof, draw
out type
Metal clad /metal

enclosed, cubical
type, free floor
standing, dust &
vermin proof, draw
out type
Metal clad /metal

enclosed, cubical
type, free floor
standing, dust &
vermin proof, draw
out type
Constru-
Single front
Single front
Single front
ction
3
Design
Sectionalized
Sectionalized
Sectionalized
single bus bar with single bus bar with single bus bar with
tie breakers
tie breakers
tie breakers
IP
protection
Fault level
40KA for 3 sec
31.5KA for 1 sec
50KA for 1 sec
Incomers
VCB breakers
VCB breakers
ACB breakers
Panel sheet
steel
thickness
IP-42
IP-42
2mm
IP-42
2mm
2mm
Protection
Standard
Standard
Standard protection
protection
along protection
along along
with
with 2OC+1EF
with 2OC+1EF
2OC+1EF
PT & CTs
As required
Metering
Multifunction digital Multifunction digital Multifunction digital

or kV, A, kW, pf, or kV, A, kW, pf, or kV, A, kW, pf,
Hz, kWh
Hz, kWh
Hz, kWh
10
11
12
As required
As required
Max.
working
height from
FFL
2000mm
2000mm
2000mm
Min.
working
height from
FFL
500mm
500mm
500mm
-9-

13
Max.
Panel
height
from FFL
2400mm
2400mm
2400mm
14
Control
Supply
110V DC
110V DC
110V AC
15
Incomer
Cable
Entry
Bottom
Bottom
Top entry
Outgoing
Cable
Entry
Bottom
Bottom
Bottom
16
The High Tension and Low Tension switchboards shall generally comprise of
adequately rated circuit breakers for tiebreaker and outgoing circuits. The switch boards
shall be complete with draw-out type circuit breakers, earthing switches, bus bars, drawout type voltage transformers, CTs, cable connections etc. Earthing trucks of approved
design shall be provided in case inbuilt earth switch is not standard feature in the design.
The boards shall comprise factory assembled and wired totally enclosed, metal clad,
dead front cubicles of fully interlocked and compartmentalized design. Separate selfcontained, duly partitioned housing shall be provided for individual switchgear units and
associated auxiliary equipment. The cubicles shall be arranged to form a continuously selfsupporting board made up of bolted steel members with front, back and side panels of heavy
gauge pressed sheet steel having minimum thickness of 2 mm and the construction shall
conform to IP 42 degree of protection for the enclosure. The complete assembly shall be
capable of withstanding stresses set up during severe short circuit conditions. The design of
the boards shall be such as to permit future extension at both the ends. The circuit breaker
shall be draw-out type and shall be mounted on a truck. Each cubicle shall have separate
lockable doors for the circuit breaker feeder compartment and the metering compartment.
The design of the board shall permit the movable portion to be withdrawn and
provide for isolation of the main contacts by means of plug and socket connections. Non
metallic automatic safety shutters shall be provided over the isolating contacts in the
stationary portion and shall be so designed that the bus bar compartment is completely
segregated from the breaker bus compartment for all positions of the circuit breaker.
The current transformers (CTs) shall be mounted on the side of the breaker away
from the main bus bars so as to allow safe and easy access by personnel. CT secondary
leads shall be brought to a short-circuiting type terminal board provided for testing purpose,
before connecting to their respective circuits. The CTs shall be cast resin insulated.
-10-

The potential transformers (PTs) shall be mounted on independent draw-out type

carriages in HT board and fixed chassy in LT board in separate panels. In HT board the PT
shall be arranged such that in the draw-out position the PTs together with the protective
HRC fuses shall be disconnected from the high voltage circuit and automatic shutters shall
isolate bus side / line side contacts. The PTs shall be cast resin insulated.
The racking mechanism of the circuit breaker truck shall permit smooth operation
without jerk. It shall be possible to engage and lock the circuit breaker truck in Service, i.e.
fully drawnin and isolated i.e. fully drawn out positions. In the Test position, the circuit
breaker shall be drawn out with low voltage circuit connected to permit testing. All these
positions shall be achieved with the front door closed. Suitable earthing connections
between the circuit breaker truck and the cubicle shall be provided so that the earth
continuity is maintained in Service and Test positions. All necessary connections
between the fixed and the moving portions of the equipment shall be made with positive
pressure contacts without any possibility of loose connections. Flexible jumper connections
with plugs and sockets shall be provided with the equipment so that it will be possible to
operate the breaker for testing when in test position. All standard interlocks of switchgears
shall be provided.
Micro switches shall also be provided for the circuit breakers for incorporating
positional interlocks in the control scheme.
Cable box for incoming and outgoing cables shall be suitable for terminating heat
shrinkable type indoor cable terminations. Terminations shall be fully contained within the
concerned cubicle forming an integral part thereof mounted in the rear and shall be freely
accessible for cable connection.
All low voltage internal wiring of switchboard shall be of stranded PVC insulated
copper conductor cable/wire. The terminal blocks shall be conveniently located and not more
than two wires shall be connected to one terminal. Separate blocks shall be provided for
distribution of control power. Each terminal block shall be provided with at least 20 percent
spare terminals. All terminals as well as termination at various devices shall be provided
with interlocked type ferrules having engraved numbers. Wherever multiple control voltages
such as AC/DC and different voltage supply exist in one cubicle, suitable colour coding and
segregation shall be adopted.
Control power supply to each individual section should be protected and for isolation
of the circuits for maintenance will be through adequately rated Miniature Circuit Breakers
(MCBs). All devices within the board shall be clearly identified by durable and eligible tags
corresponding to those used in applicable drawings.
Each section of the board and devices mounted on it shall be identified by
nameplates in the front as well as rear. The nameplates in the front as well as rear shall be
made of engraved anodised aluminium. Units shall be numbered consecutively from left to
right when facing the front of the board.
-11-

Strip type space heaters shall be provided in the cable chambers and front breaker
chambers. The space heaters shall be rated for 240V SPN supply and controlled through
thermostat and a switch shall be provided on the front panel on individual cubicles.
1.3.6
Circuit-breakers
Circuit breaker shall be tested and proven design and robust construction. The
minimum rating of the circuit breakers of LBDS shall be 630A for 11KV outgoing and 1200A
for grid & generator breaker. The breaker capacity shall be minimum of 1250A for MCC
feeders and 4000A for Generator, grid and tie breakers. No part of the circuit breaker or any
other part of the equipment carrying the fault current or any supporting structure shall be
unduly strained or damaged when making or breaking the specified fault current. Circuit
breakers should be provided with necessary auxiliary switches for indication, control,
interlocking, protection and other purposes. Four spare sets of auxiliary contacts, two
normally closed and two normally open shall be left free in each unit wired up to the control
cable terminal board. The auxiliary contacts shall be mounted in an accessible position. If
contact multiplication is required, CB normally open (NO) auxiliary contacts shall only be
used along with relays.
Each circuit breaker shall have shunt trip device suitable for operation at a voltage of
110V DC and shall be provided with ON and OFF position indicators and operation counter.
Spring charging motor shall be designed to operate at a voltage of 240VAC.
Rated current of all secondary windings of CTs shall be 1A unless otherwise specified.
For differential protection, CTs matching ratio shall be provided. The accuracy limit factor for
all CT cores for protective relaying shall be 5P10 and those for differential protection shall
have accuracy class PS having knee point voltage suitable for the specific application. The
CT cores for measuring and indication shall have accuracy class of 1.0 and for AVR shall be
0.5. Interposing CTs (ICTs) shall be provided for ratio and phase matching when required.
ICTs shall have PS class accuracy for application in differential with knee point voltage
matching to the corresponding CTs.
All PTs shall be either single-phase or three-phase type as specified and shall have
secondary rating of 110 V. The PTs shall have insulation level corresponding to the
switchgear with which these are associated. The PTs for indoor switchboards shall be
protected by suitable HRC fuses both on the primary and secondary sides.
The PTs and CTs shall have 25% additional VA capacity over and above that required
for meters, relays and instruments connected initially. 415 TPN Switch Fuse Units (SFU) in
Power control centre
The individual switch fuse units shall be triple pole and neutral. The switches shall be
of load break AC 23 category confirming to IS: 13947. . Non deteriorating type HRC fuses
having rupturing capacity not less than 50 kA RMS at 415 V confirming to IS: 13703 shall be
provided. Feeders rated 250 A and above shall be provided with along with ammeter,
selector switch, CTs etc.
-12-

The cable terminal arrangement for all outgoing circuit-breaker and SFU units shall be
housed in separate cable compartments and shall be suitable for multi-core aluminium
conductor PVC insulated armoured/un-armoured cables of number, types and sizes as
specified. The termination arrangement of multiple cables shall permit easy connection and
disconnection of individual cables without disturbing the other cables. For termination of
cables suitable bus-bar extension of proper size shall be provided.
1.3.7
Circuit-breaker Handling Truck
A suitable universal type truck shall be provided for withdrawing the breakers from the
board. The trucks shall have platforms of adequate mechanical strength for bearing the
weight of the largest circuit-breaker unit and shall be provided with necessary guide rails and
stops. The height of the platform shall be adjustable to suit the levels at which the different
circuit breakers are mounted on the switchboard.
1.3.8
Motor Control Centres:
MCCs will be provided for TG, Water treatment plant, DM Plant, Cooling tower and
pump house, AHS, FHS, Boiler, ESP, capacitor panel with APFC relay, PDB, LDB , etc. The
source of power will be from PCC provided in the LT side of distribution transformer.
Feeders shall be selected such that the LT loads above 1KW and below 50KW are
connected to DOL Starter. Above 50KW motor shall be provided with star delta starter. All
valves and conveyors wherever required shall have Reverse DOL starter.
1.3.9
Motors:
All LT motors will be squirrel cage induction type machines and will operate on 415V, 3
phase, and 50Hz power supply. The rating and speed of various motors will be suitably
selected based on duty requirements of driven equipment. Motors of rating 200KW, below
will have rated voltage of 415V, and above 200KW and above shall be rated for 3.3KV
voltage. DC motors for emergency oil pump of TG will be connected to 110V DC supply. DC
motor will be capable of operating with a voltage variation between 10% of nominal value.
AC motors shall have a margin of at least 10% over the requirement of driven
equipment and capable of delivering rated output at rated PF at
Terminal voltage differing from its rated value not more than 10%.
Frequency differing from its rated value not more than 5%.
Any combination of (i) and (ii) above subject to a limit of 10%.
All AC medium voltage induction motors shall fully confirm to IS: 325 for all essential
design, construction and test features. The motors shall have standardized dimensions and
ratings strictly conforming to IS: 1231 for foot mounted. The stator windings of all motors
shall have class F insulation. The temperature rise of windings shall be limited to that of
class B insulation. The degree of enclosure protection for the motors shall be IP55 and shall
be supplied with arrangements to provide protection against weather and water entry.
Canopy shall also be provided for motors additionally. The motors shall generally be fancooled design having method of cooling IC0141 as per IS: 6362 with fan directing air over
the motor frame. The rating of motors selected shall be based on the class of duty and the
load imposed by the equipment keeping 10% margin. LT motors rated 37 KW and above will
-13-

be provided with space heaters.

The speed-torque characteristics of the motors shall be matched with those of the
coupled machines so that smooth acceleration is obtained without over-heating the motor
and over-stressing the mechanical parts of the driven equipment. The terminal boxes shall
be of adequate size for terminating the required number and size of PVC insulated,
armoured, aluminum conductor cables after considering the required derating factors. The
motor shall be dynamically balanced to comply with the requirements of IS: 12075 including
the amplitude of vibration specified therein. The motor feet shall be integrally cast with the
stator and shall be of such a design as to prevent breakage or other failures due to vibration
normally encountered in power plants. The motor body shall have two separate earthing
terminals. Motors shall be provided with lifting hooks / lugs for frame sizes 100 and above.
1.3.10
Capacitors
Capacitors shall be provided at the load end or in each MCC end which is the source of
the low power factor. However, Capacitors of adequate KVA shall be provided in MCCs to
correct the power factor to 0.9 so that the rating of electrical equipment will be economical
and operation will be optimum. The capacitors shall be equally provided on either side of
each bus. The power factor correction in bulk loaded MCC (say above 200KVA) shall have
automatic cutting in and cutting out of capacitors and the control requirement shall be
programmed in DCS system.
1.4
CONTROL AND PROTECTION
Central Control Room (CCR) shall have free floor standing vertical panels to provide
controls of generators and auxiliary system. The control and indications as well as
annunciation systems for generator, generator transformer, 132 kV breakers, generator
excitation system, field breaker and unit auxiliary transformer etc shall be provided. The
generator auto manual synchronization shall also be provided.
Indications and annunciations shall also be provided in vertical control panel.
Necessary synchronization instruments shall also be provided in these panels.
Emergency DG set shall also have control and synchronizing facility from this panel. The
switch yard equipments like isolators & earth switches shall be provided with proper interlock
to avoid any wrong operation of isolators and earth switches due to human error.
1.4.1
Annunciation System
Alarm annunciation system for switchyard as well as plant shall be provided on

control panel by means of visual and audible alarms in order to draw the attention of
operator to operating conditions or the operation of some protective devices. All the
protective relays shall have proper flags to indicate that a particular relay has operated.
1.5
PROTECTIVE SYSTEM
The necessary protective relaying system according to the established norms shall
be provided for generators, transformers, motors, auxiliary systems etc for minimizing
damage to equipments in case of fault and abnormal conditions.
-14-

For protection of equipment against abnormal system conditions, adequate protective

devices will be installed in the respective switchgear and / or relay panels. A group of such
protective devices will be necessary to protect the equipment under different abnormal
conditions arising in the system. In all cases, proper discrimination shall be achieved to
isolate the faulty elements only keeping the healthy part of the system in service.
All protective relay panels will be of free standing, floor mounting, sheet steel
enclosed with a degree of protection of not less than IP 40. The panels will be located in air
conditioned rooms.
All protective relays will be comprehensive numerical type capable of measuring all
electrical parameters like voltage, current, power, power factor, frequency etc. The relays will
be capable of communicating all analogue and digital signals with plant DCS system, as
applicable.
All protective relays will be of draw out type with built in testing facilities. Small auxiliary
relays may be of non-draw-out type and mounted within the cubicle. All relays will have
hand-reset and means for visual indication of their operation.
Fully graded protection system with requisite speed, sensitivity and selectivity will be
provided for the entire power station. Critical equipments / systems will be provided with
duplicate protection.
The unit protection relays will be divided into two independent groups including
separate power supply so that in case of failure of one group, the protection system shall be
still functioning and protection of the unit is guaranteed.
Set of duplicated hand reset lock out relays (86), one for each protection channel fed
from different DC bus supplies, will be provided separately for Generators, Generator
Transformers and Unit Transformers. All relays will have hand-reset flags or other means for
visual indication of their operation.
Supervision relays will also be provided to monitor DC supply for each trip relay. All
current and voltage transformers required for protection system will have adequate VA
burden, knee point voltage, instrument safety factor and other characteristics suitable for the
application.
1.5.1
132 KV switchyard Protection
Please refer our Single line diagram for existing switchyard extension bay and
proposed switchyard protection relays. Bidders to suggested Please add further protection
relays if any required.
1.5.2
Local Breaker Back up Protection
This protection is provided as a safeguard against the breaker failure when it is

required to trip at the occurrence of faults. The protection initiate bus bar protection at the
local end to de-energize the bus to which the faulty / breaker is connected and send a direct
command to remote end.
-15-

The protection has two over currents and one earth fault current check elements and
a timer with a continuously adjustable setting of 0.5 sec. This protection shall be provided for
each breaker separately.
1.5.3
1.5.4
Generator Protection
Differential protection - generator winding
Over voltage protection
Stator Earth fault protection
Reverse power protection
Negative phase sequence current protection
Field failure protection
Rotor Earth fault protection
Generator overload protection
Overall differential protection for generator, GT and UAT.
Generator under frequency protection
Local breaker back up protection
Diode failure relay
Backup Impedance Protection
Low forward Power protection
Pole slipping protection
Winding temperature protection
Standby stator earth fault protection
Loss of field protection
VT fuse failure protection
Intertum fault protection
Dead machine protection
Generator Transformer
Differential protection
HV restricted earth fault protection
HV backup over current protection
HV backup earth fault protection
Buchholz protection
Oil winding temperature protection
Over fluxing protection.
Pressure Relief Valve
LBB protection
Oil surge protection

-16-

1.5.5
1.5.6
1.5.7
LT Service Transformers
Over current protection (IDMTL & instantaneous)
Earth fault Protection
LV side Backup Earth fault protection
Buchholz protection
Oil winding temperature protection
HT Auxiliary Transformers
Differential protection
Restricted Earth Fault protection for LV winding
Over current protection on 1IkV side & LV side
Backup Earth fault protection
Bucholtz protection
Oil/winding temperature protection
Pressure Relief valve
OLTC surge relay protection.
3.3 kV Motors
Multifunction
Numerical
motor
accommodate following protections
1.6
protection
relay
having
flexibility
to
Instantaneous over current and definite time - over current protection
Earth fault protection
Single phase and phase unbalance protection
R.T.Ds. for winding / bearing temperature protection (for motors rated

1000 kW and above)
Locked Rotor Protection
INTERCOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
The plant communication system will be provided to facilitate operations by

establishing quick communications among the operating personnel stationed at various
locations of the plant. The plant Communication System will consist of the following:
1.6.1
Page and Party System with Master station & Slave Stations.
Telephone system completes with EPABX, telephone sets in the Power Plant
and associated administration buildings
P&T (Posts and Telegraph) telephone system.
Page and Party System
The system will provide for quick and reliable communication between plant
personnel located in different areas. The design will be such as to provide two-channel
communication. The system characteristics will be such as to cover the speech band
faithfully, particularly over the frequency range of 500 Hz to 5000 Hz and dynamic range of
40 to 80 db.
-17-

1.6.2
Telephone System
The Power plant and housing colony will be provided with microprocessor based
intercom telephone system to facilitate inter-communication for operation/administrative
purposes. This consists of an Electronic Private Automatic Branch Exchange (EPABX) of
suitable capacity. All the instruments for subscribers will also have the provision for hooking
up with P&T lines.
The telephone sets will be installed in various areas of power plant and colony. The
EPABX at Power plant and EPABX at colony will be interconnected.
In hazard areas such as oil storage, wall telephone sets with explosion proof and
corrosion resistant metal cases will be provided.
1.7
ILLUMINATION SYSTEM
The plant lighting system includes the normal AC lighting and emergency Lighting
which contributes together 100% lighting as well as emergency DC lighting in selected areas
of the plant during plant emergency conditions. The emergency AC lighting will provide
about 20% of the total AC lighting.
The plant lighting (illumination level) is varying at different locations of the Plant
depending on the utility and nature of work expected to be carried out at that area.
1.7.1
Normal A.C. Lighting of the Plant
Lighting feeders will be provided with lighting transformers of voltage ratio 1:1 for
reducing fault level. For general illumination, fluorescent fixtures are taken into
consideration. However, in some places where fluorescent fixtures are not suitable, high
intensity discharge (metal halide / sodium vapour lamps) and incandescent lighting fixtures
of suitable design are considered. This lighting will be energized from 3-phase, 4-wire, 415 V
main lighting distribution boards fed from suitably rated lighting transformers. These MLDBs
will feed lighting panels for each individual area / room.
1.7.2
Emergency AC Lighting
Emergency AC lighting will be fed from DG set through emergency switchgear and
lighting transformer. Under normal plant running condition, Emergency AC lighting will' be
fed from PCC through emergency switchgear and lighting transformer.
1.7.3
Emergency DC Lighting
Emergency DC lighting will be provided in specific areas such as control room,

switchgear rooms, areas near local panels, staircases and other strategic areas during AC
supply failure.
Industrial type receptacles rated for 20A, 240 AC will be provided for all indoor and
semi indoor areas such that any point is accessible within 25 m for maintenance and testing,
portable tools and other services. Flush type single phase receptacles will also be provided
for office rooms, control rooms and false ceiling areas.
1.7.4
Receptacles
Industrial type receptacles rated for 20A, 240 AC shall be provided for all indoor and
semi indoor areas such that any point is accessible within 25 m for maintenance and testing,
-18-

portable tools and other services. Flush type 5 A and 15 A single phase receptacles shall
also be provided for office rooms, control rooms and false ceiling areas.
1.7.5
Illumination Levels
Illumination levels proposed at various places are listed below:
Location
Illumination
level (lux)
Control room, control equipment room, testing

laboratories
400
Switchgear rooms, MCC room
200
Turbine hall
200
Air compressor house, pump house, water treatment

plant.
150
Basement floors, boiler house including platforms,

crusher house,
100
Cable galleries, passages, stairs, toilets

Coal conveyors (outdoor), fuel oil delivery header, oil
storage tanks
50
Outdoor Transformer yard & switchyard
30 to 50
General yard lighting, coal unloading area and coal

storage areas
20
Street lighting - main roads
20
- secondary roads
1.7.6
10
Office Rooms, Relay rooms
300
Battery room
150
Power Distribution Board (415V)

Power distribution board shall be provided for various location in the power plant for
the following purposes, like.
a) Power socket
b) Welding socket
c) Water heater
d) Air Condition (Window & Spilt AC)
1.8
POWER & CONTROL CABLES
3.3 kV cables will be of stranded aluminium/copper conductor with heavy duty XLPE
insulated, each core screened on conductor as well as on insulation, colour coded, extruded
bedding, and extruded PVC inner sheathed, armoured and overall FRLS PVC sheathed. The
-19-

cables will be suitable for unearthed system.

LT power cables will be 1100 V grade with stranded aluminium/copper conductor,
XLPE/PVC insulated, extruded PVC inner sheathed, armoured and overall FRLS PVC
sheathed.
Control cables will be multicore 1100 V grade, PVC insulated, PVC inner sheathed
armoured and overall FRLS PVC sheathed with 2.5 mm stranded copper conductors.
Main factors which will be taken into consideration for selection of cable sizes are as
follows:
System short circuit current
Derating factors due to higher ambient temperature and grouping of cables
Continuous current rating.
Voltage drop during starting and continuous operation
Standardization of the cable size to minimize too many sizes of cables.
The cables will conform to the relevant Indian / IEC standards in general with the
following special, FRLS properties for the outer sheath. BOQ of cables shall be submitted
with design basis for approval.
1.9
PLANT DC SYSTEM
The DC power system provides DC power to protection and control requirements and
the essential loads that are required to function on a loss of AC power. The DC system
comprises of:
1.9.1
110 V DC battery
Battery chargers (float cum boost charger)
DC distribution boards
Capacity of the system shall be computed by the bidder based on his system
requirement. A margin as follows shall be provided while deciding the final
rating of the system:
Battery cell and voltage not to fall below 90% of nominal value,
Temperature correction as per the manufacturers recommendation,
Future additional loads 10%,
Design margin of 15%,
Ageing factor 25%,
Any other over sizing factor applicable to VRLA batteries due to loss
of capacity related to voltage reversal & voltage drops that these cells
experience.
Battery
The batteries will be sized for the required load and one hour duty cycle duration,
taking into account approximate temperature correction, design margin and ageing
-20-

compensation factors.
Battery will be of storage type lead acid with plate or tubular positive plates. Two (2)
nos. redundant battery set at Main Power, Plant has been considered. Separate batteries for
switchyard, telephone, fire fighting system and other systems, and remote areas like coal
handling plant to be provided.
1.9.2
1.9.3
Battery Chargers
One (1) No. Battery charger for each battery set (float cum boost) of suitable
capacity will be provided for quick boost and trickle charging.
The battery charger will be of solid-state control rectifier type, completely

automatic and self-regulating.
The float charger will be capable of floating the battery and at the same time
supply the continuous DC load of the unit.
The boost charger will be capable of boost charging the battery a fully
discharged battery to a state of full charge in 12 hours.
BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER LOAD DETAILS:
The following minimum requirement loads shall be considered for the battery and
battery charger system design.
1.9.4
415V PCC and MCC panel (trip coil, closing coil, shunt trip coil, protection
relays, indications)
3.3KV & 11KV switchgear (trip coil, closing coil, shunt trip coil, protection
relays, indications)
AVR and excitation system
Jacking oil pump
Emergency oil pump
Generator control and relay panels
NGR, LAPT panel
Switchyard bay (protection relays, meters, indications)
RTCC
Transformer control & relay panel
All protection relays
DC lighting
DC Distribution Boards
The main DC distribution boards and other DC switchboards will be suitably designed
to meet the requirement of the plant and these boards will have short-circuited ratings
consistent with the available short circuit current.
1.10
GROUNDING & LIGHTNING PROTECTION
The plant grounding system will be designed as per the requirements of IEEE80/IEEE 142 / IS-3043.
-21-

The earth mat of the station will be designed such that the total ground impedance
does not exceed 1.0 ohm. The plant grounding will utilize GI flat /mild steel rods. Equipment
grounding conductor will be of galvanized steel flats / GI wire.
Each large structure and building complex will have a ground loop around its
perimeter. The ground loops around each structure will be connected to the ground grid.
The fence within the ground grid will be bonded to the plant ground system. The
power plant ground grid will be tied together with the switchyard ground grid.
The grounding system will be connected to all metallic equipment, electrical as well
as non-electrical (except underground pipelines), located at the plant site. All these will be
connected at two distinct points. This will include all structures, buildings, towers, etc.
The chimney and powerhouse building will be equipped with lightning protection.
Lightning protection conductors located on the top of the structures will be connected to the
ground loop surrounding the structures with down comers as per the provisions contained in
the latest issues of Indian Electricity Rules and IS 2309.
1.11
EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
A separate emergency power supply for safe shut down of power plant shall be
provided.
One (1) No. of 625 kVA DG sets will deliver power at 415V, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 4 wire.
The estimated capacity of the set will take care of the following loads:
Barring Gears.
Lube oil pumps
Cranking motor or variable frequency drive starting.
Power for Gas turbine generator.
One auxiliary cooling water pump.
Emergency lighting in vital areas.
Fire Alarm Control Panel
Other essential auxiliaries.
Fire Protection Jockey Pump
Emergency DG sets will be provided to cater the loads during emergency conditions.
The DG Sets will be started automatically in case of failure of AC Power. Manual starting
facility from Central Control Room will also be provided in addition to automatic starting.
Necessary diesel storage tank, pumping system, pipe work etc. shall be included in the
scope of the bidder.
1.12
UN-INTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM
The uninterruptible power supply (UPS) system furnishes a reliable and interruption
free source of required voltage, three/single phase power to equipment/instrument vital for
plant control and emergency shutdown.
-22-

Two (2) UPS units (2x100%) will be furnished for the Power Plant sized to feed
essential AC loads like DCS and other C&I equipment. The UPS system will be provided
with two (2) nos. 100% capacity inverter.
An alternative 110 V A.C. single-phase source through by pass transformer and
stabilizer is provided through a static transfer switch to feed the vital A.C. loads during the
failure of both the inverters.
1.12.1 TECHNICAL DATA SHEET FOR UPS SYSTEM
SL.NO
GENERAL DATA
DESCRIPTION
Continuous rating
Suitable rating
Quantity
Two Sets.
Location
Indoor.
Input supply
110 V +/- 10%
Output supply
110 V +/- 10%
Input frequency
50 +/- 5%
Overall efficiency
80 ~ 85 %
Inverter Type
SPWM, IGBT Technology
Rating of inverter
10kVA at 0.8 PF
Efficiency of each inverter unit
>90 %
Inverter output Voltage
230 V +/- 1 % NL to FL
Inverter output Frequency
50 Hz +/- 0.1 %
Inverter permissible overload
120% for 10 Min. 150 % for 1

Min
Inverter output Waveform
Sinusoidal
< 2 % for linear Load, Max 5%

for Non-linear load
Inverter no of Static Switch
Two Nos in Redundant

configuration
Transfer time in case of inverter

fault
<1 ms
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Inverter total Harmonic Distortion
15.
16.
17.
-23-

Transfer time on manual transfer
Synchronous - Break free
Charger Type
FCBC, Constant Voltage with

Charging current Limit.
Charger Efficiency
>90%
Discharging time
60 minutes
Type of battery
Nickle Cadmium
Type of electrolyte in the battery
Potassium Hydroxide (KOH)

Density: 1.19
Type of Cell container in the

battery
Translucent Polypropylene
Permissible overload
120% for 10 Min. 150 % for 1

Min
Degree of protection
IP 42
Paint shade
RAL 7035
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
1.12.2 UPS DESIGN :
UPS shall be designed to withstand 125% overload for 15 minutes and 150%
overload for 10 sec. The charger shall have necessary features to prevent damage to the
battery. The output voltage shall be stabilized to within specified limits for a given mains
input through out the tolerance limits. Charger shall have adjustable current limiting feature
controlling the output current and the battery current in float and boost mode. Charger output
to the battery shall be passed through a smoothing circuit so that the ripple content is limited
to a value safe for the battery.
The charger shall be designed to boost charge the completely discharged, batteries
in 10 -14 hrs. The changeover between boost charge mode and float charge mode shall be
automatically. Necessary alarms to indicate battery discharged and DC over voltage
conditions shall be provided. The inverter unit shall be designed to operate from the charger
output continuously without use of battery smoothing effect. With the battery connected to
the UPS system, a filter shall be provided at the input of inverter unit to reduce-the AC feed
back from the inverter to the battery to a maximum of 2%. Efficiency of the Inverter shall not
be less than 80% at rated load and pf. The output waveform distortion shall not be greater
than 3%.
The inverters shall be suitable for synchronizing with the mains having frequency
variation of +/- 3%.The inverters shall be delinked when the variation exceeds this and shall
run on its own oscillator maintaining its output frequency to +/- 1 % of 50 Hz. Current limit
-24-

protection shall be provided which will protect the inverter against overloads and short
circuits at the output. The current limit shall be adjustable. Once the overload is removed,
the inverter shall automatically resume normal operation.
The inverter output shall have spike / surge suppression filters to protect the loads
By-pass transformer shall be natural air-cooled type suitable for indoor location. Links shall
be provided on 415 V windings to give offload tapings of +/- 2.5% & +/- 5% of normal
voltage.
A manual Bypass switch, make before break type, shall be provided to take the
system out for maintenance without interrupting power to the load. The switch shall be
mounted in the inverter section. The enclosure to be of IP 3X or better The SUPPLIER shall
ensure that neutral of the all transformers are solidly connected to earth to ensure that the
potential between earth and neutral is zero at all conditions.
1.12.3 PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION:
The uninterrupted power supply system shall be complete with chargers, inverters,
static switches, by pass transformer with Automatic voltage regulator and manual bypass
switch. Normally the system will supply the load in UPS mode. In case of any trouble with
one of the Inverter Sections, the load shall be catered by the redundant system if both the
inverters fail, loads shall be transferred to the bypass transformer without any interruption.
A manual by pass switch (make before break) shall be provided to isolate the
inverters and static switches for maintenance. When it becomes necessary to boost charge
the battery (i.e. when the battery has discharged during mains failure), the charger shall be
set to the boost mode automatically. The rectifier section shall now cater for boost charging
the battery and at the same time supplying the inverter. After completion of boost charging,
the charger shall be reset to float mode automatically. It shall be possible to run the system
at rated load for one hour and at about 75% load continuously without any damage in case
of failure of cooling fans.
The following minimum requirement loads shall be considered for the UPS system
design.
DCS system cabinets
PCC panel
All LT MCC panel
VFD panel
Fire fighting panel
Communication system
11KV switchgear
3.3KV switchgear
Generator relay panel
Metering cum synchronizing panel
Turbine control panel
Turbine gauge panel

-25-

1.13
Switchyard control panel
Transformer control panel
SWAS system panel
Field instruments
CEMS panel
Annunciator panel
AHS PLC control panel
FHS PLC control panel
DM plant control panel
CABLE TRAY:
Prefabricated ladder type/ perforated type cable trays shall be used for laying of
cables in cable trenches while routing cables along technological structures etc. Cable trays
shall be galvanized after fabrication.
Ladder type cable trays shall be fabricated by means of 2.5mm thick hot rolled sheet
for longitudinal members and cross members. The cross members shall be placed at an
interval of 250 mm along the length of the rack with 30mm slotted holes for cable clamping
purpose. Width of the rung shall be 50mm and above. Cable tray ends shall be suitable for
connecting the jointing plates. The cable trays shall be of widths 300mm, 450 mm, 600 mm
and 900mm. The ladder type racks shall be used for power and control cables.
Perforated type trays shall be made of 2.5 mm thick mild steel sheet. Perforated trays
shall be used for instrumentation and signal cables. The cable trays shall be of widths
50mm, 100mm, 150mm, 300mm, 450mm, 600mm and 900 mm.
All installation accessories/ fittings required for the cables trays/ conduits shall be
supplied to suit actual requirement at site. All cable accessories shall be hot dip galvanized.
The size and assembly of cable trays shall be as per our enclosed drawing.
The cable tray system shall be suitable for fixing of vertical and horizontal supports of
structural steel with ISMC 100 channels or 50 x 50 x 6 mm angles for vertical members and
50x50x6 mm angles for horizontal members. The supports shall be provided at an interval of
1500 mm for horizontal runs and 1000 mm for vertical runs.
1.13.1 Accessories for cabling :
Cable accessories like cable glands for various size of the cables (The no of glands
lugs, sleeves shall be as per the load list), lugs, Sleeves and termination of various LT loads
both panel and motor ends.
-26-

ANNEXURE -6 ASH HANDLING SYSTEM & AUXILIARIES

1.0
DESIGN BASIS FOR SYSTEM
1.1
BASIC DETAILS OF DRY DENSE PHASE SYSTEM:

Following are the basic details of the proposed ash handling system for CFBC.
Description
Details
No of boilers and
capacity
1 Nos of CFBC boiler of capacity 195TPH
Fuel combinations
used in boiler
1. 50% Washery rejects, plus 50% Indian coal

2. 50%Washery rejects, 25% Indian coal, 25%
Indonesian coal
3. 25% Washery rejects 50% Indian coal, 25%
Indonesian coal.
Ash collection points
2.0
Furnace, Cyclones, Eco/APH and hopper below the

ESP fields.
THE SCOPE OF SUPPLY FOR THE ASH HANDLING SYSTEM SHALL

INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING:
The following scope of supply for the ash handling system shall include but not be
limited to the following.
Companion flanges at Boiler ash hopper, transition hopper from purchaser

ash hopper to ash vessel etc., with bolts and nuts as required.
Suitably sized pressure vessel in each hopper bottom in which material is

thoroughly fluidised such that the discharge flow characteristics resemble
those of a liquid.
Ash conveying arrangement under each hopper suitably designed for the
quantities and characteristics of ash.
Supply of materials like standard structural steel, pipe supports, paint etc.
Ash piping work for complete system that is resistant to the abrasive
qualities of ash when it is transported at its design conveying velocity and
matching accessories including couplings, adaptors and expansion joints.
The following numbers of ash pipe lines shall be provided from boiler to
the ash silos.
For Boiler bottom / furnace ash one full capacity lines connected to all
the ash discharge points below the boiler and upto the bottom ash silo.
For cyclone ash from each boiler one line connected to the two
cyclones ash outlets at the boiler and upto the respective fly ash silo.
-1-

Annexure 6 Ash Handling System & Auxiliaries (Contd.)
For APH / Economiser one ash pipe line from the APH / Economiser
hopper to the respective fly ash silo.
ESP all lines from the ESP ash hopper to the respective fly ash silo.
Abrasion resistant type Pipe fittings like Lateral, Elbow or Tee as
required changing direction or diameter.
Pneumatic piping interconnecting the compressor, air receiver, receiver

outlet to the required points complete with supports, accessories, various
traps, strainers, etc., as required.
Ash storage silos of RCC construction one no for boiler bottom ash and
one number for fly ash. Capacity of bed ash silo 150 m3 and Capacity of
fly ash silo 600 m3.
All ash conveying lines, vent fans, dust collectors aeration blowers and
level indicating instrumentation etc.,
Pocket feeder below the silo to transport ash to dust unloaders.
Dry dust unloaders or pug mill unloaders on the silo at elevated level
above ground to allow access to ash transport vehicles below with water
spray arrangements.
Lubricated screw type air compressors with oil and moisture separators of
required capacity complete with required number of air receivers of
adequate capacity complete with valves and accessories.
Compressors including standby complete with drive motors, related

instruments, auto start/stop, load in/unloading facility etc.
Power distribution board for the solenoids, small drives complete LT power
cabling, control cabling and above ground earthing of all equipment etc.,
except compressor power feeder.
Other items.
Commissioning spares as required.
Consumables for erection and commissioning.
Special tools and tackles that is required for maintenance of this system.
Spares for 2 years, which are recommended by the supplier.
Complete instrumentation and control for the system including dedicated

PLC located at the Field Control Panel, cabling from Field Instruments to
the Local Control Panel. AHS System shall be selected both in Manual
Mode / AUTO Mode at the Local Control Panel.
-2-

Communication with DCS for monitoring control sequence & other critical
parameters will be through built-in Communication port available in the
PLC. Data communication to the DCS will be through special cable
(Modbus Communication cable). Memory mapping details will be furnished
by the PLC supplier to interface with DCS.
3.0
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
3.1
Design of the system has to adequately cover for anticipated variations and be
capable of handling the worst scenario. System has to be environmentally friendly,
reliable with least maintenance problems and energy efficient.
3.2
Design shall use positive pressure to utilise a blow tank to collect the material
before being transferred into the pipeline in batches. With dense phase systems, a
controlled use of both air pressure and volume shall push the batch of material
from the blow tank and into the pipeline in a plug flow form.
3.3
The systems shall use low volume, medium pressure air stream and shall rely on
a continuously expanding volume of air pushing cohesive slugs of material along
the pipe. This system shall use a transfer vessel/pump tank to feed the material
into the conveying line. It is a batch system with plugs of material separated by
cushions of air.
3.4
The compressor shall work on load / no-load basis. Whenever conveying is in

progress, the compressed air shall be fed by conveying air compressor through air
receiver. When there is no material available in the hopper and conveying does
not take place, compressor shall switch over to no-load condition for saving
power.
3.5
The silo shall have ash collection equipment on the roof and a fluidizing system on
the floor of the silo.
3.6
Two telescoping dry dust chutes to unload the stored ash into enclosed bulk
tanker trucks. These chutes shall have a venting system to return displaced air
from the trucks back into the silo.
3.7
Complete energy balance analysis shall be taken into account for designing
maximum and minimum lengths of horizontal run of pipe from all pickup points to
the silo.
3.8
Initial and final pipeline internal diameters shall be designed with minimum
velocities maintained throughout all conditions and when conveying from all
pickup points and nominal differential pressures from pick-up points to disposal
point.
3.9
Vent filter of silo shall be bag filter mounted over an opening on an ash storage
silo that typically vents to atmosphere. It shall filter out dust from displaced air
exiting the silo. The bag filter shall be sized to simultaneously handle all potential
-3-

incoming air sources. Typically, the filter bags shall be "jet-pulse" cleaned. Silo
vent filter bag cleaning shall be continuous.
3.10
Pipe line support structure shall be as per the standard.
3.11
Valve access door shall be provided in each chamber for ease of maintenance
and inspection.
3.12
Flapper style gates shall swing completely out of material flow path to minimise
component wear.
3.13
Wear back fittings shall be provided to have plain-end and shall be removable for
pipeline inspection.
3.14
Bellows Expansion Joints shall be inserted in long pipe runs and before ash
collection vessels to accommodate thermal expansion.
3.15
Velocity in ash conveying pipelines shall be less than 2 m/sec.
-4-

ANNEXURE-7 DM PLANT, AUXILIARY COOLING WATER SYSTEM,

VENTILATION SYSTEM & FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
1.0
DM WATER SYSTEM
1.1
PLANT CAPACITY
All equipment shall be designed for the atmospheric conditions. Maximum and
ambient temperatures shall be considered for design of equipment and systems as it is
proposed to operate under extreme conditions. The demineralisation (DM) plant
production parameters shall be as follows:
Capacity of DM plant, m3 /hr
Service cycle hr/day
20
Net output per day, m3 /day
160
No. of streams
No. of regeneration per day
1.2
1.2.1
WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS

Make up water analysis
Make up water with the following analysis at ambient temperature will be made
available by purchaser at inlet to raw water storage tank to be provided by EPC
contractor..
S.No
1.3
Parameters
Concentration
pH
Methyl Orange Alkalinity`
270
Total hardness as CaCO3 (mg/ltr)
380
Total dissolved solids (mg/ltr)
500
DM WATER QUALITY
The quality of DM water at mixed bed (MB) outlet shall be as follows:
S.No.
PARAMETERS
CONCENTRATION
pH
7.2 to 7.5
Conductivity, S/cm
0.6 (Max)
Total dissolved solids, ppm
Not more than100 ppm
Total Suspended solids, ppm
NIL
Silica as SiO2, ppm
Less than 0.02
Oxygen as O2
0.007 (Max)
Iron, ppm
0.01(Max)
Copper
0.01(Max)

-1-

Anneuxre-7 DM Plant, Auxiliary cooling water system, Ventilation system, Fire fighting system (contd.)
1.4
Total CO2
NIL
10
Free chlorine
NIL
11
Oil
NIL
DEMINERALISING PLANT SHALL CONSIST OF BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO

THE FOLLOWING:
One of raw water tank with accessories.
Two nos. of chlorination dosing system.
Two (1W+1S) nos. of raw water pump with accessories.
One (1) Multi Grade Filter (MGF) with back flush, fast flush recirculation
etc.
One (1) Activated Carbon Filter (ACF) with back flush, fast flush /
recirculation / CIP arrangement, tanks, dosing system etc as required.
One set of RO membrane with back flush, chemical cleaning,
arrangements , high pressure pumps, chemical dosing pump etc.,
Permeate tank and pump with accessories.
One set of conventional DM plant with cation exchanger and anion
exchanger complete with resins and accessories along with degasser
tower with tower packing and necessary accessories.
One (1) mixed bed exchanger complete with resins and accessories and
air blower for mixed bed unit complete with electric motor and
accessories. The same blower shall be used for neutralisation pit air
agitation.
One (1) bulk acid tank One bulk caustic tank and accessories, One (1)
caustic preparation tank with agitator and accessories, One (1) acid
dilution measuring tank one (1) caustic dilution /measuring tank with
agitator etc with Two (2) acid unloading pumps
Air grid, lime tank with hand operated agitator, priming tank, etc. for
neutralisation pit.
Chemical dosing system complete with, chemical solution tank and pump
and accessories which includes foot valve with strainer fitted on pump
suction assembly, tank level switch, etc. to improve pH value of DM
water from normal 7.2 to 8.5 during initial boiler filling and
commissioning.
2 Nos. DM water storage tanks each of capacity 100 cum MSRL or FRP.
Interconnecting pipe work complete with valves, fittings, supports and
accessories including air agitation grid in neutralisation pit.
Level switches, level gauge & level switch interlocks for all storage tanks.

-2-

Flow meter, Pressure gauges, flow indicator cum totaliser, on-line PH

indicator (1), and on-line conductivity indicator two (2Nos).
Set of foundation bolts for equipments under scope of supply.
Supply of motors for all rotating equipment in the scope of this
specification is included in the scope of this contract.
The scope of supply includes all field mounted gauges, sample points for
pH/conductivity measurements, all primary elements, field mounted
electronic units for pH and conductivity measurements, flow meters,
protection & interlocking system and associated initiating devices viz.
level switches etc., for start /trip pumps.
2.0
RAW WATER & AUXILIARY COOLING WATER SYSTEM
The raw water as per analysis given elsewhere in the specification will be
supplied by purchaser at the inlet of the raw water tank of capacity 2000 cum to be
provided by the bidder. Bidder to include necessary raw water treatment facilities as
required in their offer.
Auxiliary cooling tower shall be of the mechanical induced draught type with
counter flow arrangement. The cooling tower size shall be as per the design requirement
atleast 1000 m3/hr with two cells of capacity of 500 m3/hr each. The basin shall be of
RCC and storage capacity at least 20 mts.
The cooling water shall be pumped to the turbine oil coolers, generator air
coolers, water / steam sample coolers in Boiler, ash cooling system and compressor
cooling etc.
The system consists of two numbers of recirculation centrifugal water pumps with
strainers isolating valves of NRVs with required pressure gauges.
The underground pipe lines shall be properly insulated with proper coating or
painting.
The scope included complete cooling tower with accessories, cooling fans
diffusers, water pumps motors with required valves and instrumentation.
3.0
VENTILATION SYSTEM
The Ventilation system covers Air Conditioning System in TG Control room and
Ventilation System for TG MCC room, PCC room with required air changes.
Pressure Ventilation System also recommended for electrical room at FHS, TG
building as required.
The following design conditions to be achieved in the various areas,
a.
Air Conditioning System for Control room,

Temperature: 22 2C
Relative humidity, Max: 55 5%
b.
Ventilation System for various electrical room,

Temperature, Max: 5C over the ambient temperature.

-3-

Window model split or package air conditioners shall be of standard reputed

make suitable to meet the requirement as per the standard shall be provided.
Integrated air ventilation system for electrical room with AHU adequate fan
capacity & suitable ducting shall be recommended. The maximum positive pressure shall
be +5 mmWC.
Ventilation system of having throw fans and exhaust fans for required capacity
shall be considered for TG hall. Required quantity of roof exhausters with required
capacity of air flow shall be selected for TG hall.
Man cooler shall be provide in TG hall in ground floor, 5 mtrs Floor and TG hall
to maintain good ventilation with required air changes.
4.0
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
The system covers protection, alarm, and detection fire fighting system required
for various units of the power plant.
Water based fire hydrant system with pipe work, hydrants, hose, and hose reels,
hose cabinet branch pipe coupling hydrant valves and other accessories and auxiliaries.
One AC pump (270 m3/hr), Two (2) jockey pumps each of 10 cum/hr and one diesel
pump of capacity 270 cum/hr shall be provided with valves auto start and stop control to
pump, the water where ever required from the pump house near raw water tank. Hydro
pneumatic tank and compressor shall be provided as required. The water hydrant
system covers complete power plant area.
MVWS is recommended for coal conveyor with all accessories and auxiliaries
and necessary instruments for auto water spray.
HVWS system is recommended for GT transformer with all necessary
accessories and auxiliaries.
Portable fire extinguishers are recommended for TG hall, TG control room, TG
MCC room and other MCC rooms. As per the requirement, the size, type and capacity of
the fire extinguisher shall be designed as per location, convenient and requirements.
Fire detection and alarms shall be provided in TG building MCC room and other
MCC rooms and main control room.

-4-

ANNEXURE 8
INSTRUMENTATION & AUTOMATION SYSTEM
1.0
1.1
DESIGN BASIS OF DCS
The following shall be basis for design of the instrumentation and control
systems for the CPP
Steam Generator System (CFBC)
All field Instruments from the different locations will be wired & terminated
up to the local junction box by the boiler supplier. The supplier will furnish the JB
internal wiring details. The junction boxes shall be located at floor wise in the
boiler area depending on the requirement.
From the local junction boxes multi core cable will be laid through the
cable tray to the DCS marshalling cabinet. Scope of laying cable from JB to DCS
including detailing will be under the DCS Supplier scope.
Operating & controlling the system will be from the DCS station located at
CCR. Initial start-up of the system with all protection interlocks/permissive shall be
from the DCS located at CCR.
Steam Turbine Generator (STG)
All field Instruments from the different locations will be wired & terminated
up to the local junction box by the equipment STG supplier. The supplier will
furnish the JB internal wiring details. The junction boxes shall be located at Floor
wise in the TG building depending on the requirement.
From the local junction boxes multi core cable will be laid through the
cable tray to the DCS. Scope of laying cable from JB to DCS including detailing
will be under the DCS supplier scope.
Controlling the system with protection & monitoring will be from both
Turbine Control Panel (TCP) & DCS Station located at CCR.
Fuel Handling System (FHS)
Controlling the system will be from the dedicated redundant PLC located at
the field control panel. Supply of PLC including cabling from field instruments up
to the PLC shall be in the FHS supplier scope. The Control of FHS shall be
selected through Manual or Auto mode switch which will be located in the local
control panel. Brief write-up on entire FHS operational & control sequence shall be
furnished by supplier.
Communication with the DCS for monitoring the sequence & other
parameters will be through the built-in communication port available in the PLC.
The data communication to the DCS will be through special cable (modbus
communication cable).The Memory mapping details to be furnished by the PLC
supplier to interface the PLC with the DCS. Scope of engineering, detailing &
laying of cable from PLC to the DCS shall be carried out by DCS Supplier.

ANNEXURE 8 INSTRUMENTATION AND AUTOMATION SYSTEM (CONTD.)
Ash Handling System (AHS)
Controlling the System will be from the dedicated redundant PLC located
in the field control panel. Supply of PLC including cabling from field instruments up
to the PLC shall be in the AHS supplier scope. The control of AHS shall be
selected through Manual or Auto mode switch which will be located in the Local
Control Panel. Brief write-up on entire AHS operational & control sequence shall
be furnished by supplier.
parameters will be through the built-in Communication port available in the PLC.
The Data Communication to the DCS will be through special Cable (Modbus
Communication Cable).Memory mapping details to be furnished by the PLC
supplier to interface the PLC with DCS. Scope of engineering, detailing & laying
of cable from PLC to the DCS shall be carried out by DCS Supplier.
DM Plant
Controlling the System will be from the dedicated PLC located in the field
control panel. Supply of PLC including cabling from field instruments up to the
PLC shall be in the DM Plant supplier scope. The control of DM Plant shall be
selected in Manual or Auto mode switch which will be located in the local control
panel.
parameters will be through the built-in Communication port available in the PLC.
The data communication to the DCS will be through special cable (modbus
communication cable).Memory mapping details to be furnished by the PLC
supplier to interface the PLC with DCS. Scope of engineering, detailing & laying
cable from PLC to the DCS shall be carried out by DCS Supplier.
ESP
Controlling / Sequencing the System will be from the dedicated

microprocessor based controller located at the ESP Control Room. The supply of
controller shall be under ESP supplier.
Communication to the DCS for monitoring the critical parameters shall be
from the communication port (modbus port) available in the controller itself. Scope
of supply, engineering & laying cable from local controller to the DCS shall be
carried out by DCS Supplier.
Compressed Air System
-2-

Start-up / Controlling / Sequencing the System will be from the dedicated

micro-processor based controller at the local controller console. The supply of
controller will be under compressor supplier scope.
For monitoring the critical process parameters, communication to the DCS
will be through modbus communication port available in the controller itself. Scope
of supply engineering & laying cable from local controller to the DCS shall be
carried out by DCS Supplier.
Water System
The entire cooling water pump, auxiliary cooling water, CT make up pump
and DM transfer pumps shall be controlled through the DCS from the CCR.
Auto/Manual selection & the corresponding trip Interlock shall be wired in the DCS
panel itself.
For monitoring the process parameters like level, pressure, flow,
temperature, pH, conductivity, pump running status etc shall be hardwired from
the field Instruments to the DCS marshalling panel by the DCS Supplier. Scope of
supply, engineering & laying cable from local controller to the DCS shall be carried
out by DCS Supplier.
Cooling Tower Monitoring
Control of cooling tower fans shall be from the local control panel in the
MCC. Auto/Manual selection & the safety Interlock shall be wired in the local
panel itself.
Monitoring of critical parameters like pressure, flow, temperature, vibration
alarm, and lube oil level alarm, fan, pump running status etc will be hard wired
from field Instruments to the local JB shall be under scope of package supplier.
Scope of supply, engineering & laying cable from local JB to the DCS shall
be carried out by DCS Supplier. .
Power System
All the HT/ LT Breaker, Switch Gear for 6.6KV & 11 KV etc shall be
controlled from local control panel in the MCC & also from the DCS through
hardwire.
Controlling & monitoring the status of the switch gear & breaker from the
MCC / PCC to the DCS shall be through hardwire.
Monitoring other electrical parameters like voltage, current, PF, etc shall
be wired through Modbus Communication port available in the Panel Indicator
(through Multi Function Meter) itself.
Scope of supply, engineering & laying cable from MCC/PCC to the DCS
shall be carried out by DCS Supplier.
-3-

Emission Monitoring System
Monitoring the emission of CO, SO2, Nox, & other important parameters
in the combustion gas & volatile emission will be from the analyzer mounted at
critical location.
The Emission Monitoring System shall be supplied by the boiler supplier.
All critical parameters from these analyzers shall be hardwired to the DCS for
monitoring. In addition to that these analyzers shall also be provided with built-in
modbus communication port.
shall be carried out by DCS Supplier. .
SWAS System
Separate analyzing & measurement unit will be mounted in the field for
measuring the parameters like pH, silica, conductivity, dissolved oxygen, in steam
& Feed water.
The SWAS System shall be supplied by the boiler supplier. All the critical
parameters from these analyzers shall be hardwired to the DCS for monitoring. In
addition to that these analyzers shall be provided with built-in modbus
communication port.
DG Set
Start-up & control will be from the local control panel itself.
Monitoring the critical parameters like DG running status, KW, lube oil
temperature, cooling water temperature etc, shall be hardwired to the DCS.
1.2
Special microprocessor based instruments such as electronic governor, tri-vector

meters, precision meters which shall be provided as part of the package
equipment supply, shall have RS 485 MODBUS serial interface connectivity and
the DCS shall have MODBUS Protocol converter to acquire data from these
instruments as shown in the system configuration diagram no: HIQ-4036-I&C-01.
Special MODBUS BELDEN Cables for connecting from the instruments to the
DCS shall be supplied as part of the DCS. The approximate cable length is 200
meters.
All the Analog inputs will be categorized into the following:

4 20 mA DC: 2-wire / 4-wire AI - I
For 2 Wire transmitters, powering of

the filed transmitters shall be from the
-4-

DCS analog input module.

T/C Thermocouple Input AI T
Compensating
cables
shall
be
provided as part of the field cabling up
to the marshalling cabinet.
RTD 3 Wire AI R
For Pt-100 3Wire RTD inputs
All the analog outputs shall be of 4-20mA DC capable of driving a load of

700 .
All the digital inputs wired to the DCS from the field limit switches,
proximity switches, process switches and MCC contacts will be potential
free and suitable for 24V DC interrogation voltage.
The digital output transmitted from the DCS to the field solenoid valves
and the MCC shall be through potential free relay contacts. Necessary
interposing relays and contactors shall be provided for all the digital
outputs. Modules with built-in relays are preferred and the specification of
the relay contacts shall meet the duty cycle ratings.
Separate marshalling cabinets along with terminal blocks shall be provided

to terminate cable from the field as well as from MCC. The terminal blocks
shall be arranged as per the field cable schedule, which shall be furnished
during detail engineering.
A separate Power supply distribution cabinet shall be provided for

powering the operator stations, system cabinets, marshalling cabinets and
the printers.
The supply voltage for all the sub-system and the workstations of DCS
shall be of 110VAC 50Hz. This supply shall be derived from the UPS to be
provided by purchaser. The tenderer to indicate the maximum power
consumption figure in his offer.
2.0
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION & DESCRIPTION
The DCS shall be inclusive with following subsystems, associated software, &
hardware connected with each other.
Fully redundant Controller, I/O subsystems for Closed Loop Control, Open
Loop Control (Sequential/Protection/Interlocking), Data Acquisition & SOE.
Operator Interface (HMI)
Communication & Data Highway (fully redundant)
Subsystem for Third party Interface
Power supply subsystem (fully redundant)
In case of client server system, it shall be fully redundant at server level

with redundant power supply for each other
-5-

Control/Communication facility to Turbine Governing System, Energy

Meter, OPC Server MIS, SCADA Terminal with RS-485 Link
Controller & IO subsystem capable of performing the following functions
CLCS
OLCS (Sequential / Protection & Interlocking)
Data Acquisition
SOE with 1 m sec resolution
Third Party Integration using standard protocol like Modbus MasterSlave/Modbus RTU or through Ethernet to the Data Highway
The system configuration shall be as per the drawing no. HIQ-4036-I&C-01 titled System
Configuration Diagram enclosed to this specification.
This power plant has been unit wise classified in to the following for the purpose of
DCS.
SECTION: CFBC ,STG & BOP
The DCS has been configured in the functional distribution concept having
separate field control sub-system section wise (FCS 1 ~ 3) for section respectively to
perform the monitoring, closed loop and sequential, protection and interlocking logics as
per the requirements.
The DCS supplier shall offer the system such that only FCS 1 to 3 is provided for
the CFBC Boiler, STG & other associated systems.
The configuration shall have the concept of distributed database (station based)
and global access. Configuration with server /client architecture with global database and
global access are not preferred.
The system configuration shall consist of the following sub systems and operator
workstations as shown in the configuration diagram.
i)
FCS - 1 ~ 3
Field Control Sub-system for the CFBC ,TG &

BOP
ii)
EWS - 01
Engineering cum Operator work Station 1
iii)
OWS
Operator Stations 1 to 3.
Alarm and report printers for FCS 1& 3 (DMP
Type)
iv)
PR-1 to PR-4
Printer 3 for ES (LASER Type)

Printer - 4 for Engineering Station (LASER
Type)
-6-

v)
NX- 1 &2
High speed, redundant fast Ethernet data

highway network consisting of Ethernet
switches.
The system offered shall be from latest series introduced to the market by the
tenderer in the last 2 years and systems that are old by more than 5 years are not
acceptable even though improvements/up gradations are made to the system.
The system offered shall be from the same nativity of Processor, I/Os and
Software packages developed exclusively as a total system. Configuration with hybrid
components or software packages is not to be offered.
The Tenderer to configure the system, based on the I/O List. While configuring the
system, the following design aspects are to be considered.
The system components shall be identical as far as possible with high degree of
inter changeability and flexibility.
System with minimum types of modules shall be preferred. The Tenderer should
list out all the types of modules envisaged in the configuration diagram separately in the
offer.
The system offered shall be suitable for upward expandability for future
expansions and additions. This expandability should be ensured with respect to Operator
stations, FCS and also for the software modules to handle the process point tags. The
Tenderer to indicate clearly the maximum permissible boundaries of the system offered
with respect to hardware and software.
The redundancy shall be provided in all levels. Except the I / Os modules and the
redundancy shall be true to the extent that any single failure in the system should not
affect the continuous operation of the system except the I/O.
3.0
SCOPE OF SPECIFICATION
DCS panel shall be supplied as per specification. The parameter indicated in

design basis shall be strictly followed for design of items covered under the scope of this
tender. All items required for performance of DCS within the battery limit shall be included
in the scope of supply. All design and engineering of the items and systems covered
under this tender shall be included in the scope of work.
3.1
FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATION:
This section furnishes requirements for the various hardware modules and
software packages of the DCS. The configuration may be categorized in to the following
five major sections and the functional specification requirements for each of these
sections are furnished below:
-7-

3.2
1.
Field control sub systems
2.
PC based engineering and operator workstations
3.
Interconnecting data highway network
4.
System & Marshalling cabinets
5.
Software packages
FIELD CONTROL STATION (FCS):
The FCS offered shall be of rack-based system with passive back plane type for
better reliability. Complete manufacturing including shop testing.
The field control stations offered shall be complete with mounting racks, processor
units, input/output modules, interconnecting data cables and other accessories like
terminal units etc.
3.3
MOUNTING RACKS:
The mounting back plane shall be of passive type without any electronic
components embedded on the back plane .The power supply for the system and field
interrogation shall be injected to the back plane from the external power supply sources
preferably of 24Vdc. Generally systems with rack power supply modules are not preferred
and in case system with rack power supply modules are offered, the power supply
modules shall be redundant in 2 X 100 % capacity for each I/O rack.
The spare requirements for the system are to be taken in to consideration as
follows:
The I/O Table: The DCS I/O list enclosed to this specification provides the
complete I/O counts including SOE inputs for actual requirements as well
as the channel spares to be provided.
Actual requirements: Under this category the actual requirements of the

inputs and outputs are given for each process section to perform the
complete operation of that particular unit.
Spare capacity: Under this category, the installed spare capacity in terms
of inputs and outputs shall be 10% for each type. For this capacity
complete hardware, software modules, power supply units, interposing
relays/contactors, terminal blocks, interconnecting wiring etc., shall be
provided as part of the system and this installed spare capacity is readily
usable with minimum field wiring connections for future spares or
additional requirements.
The Table: B furnishes the no. of channels required for each section and
separate mounting racks shall have to be provided for each process
section as per the I/O list. While sizing the mounting rack requirements,
-8-

10 % spare slots or 1 slot in each rack whichever is higher is to be

provided as slot spare.
3.4
The racks shall be exclusive for each unit and mixing of I/O channels in the
racks is to be avoided.
CONTROLLER UNIT
The processor shall be of high speed, 32 Bit, latest state-of-the art technology with
powerful instruction set. The processor shall have advanced features for high speed
processing, power and flexibility to perform application and communication oriented task.
The processor shall be provided with memory of flash RAM type with minimum
capacity of 64 MB. However the memory of the system shall be sized such that the
loading of the memory is only to the tune of 60 to 70% after loading all the programmes.
The system shall have standard features like automatic error detection and
correction, watchdog timers, Status indications, self-diagnostic routines for fault finding
and reporting up to I/O level.
The processor & memory loading on the main controller, I/O cards, and
communication processor shall not exceed 60% under the worst loaded condition &
taking 10% I/O requirement of the future.
The Controller shall be able to operate in manual, auto, cascade mode.
The processor shall be provided with hot stand-by redundant configuration with
dual processor units with high-speed fibre optic data link between the processor for data
exchange.
Each processor shall have redundant, isolated high speed data network link to
connect to the data highway network in cross link configuration. System with dual
communication modules with redundant data link connected thro the cross-link
configuration is preferred.
The system shall permit positioning of the primary and secondary processors in
different mounting racks to achieve the back plane redundancy
The hot stand-by configuration shall functionally meet the following requirements
and the same is to be demonstrated during FAT.
Both processors shall hold the same programme in its memory at any point
of time and any programme change done on the primary processor shall
automatically get transferred to the secondary processor thro the highspeed data link.
The programme loading can be done only to the primary processor and
the secondary processor cannot be accessed separately in hot stand by
mode.
-9-

The change over from the primary processor to the secondary processor in
case of failure of the primary processor shall be bump less and balance
less. The failure of the primary processor shall have to be diagnosed and
reported in the system.
The redundant data link provided in the processor shall work

independently in redundant configuration and failure of any one link will not
initiate the hot stand by change over process.
The failure of any of the data link connection shall be diagnosed by the
processor and reported to the system.
When the Secondary processor takes over on the failure of the primary
processor, the status of the secondary processor shall automatically
change from secondary to primary without any operator initiation. Once the
failed primary processor gets rectified and replaced, this new processor
will get assigned as secondary processor without disturbing the continuous
functioning of the working processor
The hot stand-by redundancy offered for the field control station shall have
the feature of segmental redundancy concept considering the processors,
communication links, power supplies etc as a redundant pair. With the
segmental redundancy concept failure of any component in a pair will
make the other component to take care of the failure without the change
over of the whole set.
For example the failure of the one communication link or the module will
make the other link or module to work in the same processor or the
communication module instead of changing over to the stand-by processor
or communication module as a whole. This concept reduces the probability
of failure for changing over and hence enhances the availability of the
system.
The components, which are responsible for the change over initiation, shall
have to be replaced without shutting down the system.
The processor units shall be provided with status indication lamps with flashing
and colour changing features for the purpose of diagnostic and to indicate the transition
steps involved during the change over process.
Since the system is for a captive power plant, the system offered shall have built-in
SOE function integral to the system and the time base for the whole system shall be from
single FCS processor clock source selectable and all the other FCS and the operator
stations shall be time synchronized to master source. All the SOE, alarm and trending
points are referenced to this master source.
Requirement of scan times for the various inputs are indicated below:
- 10 -

The scan time includes the time for scanning the input, A/D conversion, signal
processing and control and outputting as followed
3.5
Protection & Interlock for Digital Signals
250 msec.
Digital Signals
100 msec.
Analog Signal (Std Closed Loops)
100 msec
Analog Signal (Critical Closed Loops)
250 msec
Analog Signal (Open Loops)
500 msec ~ 1 sec
Digital Inputs (SOE)
1msec with time stamping
Self Diagnosis
The System shall have an extensive set of self diagnostic features such that
any failure detected shall be displayed on the operator screen.
At local level, failure mode in any subsystem shall be monitored by an
individual LED.
Diagnostic software shall have the capability to provide information about the
failed module.
Diagnostics feature to display the sensor condition.
3.6
Input / Output Subsystem

The IO Modules shall be mounted in the IO racks with redundant link to the
Controller.
The maximum number of inputs/outputs per I/O Module shall be as per
following:
Sl.No
Type of Module
No of I/O per module
Analog Input Module
16
RTD Module
8 /16
Thermo-couple Module
8 /16
Analog Output Module
8 /16
Digital Input Module
16 /32
Digital Output Module
16 /32
The Complete system I/O summary has given in the Annexure-2
The IO Module isolation shall be electrically isolated from external circuit

preferably Optical type.
- 11 -

3.7
On line replacement of IO modules shall be possible without influencing

other logic function.
All modules shall have self diagnostic feature with LED indication
Analog Input modules shall be capable of accepting 4 ~ 20mA DC & shall

provide 24 Vdc power to the field transmitter. However when 4-wire
transmitters are used the modules shall be capable of accepting
4 ~ 20mA DC isolated signal.
RTD modules shall be capable of accepting RTD, Pt-100 signal that shall
be individually configured.
Thermo-couple modules shall be compatible for various types of Thermocouples like J, K, R, S, T, E, B or N with cold junction compensation.
AO Modules shall have following default option upon failure of the card to
receive fresh output like Hold last value / predefined value from processor
module.
AO Modules shall be capable of driving up to 700 total loop resistance at

4 ~ 20mA DC.
DI Modules shall accept the input voltages at 24 Vdc.
DI signal shall be through fused TB with LED indication.
DO Modules shall be capable of driving the auxiliary contactors in the

MCC
Interposing relays shall be externally mounted type. All DO have to be

protected through fused TB with LED indication & the contact rating shall
be 110V AC/ 5 Amps.
The Interposing relay boards to be connected with redundant power &

neutral connection.
All AI / AO modules shall have channel to channel isolation with noise

filtration circuit.
Engineering and Operator Workstations
The Engineering and Operator workstations of the DCS shall be identical and
interchangeable. These machines shall be of Business Grade PC units from reputed
MNC Brand and shall be complete with processor, memory, power supply, bulk memory
units, high resolution colour monitor, key-board, mouse, communication interface
modules, etc., along with necessary system software modules.
The work stations shall be of the latest configuration available in the market at the
time of delivery of the system and shall have the following minimum features
- 12 -

Core 2 Duo Processor or higher family with 32 bit processor having

minimum speed of 3.0 GHz with working memory (RAM) capacity of
min 2 GB.
High-resolution 22 digital LCD colour monitor (Flat Screen) with minimum

pixel resolution of 1024 x 780.
Bulk memory units (HDD) of not less than 160GB.
One no CD ROM- Drive unit for Operator Station
One no CD Read/Write unit for Engineering Station
Dual ETHERNET 100 MBPS interface modules for connecting the data
highway network and one no ETHERNET interface module for connecting
to the higher-level information network in future.
Console type sheet steel enclosures for mounting the monitors, keyboard,
mouse and the CPU unit of the PC stations.
Engineering and operating workstation console desk shall have furniture

arrangements with ergonomic chairs, considering safety and comfort.
The workstations shall be operating using the latest Windows XP platform.

Tenderer shall furnish details of the workstation along with the operating system, in his
offer clearly.
3.8
OPERATOR STATION DISPLAYS

The Operator Station shall be configured with following displays.
Overview Display that shall accommodate minimum 12 groups.
Group Display that shall have loop displays in groups of 8.
Trend Display capable of supporting instantaneous trends of minimum

8 variables either in Historical or Real time up to 200 points in each
console with store-up for a period of one month.
Alarm Display shall be in chronological order with the most current alarms
appearing at top of the display page that can handle minimum 200 alarms
Event Summary shall be possible to store minimum 20000 messages with

archiving facility to log comments for the same occurrence.
SOE Summary
Control Strategy / Logic Displays shall be possible during run time.
Status Display shall be capable of displaying Communication network

status & Module status.
Pop-up faceplate shall be available without additional engineering in a

plant graphic display.
- 13 -

3.9
Engineering Station Display
3.10
Graphics shall be dynamic & interactive.
The Engineering Station offered shall provide following functions both online & off-line.
System Configuration
Controller Configuration
Fault diagnostics
Modification / Addition of Control Loops
Generation / Modification of Graphics/displays/logs & reports
Programming of controllers
Database configuration including configuration of all displays
Automatic downloading of the configurations.
Configuration of various control functions / Alarm settings/Tuning
Defining the key lock functions
On-line Compilation of all types of dynamic graphic displays
Plant/Alarm group inhibit function
Preparation & compilation of logs/reports/historical trend points
Detailed self diagnostic displays
It shall be possible to save all data & configuration data to all modules
from single location
On-line simulation on testing shall be provided without disturbing the

plant process.
Communication Subsystem
It shall be a digital communication bus that provides high speed data

transfer.
It shall be dual redundant & active at all times.
The transfer to the redundant back-up device shall be automatic in case of

main bus failure without affecting the system operation.
It shall be possible to switchover the communication from main bus to the

redundant bus without disturbing the system operation
Error checks & control shall be transparent on communication system by

cyclic redundancy check / any other advanced codes.
- 14 -

3.11
3.12
If the system is based on client server architecture then switched to be

used at every point of communication, as required. Hubs are not accepted.
Ethernet (for top layer) at any point of time to be loaded to the extent of
20 ~ 25% only.
Ethernet card shall be 32bit concurrent processing card confirming to

IEEE 802.3, BNC port/UTP port & 910 base T, TCP/IP protocol.
Power Supply & its Distribution
110V AC,50Hz,Single Phase UPS & 230V AC, 50Hz Single Phase normal
Supply shall be made available at any one point in Control room from the
Purchasers scope.
The distribution network for AC power shall be designed such that a single
power fault at any branch shall not cause a trip of any other branch.
Power distribution network shall use bus bars of adequate capacity with
MCB in each branching.
All system cabinet / marshalling cabinets lighting shall be rated for 230V
AC, 50Hz Single Phase normal Supply
Power supply module shall accept 110V AC & convert to + 24V dc through
SMPS. Module shall generate all DC voltage levels required for the
system
Each Controller & IO rack shall be provided with redundant Power module
with surge protection devices.
Bulk power supply to be loaded to the extent of 60% only
Each System cabinet to be designed for redundant 110 Volts UPS input
supply from Purchasers main Distribution Board.
PRINTER
Two nos (Dot matrix) Printer, Black and white 132 column dot matrix type printers
for printing alarms and event logging shall be provided. This printer shall be connected to
the print server unit which in turn connected to the data highway unit as shown in the
configuration diagram such that this printer shall be available to all the PC stations.
Two nos Colour laser printer (A4 size) shall be provided for printing logs, reports
and also for printing hard copies of displays. This printer shall also be connected to the
print server unit, which in turn connected to the data highway unit as shown in the
configuration diagram.
Suitable printer trolleys for mounting the printers shall be provided.
Consumables required such as printer papers, cartridges etc., required during
installation, testing and commissioning for both the printers shall borne by the Tenderer.
- 15 -

After successful commissioning of the system consumables shall be provided for a

minimum of three months operation.
3.13
FAST ETHERNET DATA HIGHWAY NETWORK
The PC based workstations and the Field control sub systems (FCS) are networked with
a redundant fault tolerant high-speed control data highway network as shown in the
configuration diagram. The control data highway shall be of high speed Ethernet open
network and systems with proprietary type network are not acceptable. The data highway
network shall have the following main features:
Bus topology of network architecture with high speed Ethernet Backbone

through redundant fast Ethernet manageable L2 type switches .The
network shall have cross-link independent connections to each node on
the network.
Communication medium shall be of high quality data cable with speed

transmission not less than 100 MBPS.
Communication method shall be of Ethernet conforming to IEEE 802.3

standard
The redundant buses shall concurrently share the traffic load and in case of failure
of one bus, the other shall cater to the full traffic demand. The transfer shall bump less.
3.14
SOFTWARE MODULES AND SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT
The software modules and the software development work to be carried out for
DCS and the HMI stations shall include but not be limited to the following:
3.15
System software modules
Application software modules
Software at FCS
Software development
System Software Modules
The System software shall include the following
MMI runtime & development software
Controller runtime & development software
Communication software
Self diagnostic software
System shall be supplied with following software
Development software with runtime software for the MMI interface.
Software for programming controller subsystem

- 16 -

MS office (latest version) with database in Relational Data Base

Management System (RDBMS)
System software & MMI software shall run on windows OS
Minimum features of MMI development software & controller subsystem

programming software shall be
On line programming
On line programming modification
Input / Output disable / force facility
Logic monitoring
Graphic capability
Alarm printing
Documentation
Log report generation & it shall be in excel format
Controller runtime software & MMI runtime software shall be copied on the CD &
two nos of the same shall be delivered with the system including licence.
Controller development software shall have the programming languages as following.
Function block
Sequential flow chart
Ladder logic
The System shall be widows based & shall be possible to take reports on the
forcing done on the controller.
3.16
Application Software Modules
This includes the Human Machine interface HMI software package with powerful
utilities to perform the functions like database generation, process graphic displays with
dynamic data update, alarm and event logging, report generation etc., Process graphic
application symbol shall preferably ISA standard. The application software modules shall
be compatible to the WINDOWS XP environment. The software modules shall have the
following minimum features:
Dynamic data exchange capability.
Open data base connectivity supporting SQL for higher-level interface.
OPC server connectivity on the Engineering work station for higher-level

data interface.
In-Built performance calculation packages to perform the efficiency

calculations of the Boilers, Economiser, TG, and condenser. The tenderer
- 17 -

shall elaborate in his offer the various performance calculations available

as part of the system with supporting catalogues for the same.
3.17
Software at FCS
The Field Control station shall have powerful instructions and function
blocks for complex control loops facilitating effective analog signal processing. The
software shall have the following features:
3.18
On-line editing and down loading of the programme.
On line upload of the programme from the FCS processor for review and
editing.
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT
The Tenderer shall be required to develop job specific application software

modules using the utility packages. This shall include but not limited to the following:
i)
ii)
Database generation (for each work :

station)
Process graphic mimic displays with :
dynamic graphic definitions
iii)
Alarm monitoring, trending and :

reporting
(for
each
Operator/
supervisory work stations)
iv)
Hourly, shift and daily log formats
As required
Approximate 25nos
As required
5 nos.
:
v)
5 nos
Shift, daily and monthly report formats

:
vi)
Control logics programming for closed

loops,
open
loops,
sequential,
protection and interlocking logics as
per the process requirements.
As required
The process graphic displays and the formats for the various logs, reports shall be
discussed and finalized with the successful Tenderer during the engineering stage.
A write-up on the various requirements of the process and the operator interfaces
with respect to start/stop facilities shall be given to the successful Tenderer during
engineering stage. The Tenderer shall codify, develop and demonstrate the performance
during Factory Acceptance tests of the DCS at manufacturers works.
The system and application software modules supplies shall be duly licensed in
the name of the Purchaser. One (1) set of the above software shall be provided in CD's
along with necessary tools to reload at site, if required.
- 18 -

3.19
Environment Condition
All Control Panel, Operator/Engineering Stations, Printers shall be located in the

Central Control Room with ambient temperature of 23C 2C with 50% relative humidity.
However upon failure of air conditioning system the equipment shall be capable of
withstanding 50C with relative humidity of 95%.
4.0
4.1
SYSTEM, I/O AND MARSHALLING CABINETS
MARSHALLING CABINETS
The system, I/O and marshalling cabinets shall be of free standing, vertical closed
cubicle type with front and rear opening single doors. Separate cabinets shall be provided
for power distribution arrangement. The width, depth and height of the individual cabinets
shall not exceed 800mm (W) x 800mm (D) x 2200mm (H) respectively for the purpose of
easy handling and installation. The make of the cabinet shall be preferably of RITTAL or
HOFFMAN.
The cabinets shall be fabricated out of cold rolled sheet steel (CRCA)
enclosure of thickness 2.5 mm on front & sides and 2mm for Top & Doors
with welded/bolted construction. All welds shall be smooth and all the
corners to be rounded and the weld spatters shall be cleaned.
Mounting angle, flush with bottom shall be provided. All panels shall be
supported on suitably sized vibration rubber pads designed for bolting to
cabinet frame.
Cabinets shall be provided with eyebolts for lifting.
Cabinets shall be provided with internal illumination arrangement

interlocked with door limit switch.
Control Cabinets shall include exhaust fans located in the top positions
and it shall have free airflow from the opening window provided and the
window shall have the filter arrangements for to avoid dusty particles.
Control cabinet shall have the provisions of thermal detection points and it
has to be considered as Digital input point to the system for system status
monitoring.
The cable entry for all the cabinets/control desks shall be from bottom.
Gland plate shall be made of 3mm thick plate. The enclosure protection for
the cabinets/control desks which are located inside the main control rooms
shall be of IP 54 and for those which are to be located in the plant floors
shall be IP 55. In case of remote I/O cabinets, where ambient conditions
are not suitable for the continuous functioning of the system, airconditioned (cabinets with panel coolers) cabinets may be considered as
per the requirements.
- 19 -

No.of terminations on one side of the DCS IO cabinet shall not

exceed 300.
Cabinet colour and painting.

All the panels and cabinets shall be pre-treated and powder coated as per
the following colour coding.
4.2
i)
Exterior
Pebble grey as per shade RAL 7035
ii)
Interior
Milky White
Wiring Termination & Ferruling

a.
All incoming and outgoing wires except the thermocouple lead wires shall
be routed through suitable sizes of clip-on type terminal blocks of minimum
size of 2.5mm. Special terminal blocks such as double ducker, fused TB
with LED indication, disconnecting type etc., shall be used wherever
applicable. The preferable make of the terminal block shall be of
WAGO/PHEONIX.
b.
Terminal blocks shall be provided for external wiring with proper

identification strips.
c.
Terminal blocks shall have laminated plastic engraved tag in white letters
with black back ground fixed on each Terminal Block.
d.
Wiring shall be done as per general purpose classification for nonhazardous areas defined in the NEC.
e.
Wiring shall be routed & supported in non-flammable PVC wiring raceways

neatly dressed using nylon clippers.
f.
All cables shall be flame, vermin & rodent proof.
g.
Wiring Colour code for the Panel Internal wiring shall be
h.
Power Supply Phase
Neutral
Black Colour
Shield
Green Colour
Analog Signal
White Colour
Digital & Power Signal Red Colour
Analog Signal
White Colour
Alarm Signal
Red Colour
Blue Colour
Multi stranded copper cables shall be used for signal wiring. All the cables
shall be of 1100V grade. The power and signal cables shall be as per the
following details.
- 20 -

i.
All Power cables 2.5 mm
All Signal Cables 1.0 mm
All Alarm Cable 1.0 mm
All terminal block shall include at least 20 % spare terminals.

Wires shall run in PVC cable trough s inside the panel. All wires shall be
plainly and durably labelled at both ends for easy identification and must
conform to the wiring-labelling scheme shown in the interconnection
drawing. All spare cores shall be terminated with terminal blocks with
proper identity.
j.
4.3
Separate safety and signal earthing shall be provided in each system

cabinet. The system earth shall be insulated from the body and shall be
connected to a separate earth pit.
CONTROL DESK
The following cabinets/control desks shall be provided.
i)
Power distribution cabinet for DCS : One (1) no.
ii)
System cabinets for FCS
: As required.
iii)
I/O cabinets for the I/O racks
: As required
5.0
5.1
CABLING, FERRULING AND EARTHING
CABLING
The power cabling required for the automation system equipment from the
marshalling cabinet to the various components of DCS shall be provided by the Tenderer.
Only at one point the power will be given from the UPS by the Purchaser.
The signal and control cables and termination of the same in the marshalling
cabinet (field side) from the field and MCC shall be done by others. The Tenderer shall
do necessary cross wiring within the marshalling cabinet terminals (System side) so that
the inputs and outputs match the system I/O allocation.
Supply, installation of the special cables such as system cables, data highway
cables shall be provided by the Tenderer. Wherever necessary these cables shall be laid
in GI conduits in cable trenches clamped on walls. All required installation accessories
such as clamps, bends and pull boxes shall be included in the scope.
5.2
FERRULING
Engraved identification plastic ferrule identifying terminal block / terminal number

shall be fitted at both ends of each wire.
- 21 -

Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wires & shall not fall off when the wire is
disconnected form terminal blocks
The philosophy of cross + direct ferruling shall be followed for all internal &
external wiring in the Control Panel, MCC, Junction Boxes etc..
5.3
EARTHING
The Tendered shall include in his scope of supply all necessary items required for
the isolated special earthing arrangement called as system earth exclusively for the DCS.
Details of this arrangement shall be indicated in the offer.
However, earthing
arrangement (safety earthing) throughout the plant including earth mat in the control room
shall be provided by the Purchaser. All the panel and the cabinet bodies shall be
connected to this safety earth and the system shall be connected to the system earthing
arrangement.
Exclusive earthing pits (power earth & system earth) for the DCS as per the
requirements of the vendor shall be provided by the purchaser and rest of all the work
related to earthing shall be in the scope of work of the tenderer.
6.0
MANDATORY SPARE REQUIREMENTS
Following Mandatory spares shall be supplied
10 % of the Input / Output connected to each I/O Card shall be supplied as

spare.
10 % Wired slots to accommodate to each IO modules for future with

wiring space required.
10 % Terminal blocks in system / marshalling cabinets to connect spare

slots.
Consumable like paper, cartridge, etc required for 6 months.
Audible Alarm facility (hooter) shall be provided for the DCS.

7.0
INSPECTION (FAT)
The system & all its associated components shall be inspected & tested at
the Vendors work by the User/Consultant.
User/Consultant reserve the right to inspect any bought out items.
Cost of Inspection/Testing shall be borne by the vendor.
For Inspection the vendor shall give minimum notice of 2 weeks.
Safety earthing of all panels from a bus bar given provided at Console /
Cabinet
Mounting of all hard wares like IO Card, Power Supply etc.
Intrinsic safe earthing of all panels from a separate bus bar provided at
Console/Cabinet.
- 22 -

Powering up / loading the system system configuration & carryout internal

loop checks.
8.0
8.1
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE
Demonstration of guarantee & performance test shall be with the

Acceptability as follows.
Redundant System
8.2
100 %
Performance Guarantee Specification

Percentage loading shall be as follows
8.3
CPU loading (maximum)
60 %
Memory utilisation (maximum)
60 %
I /O loading ( maximum)
60 %
Communication processor loading
60 %
Call up time
The Call up time for the Type of display shall be 1 ~ 4 seconds for the Overview
,Group Display, Loop Display Dynamic Graphics, Real Time Trend, Historic Trend, Alarm
Summary ,Alarm History & Configuration.
System Capacity shall be as follows
No. of over view pages
as required.
No. of Graphs/Overview
as required
No. of Graphics pages
500
No. of Loops & Groups
No. of points in Alarm Summary
3000 Min
No. of points in Alarm History
3000 Min
No. of Trends per display
No. of Multi trend displays
as required.
No. of Tags to be logged
all tags
The Vendor must guarantee that all spare parts & service support will be available for
10 years after the guarantee period.
- 23 -

45MW CAPTIVE POWER PLANT, AT GARIVIDI, ANDHRA PRADESH
ANNEXURE 9 SCOPE MATRIX

Note: EPC Contr.
FAL
: Scope of EPC Contractor as per this specification

: Scope of M/s. Facor Alloys Limited or by other agency
A. CFBC BOILER
ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
1.
2.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
STEAM DRUM
Fully welded steam drum with
internals, man holes and
necessary nozzle connections
for mounting valves, Safety
valves & fittings
WATER WALL
Water
cooled
membrane
enclosure
with headers and
necessary
connections
like
drains
a. Bed tubes and headers
3.
SUPERHEATER
CONVECTION SUPERHEATER
a. Superheater
tube
assemblies with inlet and
outlet header
b. Superheater
supports
4.
coil
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
RADIANT SUPERHEATER
a. Super
heater
tube
assemblies with inlet and
outlet headers

-1-

Annexure-9 Scope Matrix (contd.)
ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
b. Super
heater
supports
5.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
coil
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Convection SH outlet
header to De-SH inlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. De-SH outlet to radiant

SH inlet header
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Economiser / evaporator
coils supports
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. Access door
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Economiser / evaporator
casing with stiffener
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SUPERHEATER LINKS
a. Drum to convection SH
inlet header
d. Radiant SH outlet to
MSSV with accessories
safety valve, flow meter
etc.
e. MSSV to Turbine inlet
6.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
ECONOMISER/EVAPARATOR
a. Economiser / evaporator
tube assemblies with
inlet & outlet headers

-2-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
e. Economiser / evaporator
Ash hopper with isolation
gate
7.
soot
soot
b. Drive motors
c. Local gauge
Control panel
panel
d. PRV/PRDS
AIR PREHEATER
a. Air preheater tubes and
tube sheets
b. Access door
c. Air-heater
stiffener
casing
with
d. Air-heater ash hoppers
9.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SOOT BLOWERS
a. Retractable
blower/Rotary
blowers
8.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
DOWNCOMERS

-3-

ENGINEERING
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
NO
10.
RISERS
11.
INTEGRAL PIPING
WATER PIPING
a. From outlet of deaerator
to
Economizer
inlet.
through HP, LP heaters
including
delivery
header, with fittings,
accessories, motorized
control valves & bypass
valves etc.,
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. From economiser outlet

to steam drum inlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. DASH
spray
control system
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Minimum
recirculation
line from BFWP station
to deaerator with Orifice.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
f.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
water
d. Boiler initial filling line,

with isolation valve
Balance leak off lines

from BFWP station to
Deaerator with Orifice
g. Steam and water flow

nozzle and transmitters.
h. Pipe supports & hangers

-4-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
12.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
STEAM PIPING, MAIN STEAM

HEADER,
AUX.
STEAM
HEADER, PRDS for aux.
Steam, Spray control valves of
PRDS, and their inter-related
piping with vent, drains, anchor
supports, sliding supports, insert
plates etc., tapping point to
dump PRDS from MS header
with IBR approval
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
All steam lines including stress

analysis,
preparation
of
isometric drawings, steam line
spring
&
other
supports
complete. Main steam piping will
be up to the inlet flange of TG.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
14.
Steam line supporting rack

design, supply, fabrication and
erection
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.
COOLING WATER PIPING

EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
a. Blow down piping from

steam drum to blow
down tank including all
valves & instrumentation.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Drain
piping from
individual
drain points
to common header
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
13.
Piping between cooling tower to

individual equipments
16.
BLOWDOWN / DRAIN

-5-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
c. Common drain header
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Common drain header to

blowdown tank
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Piping from blowdown

tank outlet to nearest
trench
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Flash steam recovery

piping from continuous
blowdown
tank
to
deaerator and exhaust
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
g. Supports for Blowdown,

drain & vent piping
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
h. Blowdown tank separate

for
Intermediate
&
Continuous blow down.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
f.
17.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
VENT
a. From individual vent
connections on steam
drum and main steam
line where ever required
complete with isolation
valves with piping led up
to a safe elevation above
the roof.
b. Safety valves exhaust
piping
upto
safe
elevation above the roof.

-6-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
18.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. PA fan suction ducting
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. From PA fan discharge

to air heater /Header/ Air
box.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Inlet ducting to SA Fan

and form SA Fan to
boiler.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
PA fan
& motor with all
accessories/ auxiliaries, 2 x 60%
capacity with
Voith
turbo
hydraulic couplings
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
AIR DUCTING
a. Air
flow
measuring
device as required.
20.
Power operated
regulated
delivery
damper/
power
operated damper for suction
duct for PA fan
21.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
AIR BOX
Air box with air nozzle & fuel
nozzle and ash drain pipe
with knife gates
19.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
SA fan
& motor with all
accessories/auxiliaries, 2 x 60%
capacity with
Voith
turbo
hydraulic couplings

-7-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
Power operated
regulated
delivery
damper/
power
operated damper for suction
duct for SA fan
22.
Fuel feeding system from

bunker
to
boiler
burning
chamber including sliding gates,
fuel feeders with VFD, drag
chain
conveyors
/
screw
feeders, chutes and driving
motors.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
23.
Seal pot blowers/ motors with

auxiliaries complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
24.
Ash cooler blowers/ motors with

auxiliaries complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
25.
Metallic expansion joints in air

ductings
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
26.
Cyclones with auxiliaries and

accessories, refractory work of
cyclones.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
27.
GAS DUCTING
a. From exit of boiler bank
to
cyclones,
from
cyclones back to boiler
etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. From water wall outlet to

ESP inlet.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-8-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
28.
29.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
c. From ESP outlet to

chimney inlet including
the ID Fan ducting
complete with necessary
power
operated
dampers.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Damper & expansion

joints
in
Flue
gas
ducting
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Inlet & outlet expansion

joints of ESP
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
ID Fan & motor with all

accessories/auxiliaries, 2 x 60%
capacity with
Voith
turbo
hydraulic couplings
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Power
operated
regulated
suction damper/ power operated
damper for delivery duct for ID
fan
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Supporting
steel
structures for bunker roof
& side cladding
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. GI sheets for roof & side

cladding for bunker (upto
top level of bunker or
upto operating platform)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
a. Bunker
with
supporting structure from
ground level, Capacity
minimum
16
hours
storage of worst fuel.

-9-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
30.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
d. SS lining of 2mm thk

from conical portion
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Bed material bunker with

ground level
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
f.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Operating platform
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. Staircases, ladders upto

operating floor
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Handrails for operating

floor
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Platform above operating

floor
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
f.
Staircases,
ladders
above operating floor
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
g. Foundation bolts for

supplied equipments
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
h. Insert plate for Boiler

supports
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Lime stone bunker with

operating floor
SUPPORTING STRUCTURE
a. Supporting
structure
from ground level

-10-

ENGINEERING
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
NO
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
i.
Complete
steel
supports for ducting
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
j.
Refractory
casing
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Supporting
steel
structures for boiler roof
& side cladding
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
m. Approach platform from

boiler to turbine hall
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
n. GI sheets for roof and

side cladding for boiler
(upto drum operating
floor or upto boiler
operating platform)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
o. Buckstay
assemblies
for furnace
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
31.
Refractory complete where ever

required
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
32.
Insulation
with
cladding
complete where ever required
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
33.
Oil system
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
supports
&
k. Hanger rod
l.
a. LDO
oil
tank
with
pumping and filtering
units with piping upto
Boiler hot gas generator.

-11-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
b. Hot
gas
complete
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
generator
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. Combustion control and

management system as
required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Boiler
feed water
control station.
i) 1x100% FCS with
pneumatic control.
ii) 1x100% mot. Control
station.
iii) 1x30%
pneumatic
FCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Orifice assembly for feed flow,

steam flow measurement with
transmitted where ever required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
36.
DE-SUPERHEATER
SPRAY
WATER CONTROL STATION
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
37.
STEAM DRUM
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
34.
VALVES & MOUNTINGS

a. Motorised valves where
ever required
35.
a. Water level gauges

b. Spring
loaded
mechanical safety valve

-12-

ENGINEERING
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
NO
c. All isolation, drain & root

valves
38.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Spring
loaded
mechanical safety valve
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. Non return valve
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Silencer on SH safety
valve & start-up vent
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Flow nozzle in steam line
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
f.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
MAIN STEAM LINE ( Upto Inlet

of turbine)
a. Isolation & root valves
for drain
39.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
All isolation, drain & root

valves
OTHER SECTIONS
a. All IBR valves in steam
line, feed line and spray
line
b. All isolation, drain & root
valves

-13-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
40.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
c. Air box drain valve
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Air box bleed off valve
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. Air & gas line non IBR

valves
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL

INSTRUMENTATION
LOCAL FIELD INSTRUMENTS / TRANSMITTER
Thermocouples to measure
Bed temperature
Free
board
necessary
Flue
gas
economiser
Flue gas
economiser
where
ever
temp.
before
temperature after
Flue gas
temperature after
multi-tubular air pre heater
Air
temperature
multitubular air preheater
after

-14-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
Feed water temp-erature before

economiser
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
Contr.
Feed water temperature after

economiser
Steam temp. before and after
desuperheater
41.
Pressure gauges to measure

Steam pressure at steam drum
& superheater outlet
Bed pressure
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Feed line pressure before feed

control valve
42.
Draught gauges to measure

Air box pressure
Furnace pressure
Flue gas pressure in cyclones
and before economiser
Flue gas pressure before and
after multitubular air preheater.
Air pressure before & after multi
tubular air preheater.
Air pressure
header.
43.
at
primary
air
Power operated regulating type

damper at,

-15-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
44.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
ID fan inlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
PA fan inlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SA fan inlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Power operated open & close

type damper at
PA header
SA header
ID fan outlet
PA fan outlet
SA fan outlet

-16-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
45.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
FIELD
INSTRU-MENTS
REQUIRED FOR
CONTROL SYSTEM
Three element drum
control consists of
level
Three
nos.
drum
level
transmitters (1 no. for wide
range and 2 nos for Left & Rt.)
Two no. steam flow transmitter.
(one for measurement & other
for control)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Two
no.
feed
flow
transmitter(one
for
measurement & other for
control)
One no. I/P converter. (These
are required as per pneumatic
control
valves).
Any
other
instrument
as
required for proper & safety
control of the system.
46.
Furnace
consists of
draught
control
Two no.
transmitter
furnace
pressure
One no. I/P converter

Any
other
instrument
as

-17-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
47.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
Auto
combustion
consists of
Two
no.
transmitter
steam
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
control
pressure
One no. air flow transmitter
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Any
other
instrument
as
48.
Superheater steam temperature

control consists of
Two no. thermocouple
Two no. temp. transmitter
One no. I/P convertor
Any
other
instrument
as
49.
Soot blower pressure control

One no. pressure transmitter
One no. I/P convertor
Any
other
instrument
as
50.
Instrument air piping

source to battery limit
from
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
51.
Instrument air piping from boiler

battery
limit
to
individual
consuming point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-18-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
52.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
Impulse
piping,
instrument
cables and signal cables from
field instruments to DCS
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Compensating cables upto DCS

panel for all Thermocouple.
53.
SWAS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
54.
Vibration monitoring systems for

fans
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
55.
Stack monitoring system
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
56.
Cables beyond junction boxes
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
57.
Junction
boxes
instruments.
the
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
58.
Instrument panel
draught gauges.)
mount
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
59.
DCS / DDC / DAS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
60.
Compressor
&
driers
instrument air supply.
for
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
61.
Uninterrupted
system (UPS).
supply
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
for
(to
power

-19-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
62.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
SAMPLE COOLERS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Motor for HP&LP dosing

system, Cyclone, Coal
feeders,
lime
and
cyclone
screw,
Ash
handling
system,
compressor
motors,
MOVs, Slide gate etc,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. ESP transformer rectifier

set, panel for ESP,
auxiliaries
for
ESP.
Rapper
controller,
heaters, Cabling and
Earthing,
Auxiliary
control panel for ESP
etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
d. Incoming cables to LT
MCC
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
e. 415 V LT MCC for boiler

& its auxiliaries
f. Single line diagram
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Blowdown / Boiler water /

saturated steam / SH steam /
feed water etc
63.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
ELECTRICALS
a. All motors for
ID/FD/SA/blowers, feed
pump motors and other
related motors required.

-20-

ENGINEERING
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
NO
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
g. Load list with in battery

limits
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
h. VVFDs
/
Hydraulic
couplings with in battery
limits
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Local
push
button
stations for the motors
supplied
by
EPC
CONTR.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Interconnecting
LT
power
&
control
cables
including cable
trays from LT MCC to
drives supplied by EPC
CONTR.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
k. Earthing of electrical
equipments supplied by
EPC CONTR. above
ground level.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
m. Sub earth mat & main

earth mat
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
n. Lighting
protection
system & installation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
o. All lightings for boiler

and their accessories
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
i.
j.
l.
Earthing pit

-21-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
64.
65.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
p. Power control center,

transformer, switch gear,
starters required for HT
motors
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Dearator of capacity 230

tons/hour with storage tank of
capacity 60 tons complete with
all accessories, inter connecting
pipes including pegging steam
line, level controller, pressure
controller, safety valve, vent
valve and Emergency drain v/v
with piping & accessories
terminating at flash tank to store
hot DM water for reuse.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
a. Feed pumps, 2x 100%

capacity,
1 W + 1S
complete
with
drive
motors, variable speed
hydraulic couplings and
accessories.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. Auto recirculation valves
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
c. Valves and mounting at

feed pump outlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
BOILER
FEED
PUMPING STATION
WATER

-22-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
66.
67.
68.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
d. BFP
inlet
piping
complete with valves and
accessories
from
Deaerator outlet and all
recirculating lines from
pump
outlet
to
Deaerator.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Complete
electrostatic
precipitator of suitable size and
number of fields to ensure a
dust concentration of less than
50mg/Ncum at outlet with all
fields in operation and less than
75 mg/Ncum with one field
down.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
a. Low pressure dosing

system
(Chemical :
sodium
sulphite
/
hydrazine)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
b. High pressure dosing

system
(Chemical :
Trisodium phospate)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
CHEMICAL DOSING SYSTEM
ASH DISCHARGE SYSTEM

BED ASH
a. Bed ash drain pipe
b. Slide gate

-23-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
c. Bed ash cooler with all

auxiliaries/accessaries
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Ash hopper at the bottom of

radiant chamber, second pass,
economiser bottom, ESP etc.for
Dust collection with valve, with a
minimum clearance of 2500mm
between bottom of the outlet
flange and ground with isolation
gate, expansion bellow and
other accessories as required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
70.
BED ASH DISPOSAL SYSTEM

beyond outlet of ash hoppers at
various locations.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
71.
FLY ASH HANDLING SYSEM

beyond outlet of ash hoppers at
various locations.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
72.
CHIMNEY (RCC) with refractory

lining and all accessories
aviation
lamps,
lightening
arrestor etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
69.

-24-

B. STEAM TURBO GENERATOR & ITS AUXILIARIES

ENGINEERING
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
LP heaters with all auxiliaries &

accessories
including
the
condensate water line with
necessary control & by pass
valves, drain lines, valves etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Dumping steam system of 30%

total steam flow to turbine
complete with control valves
PRDS
water
system
etc
including
stress
analysis,
supports and IBR approval
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
Steam Turbine complete with

top and bottom casings /
barrel casing, rotor, bearings,
hydraulically operated stop and
emergency valve, integral steam
strainer, hydraulically operated
throttle/governing valves, etc
EPC
Contr.
HP heaters with all auxiliaries &

accessories
including
the
condensate water line with
necessary control & by pass
valves, drain lines, valves etc.
NO.
DESCRIPTION

-25-

ENGINEERING
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
All required safety devices for

the turbine
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Oil cooler system with all

accessories, inter connecting
pipes, valves complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Oil centrifuge complete including

interconnecting piping, local
panel etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
10
Gear box (if Required based on

speed of turbine)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
Steam
supply
lines
with
necessary
PRDS,
valves,
metering instruments, supports
etc for supply of steam from the
boiler main steam header to the
ejectors as well as the gland
sealing
system
including
preparation
of
drawings/documents
and
obtaining IBR approval.
EPC
Contr.
Combined
lube
oil
cum
governing oil system complete
with MOP, AOP,EOP etc,
strainers, filters, interconnecting
oil lines, with all required
instruments
including
local
instruments, transmitters, flow
meters and safety valves, OH oil
tank, over flow oil tank etc.
NO.
DESCRIPTION

-26-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
11
Turbine governing system
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
12
Gland sealing system with GVC

etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Local gauge panel
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
14
Accessories such as barring

gear, QCNRV, FFRV, isolation
valves etc. in bleed lines.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15
Common base plate for turbine

and gear box
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
16
Jacking oil pump foundation &

bolts etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
17
Mating flanges for all equipment

connections with in the battery
limits including turbine exhaust.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
18
Insulation for turbine hot parts

and insulation for steam line
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
19
Base
frame,
sole
foundation bolts and
embedment in concrete
plate,
other
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
20
AC generator with stator and

rotor, complete with brushless
excitor, air coolers, bearings,
AVR cum excitation panel, anti
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
13

-27-

ENGINEERING
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
23
Turbine
control
and
instrumentation including dial
type pressure and temperature
gauges, pressure switches, level
gauges for lube oil tank, etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
24
Condenser
control
and
type pressure and temperature
gauges, pressure switches, etc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
25
Generator
control
and
type temperature gauges for
bearing oil, hot and cold air,
winding temperature RTDs,
temperature scanner etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
26
Vibration monitoring system for

the complete TG train.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
27
Turbine
panels
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
21
Generator metering , protection

and control system including
LAPT, MCSP, NGR and inter
connecting cables etc
EPC
Contr.
22
Motors for TG auxiliaries and

EOP along with starters.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
condensation heater, water

leakage detector, lube oil flow
regulator etc.
control
with
and gauge
connecting

-28-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
pipes/tubes etc.
28
29
Instrument
air
requirement
2x100 % air compressor with 7
to 8 kg/cm2 (g) discharge
pressure will be provided in
load/ unload operation mode.
2nos of air driers and required
nos of air receiver.
a. Ventilation system (A/C)
complete in TG building
to maintain control room
temperature 22 + 2
degree C.
b. Ventilation fans with
required air changes in
TG bay.
c. Pressurized Ventilation
system for electrical
panel rooms.
d. Required partitions of
rooms for in-chargers, O
&
M
team,
instrumentation
managers and laboratory
facilities as required.

-29-

C. AIR COOLED CONDENSER & ITS AUXILIARIES

ENGINEERING
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.
Heat exchanger bundles & its

accessories. Frame structure
for support of fins tube bundles,
with partition walls and doors.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.
Fan bridges for support of fans,

motors and gearboxes.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
DESCRIPTION
Turbine exhaust duct from

turbine exhaust flange to ACC
inlet duct with expansion
bellow, transition piece etc.
Air cooled Condenser (ACC)
complete with structures
ACC fans & Gear boxes with
proper mounting arrangement
and vibration sensor & oil level
sensor.
Fan motors with VFD & other
accessories
like
bearing
temperature sensors, vibration
sensors, complete.
Steam distribution duct at the
top of the fin tube bundles,
including
manhole
and
condensate
extraction
&
dephlegmator piping below the
fin tube bundles.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
EPC
Contr.

-30-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
8.
Fan rings
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
9.
Rupture disc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
10.
Drain lines for connecting other

drain lines like turbine casing
drains, GVC drains etc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
11.
Condenser auxiliaries
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Condensate tank with stand

11.1
11.2
pipe for instruments

Flash pipe for receiving steam
and water
Horizontal
11.3
turbine
exhaust
drain pumps with motors (2 x

100%) along with isolation and
recirculation valves and NRVs
12.
Condensate
extraction
system
12.1
12.2
Vertical Condensate extraction

pumps (CEP) with motors (2 x
100%) along with mechanical
seal, isolation and recirculation
valves and NRVs.
Condensate piping from hot
well through CEPs & ejector

-31-

ENGINEERING
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
condensers, GVC, LP Heater
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
Contr.
and up to inlet of Deaerator.

12.3
Split range control valves for

Condensate
re-circulation
along with controls
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Drain lines with isolation valves

for ejector condenser drains
etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Dry air/vapour line to ejector
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Pipe supports, strainers, steam

12.4
traps,
drains,
vents
and
isolation Valves as required.

12.5
12.6
with isolation valve.

12.7
All high pressure drains lines to

flash tank.
13.
Condenser
air
evacuation
system complete with

13.1
Steam jet air ejector system

complete with
13.2
Twin stage main ejectors (1

working + 1 standby)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
13.3
Start up ejector (hogging) with

silencer
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-32-

ENGINEERING
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Split range hot well level control

valves complete with Level
transmitters, Control valves, Ito-P converter, and air filter
regulators. Control logic will be
programmed in DCS.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.2
Auto start logic for condensate

level high and trip when level is
low.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.3
Dial type Pressure gauges for

condenser tank, CEP & CDP
discharges, Motive steam to
ejector, Condenser vapour to
ejector, First stage ejector
condenser etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.4
Differential pressure gauge for

condensate strainer
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
Inter
13.4
and
after
condensers
individually for each service
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
EPC
Contr.
ejector
Fin cleaning system:
Fin cleaning system with water
14.
pumps, motor required pipe

lines or high pressure hoses,
valves, water tank etc.
15.
C&I
for ACC comprising but
not limited to:
15.1

-33-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
15.5
Temperature
gauge
for
condensate outlet, condensate
tank, ejector outlet
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.6
Pressure
switches
for
Condenser pressure high trip &
alarm, CEP & CDP auto start
interlock on very high level and
auto stop on very low level,
alarm for high and low on
exhaust drain and condenser
tank.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.7
Level switches for Low level,

Low-Low level, high level,
High-high level & CEP auto
start interlock
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.8
Dial type temperature gauges

for, Condensate after hot well,
Condensate after inter/after
condensers of ejectors, Motive
steam to ejector
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.9
Transparent level gauge for

condenser hot well Level
switches for Condenser hot
well level low alarm and CEP
dry run interlock, Condenser
hot well level high alarm
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.10
Pneumatic and impulse piping

with fittings for interconnection
within battery limits.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-34-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
15.11
Instruments cables up to
junction boxes for connecting to
purchasers DCS system
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.12
RTDs, Thermo wells for all the

temperature measuring points
for purchasers DCS system.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.13
Provision for level transmitters

for
DCS
controls
and
instrumentation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.14
Vibration switches for high and

Very high for each fan for
connecting to DCS logic.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.15
Level control valves for hot

well.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Complete
interconnecting
power and control cables from
the field switches, motor
heaters to the nearest junction
boxes.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Mating flanges
equipment
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Drive motors for pumps like

CEP, CDP, fans etc.
16.
17.
for
all
the

-35-

D. FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM (90 TPH min)

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
Electromechanical
Vibrating
feeder of required capacity at
outlet of Coal ground hopper.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Required motor with gear box,

couplings, coupling guards with
push button for BC1.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Belt of N/N of required size of

strength with all drive pulley,
end pulleys, snap pulleys, VST
complete,
impact
rollers,
conveyor rollers, skirt rubbers
etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Magnetic separators, metal

detector, belt snag switches,
zero speed switches, pull card
switches, self belt aligner, belt
scrappers etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Return belt
aligner etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Belt conveyor BC-01 of rated

capacity, from coal ground
hopper to primary crusher, with
closed gallery of CGI cladding
and
roofing,
both
sides
walkway,
gratings,
trestle
supports, etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
idler,
self
belt

-36-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAILED AND
INCL
CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Bypass chute for primary

crusher,
vibrating
screen
complete with duct, pneumatic /
rack & pinion gates etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
10
Belt conveyor (BC-02)

capacity from primary
house to secondary
with closed gallery
cladding
and
walkways,
gratings,
supports, etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
11
Belt conveyor of rated capacity

for feeding crushed material for
primary crusher to BC1 with
transfer tower complete. It
includes closed gallery of CGE
cladding of roofing both side
walkways,
gratings,
trestle
supports etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
12
Secondary
crusher
House
Surge hopper 250cu.m water
volume, steel construction,
cover plate at top, with two
individual outlets at bottom of
each surge hopper with rack
and pinion gate below / outlet of
hopper.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
Flip flow vibrating screen of

rated capacity to separate
250mm coal before primary
crusher.
EPC
contr.
Primary crusher 1 required

capacity with drive motor for
crushing coal from 250 mm size
to 75mm size with motor
pulleys, belt safety guards etc.
of rated
crusher
crusher,
of CGI
roofing,
trestle

-37-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAILED AND
INCL
CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Required motor with gear box,

couplings, coupling guards with
push button for BC1.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
16
Belt of N/N of required size of

strength with all drive pulley,
end pulleys, snap pulleys, VST
complete,
impact
rollers,
conveyor rollers, skirt rubbers
etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
17
Magnetic separators, metal

detector, belt snag switches,
zero speed switches, pull card
switches, self belt aligner, belt
scrappers etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
18
Return belt
aligner etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
19

includes closed gallery of CGI
walkways,
gratings,
trestle
supports etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
13
Secondary crushers of rated

capacity to crush the oversize
material (75 mm size) to (-) 10
mm with motors, pulleys, belt
drive safety guard etc.
EPC
contr.
14
Flip flow type vibrating screens

of rated capacity to separate
out (-) 10 mm, complete with
supporting frame, chutes and
dust cover before secondary
crusher.
15
idler,
self
belt

-38-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAILED AND
INCL
CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
22

includes closed gallery of CGI
walkways,
gratings,
trestle
supports etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
23
Electronic Belt weigh scale 2

nos. (1 in BC & 1 in BC4).
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
24
Belt type
system.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
25
Travelling trippers as per the

bunker requirements with the
chutes, rails, rail clamps,
bunker sealing arrangement
and other accessories on near
to bunker.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
26
Drive platform for all belt

conveyors
with
necessary
supports.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
20
Monorails with hoists at primary

crusher
house,
secondary
crusher house, screen house
and transfer tower. The lifting
capacities to be decided by the
bidder.
EPC
contr.
21
Belt conveyors (BC-04) of rated

capacity,
from
secondary
crusher to boiler bunkers, with
closed gallery of CGI cladding
and
roofing,
both
sides
walkway,
gratings,
trestle
supports, etc.
bunker
sealing

-39-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAILED AND
INCL
CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
29
Dust extraction system (DE-01)

with Bag filter, exhaust fan and
rotary air lock at primary
crusher house.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
30
Dust extraction system (DE-02)

rotary air lock at secondary
crusher / screen house.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
31
Bag filters (IBF-01 & IBF-02)

rotary air lock at bunkers for
boiler.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
32
Sprinkler System for Dust

Suppression ground hoppers. It
consists of 2nos of pumps with
associated piping, valves and
nozzles for complete dust
suppression.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
33
Complete
electrical
and
instrumentation system for FHS
including drives, MCC panels,
cabling, PLC, local emergency
push
button
stations,
equipment earthing, Junction
boxes,
marshalling
boxes
tray/trench
and
lightning
protection etc., as per the
specification.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
27
Compressed
air
piping
distribution for coal handling
system.
EPC
contr.
28
All foundation bolts required for

installation of all equipment and
structure under CHS vendors
scope.

-40-

E. ASH HANDLING SYSTEM

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
A. CFBC BOILER FURNACE

1.
Bottom ash hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
2.
Sliding gate.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.
Surge hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.
Isolation plate valve
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.
Level probe and accessories
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.
Expansion joints
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.
Dome valve etc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
8.
Ash conveying vessel (master

& slave) complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
9.
Ash conveying line bends
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
10.
Ash conveying
flanges, gaskets)
(pipe,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
11.
Service/ash conveying air line

up to terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
12.
Instrument air/water line up to

terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
line

-41-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
13.
Supporting
structure
vessels/ash pipe line
for
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
CFBC BOILER CYCLONES

14.
Bottom ash hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15.
Sliding gate.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
16.
Surge hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
17.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
18.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
19.
Expansion joints
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
20.
Dome valve etc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
21.

& slave) complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
22.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
23.
Ash conveying
flanges, gaskets)
(pipe,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
24.
line

-42-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
25.

terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
26.
Supporting
structure
vessels/ash pipe line
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
for
CFBC BOILER ECO / APH

27.
Bottom ash hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
28.
Sliding gate
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
29.
Surge hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
30.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
31.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
32.
Expansion joints
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
33.
Dome valve etc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
34.

& slave) complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
35.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
36.
Ash conveying
flanges, gaskets)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
line
(pipe,

-43-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
37.

EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
38.

terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
39.
Supporting structure for vessels

& pipe line
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
CFBC BOILER ESP

40.
Bottom ash hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
41.
Sliding gate.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
42.
Surge hopper
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
43.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
44.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
45.
Expansion joints
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
46.
Dome valve etc
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
47.

& slave) complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
48.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-44-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
line
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
49.
Ash conveying
flanges, gaskets)
(pipe,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
50.

EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
51.

terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
52.
Supporting structure for vessels

& pipe line
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
CFBC BOILER BED ASH STROAGE SILO

53.
Silo
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
54.
Silo accessories (bag filters, fan

etc)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
55.
Bottom chute
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
56.
Terminal end unit at silo top
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
57.
Fluidizing pads
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
58.
Fluidizing air compressor
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
59.
Fluidizing pads air line & valves
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
60.
Sliding gate (manual)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-45-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
61.
Rotary feeder
62.
Ash
conditioner
complete
assembly
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
63.
Plate valve
vessel)
conveying
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
64.
Dome valve
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
65.

& slave) complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
66.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
67.
Ash conveying
flanges, gaskets)
(pipe,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
68.
Service/ ash conveying air line

up to common terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
69.

terminal point
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
70.
Supporting
structure
for
vessels, ash conditioner & pipe
line
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
(ash
line
CFBC BOILER FLY ASH STORAGE SILO

71.
Silo
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
72.
Silo accessories (bag filters, fan

etc)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-46-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
73.
Bottom chute
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
74.
Terminal end box at silo top
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
75.
Sliding gate (manual)
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
76.
Rotary feeder
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
77.
Ash
conditioner
complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
78.
Fluidizing pads
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
79.
Fluidizing air compressor
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
80.
Fluidizing pads air line & valves
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
81.
Supporting structure for ash

conditioner assembly
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
assembly
CFBC BOILER ASH HANDLING COMPRESSERS

82.
Screw compressor of suitable

capacity complete with stand by
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
83.
Air receiver
accessories
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
84.
Air driers complete
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
with
standard

-47-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
85.
Necessary compressed air

piping, instrument and manual
valves with in battery limit.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
86.
Service air requirement 2x100

% air compressor with 7 to 8
kg/cm2 (g) discharge pressure
will be provided in load/ unload
operation mode and required
nos of air receiver.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
B. ELECTRICAL
87.
Motors of suitable capacity
88.
EPC Control
junction box
89.
Junction boxes field
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
90.
Local push button
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
91.
Cables form junction boxes
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
92.
Lightening protection
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
93.
Earthing
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
cable
up
to
C. INSTRUMENTATIONS
94.
All suitable field instruments

-48-

ENGINEERING
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
95.
Junction boxes
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
96.
Cables up to junction boxes
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
97.
DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
98.
Cables from PLC panel to DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
99.
Copper tubing for air line to the

field instruments.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
100.
Cable from local Junction box

to PLC panel.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-49-

F. DM PLANT
ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
One No. water storage tank of

4 hrs holding capacity.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Two Nos. (1W +1S) pump sets

for feeding treated water to
MGF.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Two Nos. (1 x
Multi Grade
complete with
valves, media
instrument etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
1 X 100% Activated Carbon

Filters (ACF) for removal of
odour, colour, oil and chlorine,
if any.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
100%) Vertical
Filters (MGF)
frontal piping,
and Internals,
RO PLANT
5
Complete with required no. Of

modules.
2 x 100% high pressure pump.
1 x 100% back wash pump.
2 x 100% chemical dosing

pump as per the system
requirements, complete internal
pipings, and interconnecting
pipings
with
required
instrumentation.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
1 X 100% Degasser Tower.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.

-50-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
2 X 100% (1W+1S) blower sets

for Degasser tower.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
11
One No. of Degassed Water

Storage tank for each stream
(MSEP)
having
capacity
equivalent
to
150%
of
degassed water required for
regeneration.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
12
2 X 100% WBA feed pumps for

feeding water from DG tank to
WBA, SBA and MB.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
13
1 X 100% Weak Base Anion

exchanger operating on 20hrs
cycle.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
14
1 X 100% Strong Base Anion

exchanger operating on 20hrs
cycle.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
15
1
X
100%
Mixed
bed
exchanger (MB) operating on
140hrs cycle.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
16
1 X 100% Ultra filtration module

for removal of colloidal silica.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
17
1 X 100% pH correction system

(Morpholine dosing).
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
18
Two numbers (1W + 1S) rotary

twin blowers common for MB
and Multi grade filters.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
19
Necessary resins for all the

exchangers in DM chain.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
20
2 Nos. DM water storage tanks
EPC
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
10

-51-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
(MOC: FRP) of capacity 100

m3 each.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
Contr.
21
Three Nos. (2W+1S) DM water

transfer pumps of capacity 7
m3/hr with a head 90MWC
(min.) for Boiler make up and
LP / HP dosing system.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
22
1Nos. boiler initial fill pumps

each of capacity 50 m3/hr with
a head of 90 MWC.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
23
Neutralizing pit with 1 nos.

sump pump sets. Bidder shall
connect
the
necessary
Neutralizing lines from Acid &
Alkali Bulk tank with the
Neutralizing pit. As well as
recirculation lines from effluent
transfer pump sets for proper
agitation.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
24
1 no. bulk acid tank (MOC shall

be MSRL).
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
25
1 no. of acid unloading pump

shall be considered.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
26
1 no. acid day tanks (MOC

shall be FRP) for SAC & MB
units.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
27
One no. bulk alkali tank (MOC

shall be MSRL) for 30 days
requirement.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Balance of Plant (BOP)

-52-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
28
1 no. (1W+1S) of caustic

unloading pumps shall be
considered.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
29
1 no. caustic day tanks (MOC

shall be MSRL) for SBA & MB
units.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
30
Chlorination system for cooling

tower water shall be provided.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
31
All frontal/interconnecting pipe

work/Valves/Fittings/Resin
traps.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
32
O/P platforms, ladders, hand

rails and pipe supporting
structures.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
33
Orifice metering V-notch boards

for all exchangers/Filters.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
34
Foundation bolts, nuts (noncorrosive material), gaskets,

blind flanges.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
NO.
DESCRIPTION
OTHERS
ELECTRICAL
35
All drive motors for equipment

in bidders scope of supply.
36
LPBS for the above motors.
37
MCC panel and mimic panel.
38
Cable trays for power and
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC

-53-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
control cables
supports.
with
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
steel
Contr.
39
Inter connecting cables both

power and control, cable glands
and lugs with in the battery
limit.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
40
Lightning
protection
earthing work.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
41
All instruments viz. pressure

gauge, flow indicators, flow
transmitters, flow totalizes,
conductivity analyzers, silica
analyzers,
indicators,
transmitters, level gauges, pH
analyzer indicator, transmitters,
level alarms, density indicators,
pressure switch.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
42
All instruments and controls as

required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
and
INSTRUMENT

-54-

G. AUXILIARY COOLING TOWER

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
BASIC
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
DESIGN DETAILED AND
INCL CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
FABRICATION,
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
Cooling Tower complete with

Tower fills, fill supports, water
distributors, drift eliminators,
fans, gearbox etc.,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Complete hot water piping with

isolation
valves
and
accessories.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Foundation bolts, embedded

parts, inserts pipes etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Pipe work of the cooling tower.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Electrical motors for the fans
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Push button stations for the fan

motors
Field gauges
Vibration limit switches, level

switches for oil in reduction
gear / fans

-55-

H. WATER PUMPS AND PIPINGS

ENGINEERING
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Combined base frame for pump

and motor with drain collector,
foundation bolts, structural
materials etc.,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Counter flanges along with

gaskets and connecting bolts
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Pipe work of Auxiliary cooling

water system and
water
system pumps
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
All necessary water piping,

NRVs, valves etc required for
water system.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
P&ID
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
Auxiliary cooling water system

pump, Raw water pumps,
Deaerator Makeup pumps,
Effluent discharge pumps, DM
plant make up pumps, Drinking
water pump, Boiler blow down
pumps, Reuse water pumps,
Initial filling pump and its motor.
EPC
Contr.
Motor
complete,
coupling,
coupling guard etc, for all
pumps. (Make ABB, Bharath
Bijlee and Siemns).
NO
DESCRIPTION

-56-

I.
EOT CRANE
ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
BASIC
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
DESIGN DETAILED AND
INCL CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
One No. minimum 60 Tonnes

lifting capacity, Double girder
Electric Overhead Travelling
Crane with plain shank hook for
main hoist and one no. auxiliary
hoist (5 Tonnes), complete with
all accessories as detailed in
the crane data sheet and Data
specification sheets, for Steam
Turbine Generator building.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Maintenance platforms and

access ladders as required,
also monorail facility at the end
of bay to be provided for crane
auxiliaries
and
equipment
maintenance.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Crane shall have suitable

alarms, interlocks etc safety
features.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Suitable Gantry Rails
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
PVC Shrouded DSL system

(GI) & DSL cabling.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
Electrical control panel shall be

located at one point in the
crane and wiring from control
panel to equipment.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.

-57-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO.
BASIC
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
DESIGN DETAILED AND
INCL CONSTRUCTION
P&ID
DRGS
ETC.
DESCRIPTION
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
All hoist and travel motors

including creep motors for
crane as applicable.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
All power and control cabling /

wiring bridge cross conductors,
current collectors etc. as
required
for
safe
and
satisfactory operation of the
crane.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
All safety switches.
10
All protective, control and

lighting panels, push buttons
etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
All crane control systems

including controllers resistors,
limit switches, hooter etc.
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
12
Crane illumination and crane

earthing / grounding system
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
13
Girder for supporting the long

travel rails
EPC
contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
EPC contr.
11

-58-

J. FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
LAYOU
T ETC
DETAILED
AND
CONSTRUCTI
ON DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
SL.NO
DESCRIPTION
Fire hydrant system for complete

plant with necessary pumps i.e
1W + 1S AC pumps, 1W+1S
Jacking oil pump & 1 no diesel oil
pump with required capacity
270m3/hr and hookup to DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Hydrant line from the pump house

to all interior area covering all
buildings and equipments, coal
yard
with
required
valves,
hydrants points, hoses etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
MVWS system for conveyors and

bunker with all the auxiliaries &
accessories and hookup to DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
HVWS system for GT transformer

with all auxiliaries & accessories
and hookup to DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Portable fire extinguishers for

turbine
hall,
control
room,
electrical room, MCC rooms
located in various area.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Fire bridge station with required

auxiliaries & accessories
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Fire detection, alarm, sensors as

per the requirement in TG building
each floors & MCC rooms of
different areas
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-59-

K. VENTILATION & A/C SYSTEM

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
INCL
LAYOU
T ETC
DETAILED
AND
CONSTRUCTI
ON DRGS
MANUFACTURE
AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONING
SL.NO.
DESCRIPTION
Supply air system for electrical

rooms
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
A/C system from control room
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
TG operating floor and

building general ventilation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
A/C system local control /

electrical room in FHS, AHS etc
as required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
TG

-60-

L. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAIL
ED AND
CONST
RUCTIO
N DRGS
MANUFAC
TURE
AND
SUPPLY
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
1.
Generator and its Auxiliaries:

AC electric generator rating of 45 MW capable of
operating with a power factor of 0.8 lag, generation
voltage 11 KV and frequency 50 Hz shall be
supplied. The generator shall be capable of stable
operation even with a variation in voltage of +/- 5%
and frequency variation of +/- 5%.
2.
The excitation system shall be brushless type. The

brushless exciter shall consist of a permanent
magnet generator, AC exciter. Shell and tube heat
exchangers shall be mounted on the machine for
air-cooling.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.
Lightning Arrestor and Surge Protection (LAPT)

cubicle for the Generator.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.
Neutral Earthing Equipment for the generator
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.
Generator Relay Panel with redundancy
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.
Metering cum synchronizing panel with auto

synchronizer
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.
AVR panel
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
8.
Turbine Control & gauge Panel
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
9.
Requirement of CT, PT ratings as per SLD.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
10.
11KV HT bus duct:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Rating of 3500A phase segregated bus duct for

TG, NGR, LAPT, 11KV HT panel.

-61-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAIL
ED AND
CONST
RUCTIO
N DRGS
MANUFAC
TURE
AND
SUPPLY
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
11.
Switchyard:
132/11 KV Switchyard & accessories and
switchyard end connect to existing 132KV bus
through 132KV HT cables.
12.
Single bus system with suitable post insulators,

Bus Potential transformer with isolators, breaker for
main bus with CTs on each side, Potential
transformers, Lightning arrestors and feeder
protection on transformers and transmission lines.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
13.
Generator Transformers:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
1 no. of generator transformers of capacity 53

MVA, ONAN/ONAF of voltage rating 11KV / 132
KV, 50HZ suitable for export of power with ON load
tap changer.
14.
LT Auxiliary transformers:
2 nos of LT Auxiliary transformer of capacity 2.5
MVA, voltage rating 11KV / 433 V, 50HZ suitable
for distribute the power with Off load tap changer.
15.
HT Auxiliary transformers:
1no of HT auxiliary transformer of capacity 3MVA
voltage rating 11KV/3.3KV, 50HZ suitable for
distribute the power with off load tap changer.
16.
Transformers accessories as per IS 2026
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
17.
HT Switchgear:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
EPC
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
11KV HT panel and no. of feeders as per SLD. and

3.3KV switchgear
18.
LT Switchgear:
415V PCC, MCCs Panel
19.
The switch boards shall be draw-out type circuit

-62-

ENGINEERING
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
breakers, earthing switches, bus bars, draw-out

type voltage transformers, CTs, cable connections
etc. sheet steel having minimum thickness of 2 mm
and the construction shall conform to IP 52 degree
of protection for the enclosure. Panel height should
not exceed 2200mm.
Contr.
MCC Panels:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
NO
20.
MANUFAC
TURE
AND
SUPPLY
DETAIL
ED AND
CONST
RUCTIO
N DRGS
Contr.
TG MCC, Boiler, ESP, DM plant, ACC, WTS, AHS,

FHS, MPDB, MLDB, Capacitor Panel with APFC,
VFD panel.
21.
LT motors will be squirrel cage induction type

machines and will operate on 415V, 3 phase, and
50Hz power supply. Motors of rating 200KW and
below will have rated voltage of 415V and above
200KW shall be rated for 3.3KV voltage.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
22.
Complete interconnecting power and control cables

from the field switches, motor heaters to the
nearest junction boxes.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
23.
DB, local push button station
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
24.
LT Bus duct:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Bus duct from distribution transformers to Power

control centre. Rating of 3200A non - segregated
phase bus duct.
25.
DG set:
DG set unit of capacity of 625KVA shall be
provided. All the small emergency loads like UPS,
Battery charger, DM transfer pumps etc will be
connected to emergency bus to avail DG power.

-63-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAIL
ED AND
CONST
RUCTIO
N DRGS
MANUFAC
TURE
AND
SUPPLY
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
26.
Battery & battery charger:

110V DC suitable capacity of battery will be
provided for catering the power requirement of TG,
Breaker closing and tripping coils, relays and
protection panels etc. Suitable battery charger with
float/ trickle/ boost charging will be provided.
Suitable DCDB shall be included for control supply
and other DG emergency load.
27.
UPS:
2 nos of Single phase uninterrupted power system
of 110VAC of suitable capacity will be provided for
supplying control power supplies. The source for
this UPS will be from Emergency PCC. Suitable
AC distribution board shall be included in the scope
for control supply.
28.
Earthing and lightning protection:

1) Earthing pit
2) Main and sub earth mat
29.
The design of earthing station shall be as per IS:

3043, adequate protection for lightning shall be
provided in each building and tall structures as per
BIS standard.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
30.
Plant lighting:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Lighting and fixtures for entire power plant.

Illumination level of buildings shall be as per IS
3646 (Part I): 1992. Lighting for the plant will be
designed as per current industrial standards.
31.
Cables:
Cables and cabling accessories (HT & LT cables):
All necessary power and control interconnection as

-64-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAIL
ED AND
CONST
RUCTIO
N DRGS
MANUFAC
TURE
AND
SUPPLY
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
required evacuating the power.

32.
BOQ of cables & lighting shall be submitted with

design basis for approval.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
33.
Cable tray/ cable rack and trench
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
34.
Control and protection:
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
a) Generator control panel

b) Generator protection relay panel
c) Transformers protection relay panel
35.
Civil foundations :
All civil and structural works including switchyard,
power transformers, cable tray & cable rack and LT
transformers, etc

-65-

M. CONTROL & INSTRUMENTATION

ENGINEERING
MANUFA
CTURE
AND
SUPPLY
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAILE
D AND
CONSTR
UCTION
DRGS
Complete design, system detailed engineering,

documentation, manufacture, supply, software
development, Installation, Inspection.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
All automation Systems and their subsystem

covered in this specification shall be designed,
manufactured and tested in compliance with the
latest relevant codes and standards of practices
published by the Bureau of Indian Standards and
Foreign Standards.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
DCS shall be inclusive with its subsystems,

associated software & hardware connected with
each other
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
Redundancy shall be provided at all levels in DCS.

except the I / Os modules
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
Redundant Field Control Station shall be rackbased system with passive back plane type for
better reliability
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
Redundant Field control stations shall be complete

with mounting racks, processor units, input/output
modules, interconnecting data cables and other
accessories like terminal units
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
Digital output transmitted from the DCS to the field

shall be through potential free relay contacts.
Necessary interposing relays and contactors shall
be provided for all the digital outputs.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
All the digital inputs wired to the DCS from the

process switch contacts shall be potential free and
suitable for 24V DC interrogation voltage.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
All the analog outputs shall be of 4-20mA DC
EPC
EPC
EPC
EPC Contr.
SL.
NO

-66-

ENGINEERING
MANUFA
CTURE
AND
SUPPLY
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
capable of driving a load of 700 .
Contr.
DETAILE
D AND
CONSTR
UCTION
DRGS
Contr.
10
Separate marshalling cabinets with terminal blocks

shall be provided at DCS panels to terminate cable
from the field as well as from MCC
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
11
Scan time includes the time for scanning the input,

A/D conversion, signal processing and control and
outputting shall be 2 to 500ms.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
12
System shall be provided with self diagnostic

features.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
13
Engineering and Operator workstations of the DCS

shall be identical and interchangeable. These shall
be of Business Grade PC units from reputed MNC
Brand and shall be complete with processor,
memory, power supply, bulk memory units, high
resolution colour monitor, key-board, mouse,
communication interface modules,
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
14
Two nos (Dot matrix) Printer. Black and white 132

column dot matrix type printers for printing alarms
and event logging.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
15
Two nos. Colour laser printer (A4 size) shall be

provided for printing logs, reports and also for
printing hard copies of displays.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
16
Control data highway shall be of high speed

Ethernet
open
network
and
systems
&
Communication medium shall be of high quality
data cable with speed transmission not less than
100 MBPS.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
SL.
NO
17
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
System, I/O and marshalling cabinets shall be of

free standing, vertical closed cubicle type with front
and rear opening single doors. Panels and cabinets

-67-
Contr.

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
DETAILE
D AND
CONSTR
UCTION
DRGS
MANUFA
CTURE
AND
SUPPLY
SL.
DESCRIPTION
NO
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
shall be pre-treated and powder coated.

18
The supply voltage for all the sub-system and the

workstations of DCS shall be of 110VAC 50Hz
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
19
Redundant 110 Vac UPS with required VA rating
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
20
Special microprocessor based instruments such as

electronic governor, tri-vector meters, precision
meters which shall be provided as part of the
package equipment supply, shall have RS 485
MODBUS serial interface connectivity to the DCS.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
21
Design, supply, procurement & delivery to site of

instrumentation & control cable
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
22
Cable laying & Termination from Field instruments

to the DCS along with Testing / checking of all
Control Loops.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
23
Power cabling required for the automation system

equipment from the marshalling cabinet to the
various components of DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
24
Cable tray routing drawing including details of cable

trays from field JBs to DCS.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
25
The philosophy of cross & direct ferruling shall be

followed for all internal & external wiring in the
Control Panel, MCC, Junction Boxes
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
26
Isolated special earthing arrangement called as

system earth exclusively for the DCS. Exclusive
earthing pits for the DCS
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
27
In-built performance calculation packages to

perform the efficiency calculation of boiler, turbine,
economiser, STG & condenser
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
28
Software
EPC
EPC
EPC
EPC Contr.
development,
Installation,
Inspection,

-68-

ENGINEERING
BASIC
DESIGN
Testing (FAT),packing, shipment, delivery to the

site,
Contr.
Supervision
of
erection,
system
setup,
commissioning, performance/acceptance test (SAT)
training of purchaser persons O & M manuals, &
final handing over of the Plant Automation System
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
Organizing training programmes at manufacturers

works as well as at site during commissioning for
the purchasers personnel in operation and
maintenance of DCS.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
NO
30
FABRICATION
, ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
DESCRIPTION
SL.
29
MANUFA
CTURE
AND
SUPPLY
DETAILE
D AND
CONSTR
UCTION
DRGS
Contr.


-69-
Contr.

N. CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
1. CFBC Boiler
1.1
RCC for column supporting

and operating floor slabs.
Staircase wherever required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
1.2
Rain gutters and drain piping

for boiler hopper, roof and
side cladding
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
2.1.1
Foundation of ID fan & its

auxiliaries including the
foundation for ID for covering
shed.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
2.1.2
Foundation of SA fan & its

shed.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
2.1.3
Foundation of PA fan & its

shed.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
2.1.4
Ducting supporting column

foundation.
2.
2.1.
Boiler Auxiliaries
Fans
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-70-
EPC Contr.

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
2.2.
2.2.1
2.3.
2.3.1
2.4.
2.4.1
2.5.
DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Electro precipitator static

Electro static precipitator
column foundation and
staircase column foundation.
Chimney (100 mts)
RCC Chimney complete
including foundation, inside
refractory work with lending
wherever required staircases,
hand- railing, aviation lamp
assembly etc.
Blowdown Tank
Blowdown tank foundations
Steam Piping
2.5.1
Design and preparation of

construction drawings of
steam line support rack
columns etc.
2.5.2
Steam piping support column

foundation, pipe rack steel
structures.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3. TG building
3.1
Complete TG Building RCC

works including TG building
column, opening floor slab.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-71-
EPC Contr.

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
TG Deck foundation. The

deck foundation, deck slab
with required cut-outs.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
TG auxiliary foundations
a. Oil system
i. Emergency Oil Pump.
ii. Auxiliary Oil Pump.
iii. Jacking Oil Pump
iv. Main oil tank and
pump
Iii. Centrifuge oil purifier
system
iv. Over head oil tank/
over flow oil tank.
v. Oil coolers
b. Flash tank
c. QCNRV station
d. GVC
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.4
Boiler feed pump and its

auxiliaries, RCC foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.5
Deaerator cum storage tank

foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.6
Air compressor , receiver

RCC foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.7
HP heater foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.8
LP heater foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.2
3.3

-72-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
EPC Contr.
3.9
HP/LP dosing system

foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.10
Staircase and walkways

wherever required
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.11
Approach platform between

TG building and air cooled
condenser building &
approach platform TG building
to boiler.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.12
RCC work, MCC room and

PCC room wherever required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.13
Partition and rooms for in

charges, O&M team ,
Instrumentation managers
room and levorotary facilities
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.14
Cable trench and drain works

flooded water drainage
system.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
3.15
Grouting for equipments
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-73-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
4.0
Air Cooled Condenser
4.1
Complete air cooled

condenser RCC and structural
works including tie beams, fan
supports, fan stacks,
stiffeners, platforms and
corridor etc.,.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.2
Condensate extraction pump

foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.3
Condensate drain Boot pump

foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.4
Fin cleaning system pump

foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.5
Exhaust steam duct, support

column foundations.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.6
RCC supporting structure

including fan deck & deck
slab, supporting columns,
beams, condensate tank
supporting structure with
platform, ejector supporting
structure with platform, stair
case & walk way of RCC.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
Wind wall with structural steel

column.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
4.7

-74-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
5.0
Balance of Plant
5.1
Fuel Handling System
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
5.1.1
Ground Hopper in RCC

construction with square
grizzly on top, manual rack
and pinion gate at bottom,
with wear resistant liner on
inclined surfaces.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.1.2
Ground hopper, conveyor

structure column foundation,
crusher house, crusher
foundation etc.,
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.1.3
Primary crusher house civil

foundation complete for
crusher, crusher motor,
crusher house column etc.
steel structure of crusher
house complete with side
sheeting and staircase
wherever required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.1.4
Secondary crusher house civil

foundation complete for
crusher, crusher motor,
crusher house column etc.
steel structure of crusher
house complete with side
sheeting and staircase
wherever required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-75-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
5.1.5
Fuel transfer house and civil

foundation etc.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.1.6
Steel structure with side

sheeting and staircases
wherever required
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.1.7
Portable dewatering pumps

RCC Tunnel.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.2
Ash Handling System
5.2.1
Ash handling system

foundation, Ash conveying
pipe racks steel structure and
pipe supports
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.2.2
Ash silo RCC foundation and

complete steel structure
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.3
DM plant
5.3.1
DM plant Building
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.3.2
DM plant equipment
foundations
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.3.3
DM storage tank foundations
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.3.4
Foundation bolts, nuts (noncorrosive material), gaskets,

blind flanges.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-76-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
5.4
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
Auxiliary Cooling Tower

and Pump
5.4.1
Civil work complete, including

basin of required capacity
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.4.2
Auxiliary cooling tower

foundations including basin
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.4.3
Auxiliary cooling water pump

foundation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.5
Water system piping and

pumps
5.5.1
Pump foundations
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
5.5.2
Excavation & pipe laying and

Protecting Casting for pipe
work of all water piping.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.0
Electrical
6.1
Switchyard Equipment
foundations
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.2
Transformer & DG set
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.3
ESP control room
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
6.4
Cable trench works
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-77-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
7.0
General
7.1
Soil investigation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.2
Site leveling
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.3
Excavation
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.4
Approach roads to all main

equipments of coal yard.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.5
Weighbridge foundation /
complete.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.6

construction drawings for all
RCC & steel column
structures.
7.7

construction drawings for all
equipments
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.8
Foundation bolts for all

equipments
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.9
Insert plates and curb angles

wherever required.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.10
Roads and drainages works
EPC
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.

-78-

ENGINEERING
SL.
NO
MANUFACTUR
E AND SUPPLY
FABRICATION
ERECTION,
TESTING AND
COMMISSIONI
NG
DESCRIPTION
BASIC
DESIGN
ETC.
within the CPP area and

around plant buildings
including flood water drainage
system.
Contr.
7.11
All RCC & steel column

structures.
EPC
Contr.
7.12
Grouting for all equipments
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
7.13
Flood water drainage, cable

trench valve pits.
EPC
Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.
DETAILED AND
CONSTRUCTION
DRGS
EPC Contr.
EPC Contr.


-79-
EPC Contr.

O. COMMON FOR ALL PACKAGES

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Scope
EPC Contr.
Commissioning spares
Set of special tools and tackles for the

all equipments
The initial requirement of all

consumables and first fill of materials
such as oil, lubricants etc. required till
final commissioning
EPC Contr.
Unloading at site
EPC Contr.
Performance test
EPC Contr.
Two years O&M spares List of

recommended spares to be furnished
for all equipments.
EPC Contr.
PAINTING Two coats of primer and

Two coats of finish painting of all
equipment, structures, piping, ducting
etc. done at factory or site.
EPC Contr.
Noise hood, noise level < 85 dBa at 1 m

from equipment.
EPC Contr.
Remarks

-80-

P. SITE FACILITIES AND SERVICES

S.NO
1
DESCRIPTION
Scope
Providing Erection tools, tackles,

hoists, derricks, slings, scaffolding,
rigging tools, welding sets,
instruments, appliances, consumables
required for unloading, transporting,
storing, erection, inspection, testing and
commissioning to accomplish the work.
EPC Contr.
Unloading at site
EPC Contr.
Steam blowing Pre-commissioning

check, trial run of equipment calibration
of instrument & control etc.
EPC Contr.
Pre-commissioning check, trial run of all

equipment calibration of instrument &
control etc.
EPC Contr
Providing instrument for above testing
EPC Contr.
Performance test at shop and at site

after commissioning.
EPC Contr.
Construction of site office and store

room for use by Supplier
EPC Contr.
Storage space and access road
EPC Contr.
Local conveyance, Boarding & Lodging

for EPC CONTR. site personnel
EPC Contr.
10
Training of purchasers O & M personal
EPC Contr.
11
O&M staff for Boiler startup,

commissioning & operation
EPC Contr.
12
Supply of construction power on

chargeable basis and water free of
EPC Contr.
Remarks
Only area will be identified at the site by

FACOR. Fencing etc. by EPC CONTR..
Under guidance of supplier Engineers

till such time

-81-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Scope
Remarks
cost at one point

13
All IBR approvals / formalities till steam

test and safety valve floating.
EPC Contr.
14
Telephone facilities
EPC Contr.
15
Emergency / first aid medical facilities

to SUP staff and erection crew posted
at site
EPC Contr.
16
Security, Inventory and accounting of

SUP equipment and property till final
take over by FACOR
EPC Contr.
17
Lighting facilities at erection site
EPC Contr.
18
Transportation of equipment from EPC

CONTR. manufacturing units to FACOR
site
EPC Contr.
19
Transit insurance
EPC Contr.
20
Site storage insurance
EPC Contr.
21
Applicable taxes and duties
EPC Contr.
FACOR will be only responsible for the

overall lighting such as road lighting,
lighting in the erection site etc. in the
plant area. Lighting within EPC
CONTR. facilities i.e EPC CONTR.
storage area, office etc will be
responsibility of EPC CONTR.

-82-

ANNEXURE 10
QUESTIONNAIRE
A. BOILER & AUXILIARIES
S.NO
1
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Type of Boiler
1.1
Number of boiler
1.2
Type of circulation
1.3
Type of feeding system
1.4
Type of support
1.5
Design code
1.6
Steam generated,
1.7
Steam purity
1.8
Steam pressure in the steam drum,
Kg/cm2
1.9
Steam pressure at the main steam

stop valve,
kg/cm2
1.10
Steam temperature at the main

steam stop valve,
deg. C
1.11
Desuper heater Spray water temp.
1.12
Steam temperature at inlet of,
1.12.1
- Primary Superheater
1.12.2
- Final Superheater
No
Tons / hr
deg. C
1.13
Feed water temperature at the inlet

and outlet of economiser,
deg. C
1.14
With HP heater in service
deg. C
1.15
Excess air at furnace exit
1.16
Excess air at outlet of air heater
Feed water pressure at inlet to

economiser,
kg/cm2
2.1
Fuel mix considered
2.2
Fuel analysis considered for design
2.3
Anticipated boiler efficiency

-1-

Annexure-10 Questionnaire (contd.)
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
2.4
Ash analysis/qty considered for

design
2.5
Flue gas temperature,
deg. C
2.5.1
- At APH outlet
deg. C
2.5.2
- At ID fan outlet
deg. C
2.6
Turn down ratio boiler
2.7
Superheater steam temp. Control

range first stage
% BMCR
2.8
Super heater steam temp. Control

range - second stage
2.9
Combustor outlet temperature
2.10
Cyclone efficiency
2.11
Primary air qty/ % of total air
2.12
Secondary air qty/ % of total air
2.13
Drum operating temp.
Deg.C
3.0
Mass Balance details
3.1.1
Fuel flow
Kg/hr
3.1.2
Combustion air total
Kg/hr
3.1.3
Lime stone
Kg/hr
3.1.4
Total input
Kg/hr
3.2.1
Flue gas produced
Kg/hr
3.2.2
Total ash generated
Kg/hr
3.2.3
Total output
Kg/hr
4.0
Temperature Profile
4.1
Flue gas
4.1.1
Furnace inlet
deg. C
4.1.2
Inlet final superheater
deg. C
4.1.3
Outlet final superheater
deg. C
4.1.4
Inlet secondary superheater
deg. C
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-2-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
4.1.5
Outlet secondary superheater
deg. C
4.1.6
Inlet primary superheater
deg. C
4.1.7
Outlet primary superheater
deg. C
4.1.8
Inlet economizer
deg. C
4.1.9
Outlet economizer
deg. C
4.1.10
Inlet air heater
deg. C
4.1.11
Outlet air heater
deg. C
4.1.12
Inlet of ESP
deg. C
4.1.13
Outlet of ESP
deg. C
4.1.14
At stack entrance
deg. C
4.2
Air
4.2.1
Inlet air preheater
deg. C
4.2.2
Outlet air preheater
deg. C
4.2.3
Inlet wind box
deg. C
4.3
Steam
4.3.1
Primary superheater inlet
deg. C
4.3.2
Primary superheater outlet
deg. C
4.3.3
Inlet secondary superheater
deg. C
4.3.4
Outlet secondary superheater
deg. C
4.3.5
Inlet final superheater
deg. C
4.3.6
Outlet final superheater
deg. C
4.4
Feed water
4.4.1
Inlet economizer
deg. C
4.4.2
Outlet economizer
deg. C
5
5.1
5.1.1
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Pressure drop
Steam side
Superheater circuit including
Desuperheater(from drum outlet to
Kg/cm2
-3-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
final superheater outlet header)

5.2
5.2.1
Water side
From feed pump discharge to steam
drum inlet
6.0
Velocity
6.1
Gas side
Kg/cm2
6.1.1
Fluidizing velocity
m/s
6.1.2
Super heater zone
m/s
6.1.3
Economizer zone
m/s
6.1.4
Air heater zone
m/s
6.2
6.2.1
Air side
Air heater region
m/s
7.0
Ducting
7.1
Cold air
m/s
7.2
Hot air
m/s
7.3
Flue gas
m/s
7.4
Feed pipe line
m/s
7.5
Main steam pipe line
m/s
7.6
Heating surface area (Thermal)
7.7
Furnace
m2
7.8
Superheater
m2
7.9
Economizer
m2
7.10
Air heater
m2
8.0
Steam drum
8.1
Type of construction
8.2
Material
8.3
Design pressure
ata
8.4
Internal diameter
mm
-4-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
8.5
Thickness
mm
8.6
Corrosion allowance
mm
8.7
Type of dished end
8.9
Drum internals
9.0
Water fall / furnace
9.1
9.2
Furnace depth
9.3
Furnace width
9.4
Furnace volume
m3
9.5
Furnace height
9.6
Tube size (OD)
mm
9.7
Tube thickness
mm
9.8
Tube material
9.9
Fin width
mm
9.10
Fin thickness
mm
9.11
Fin material
9.12
No. off headers
9.13
Header Dia (OD)
9.14
Header material
10.0
Fluidised bed
10.1
Bed width X length
10.2
Bed plate section (cooled /

uncooled)
10.3
Material of air nozzle cap & Body
10.4
Method of nozzle attachment to the

bed plate
10.5
No. off plenum chamber
10.6
Thickness of wall plate
11.0
Cyclone Separator
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
mm
mXm
mm
-5-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
11.1
Type
11.2
Nos
11.3
11.4
Tube OD
mm
11.5
Tube thickness
mm
11.6
Tube material
11.7
Fin width
mm
11.8
Fin thickness
mm
12.0
Super heaters
12.1
Type of flow
12.2
Type of arrangement
12.3
Material
12.4
Tube diameter
mm
12.5
Tube thickness
mm
12.6
Inlet header diameter
mm
12.7
Inlet header material
12.8
Outlet header diameter
12.9
Outlet header material
13.0
Economizer
13.1
Type of flow
13.2
Type of arrangement
13.3
Material
13.4
Tube diameter
mm
13.5
Tube thickness
mm
13.6
Inlet header diameter
mm
13.7
Inlet header material
13.8
Outlet header diameter
13.9
Outlet header material
14.0
Air pre heater
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
mm
mm
-6-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
14.1
Type
14.2
No.
14.3
Fluid inside tubes
14.4
Fluid outside tubes
14.5
Arrangement
14.6
Tube OD
mm
14.7
Tube thickness
mm
14.8
Tube material
14.9
No of blocks
14.10
Casing material
14.11
Casing thickness
14.12
Expansion joint
15.0
Fuel storage system
15.1
No of bunkers
15.2
Type of bunkers
15.3
Bunker plate material
15.4
Capacity of bunker
m3
15.5
Fuel qty requirement @MCR
TPH
15.6
Storage time for fuel
Hrs
16.0
Bunker lining
16.1
Lining material
16.2
Lining thickness
16.3
Lining height
17.0
Fuel feeding system
17.1
No of fuel feed points
17.2
Type of feeders
17.3
Location of feeders
17.4
No of feeders
17.5
Capacity of each feeder
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
mm
mm
TPH
-7-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
17.6
Motor rating
17.7
Type of control
18.0
Lime stone storage system
18.1
No off bunker
18.2
Type of bunker
18.3
18.4
Capacity of bunker
m3
18.5
Limestone consumption
TPH
18.6
Sulphur capture efficiency
18.7
Ca: S molar ratio
18.8
Storage time for limestone
19.0
Limestone feeding system
19.1
Type of feeder
19.2
Location of feeder
19.3
No; off feeders
19.4
Capacity of each feeders
TPH
19.5
Motor rating
kw
19.6
Type of control
20.0
Bed material storage system
20.1
No: off bunker
20.2
Type of bunker
20.3
20.4
Capacity of bunker
m3
20.5
Storage for bed material
hrs
21.0
Bed material feeding system
21.1
Type of feeder
21.2
Location of feeder
21.3
No: off feeder
21.4
Capacity of each boiler
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
KW
Hrs
TPH
-8-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
21.5
Motor rating
21.6
Type of control
22.0
Start up oil firing system
22.1
Type
22.2
Bunkers/ steam generator
nos
22.3
Capacity of each bunker
% MCR
22.4
Type of oil pump
22.5
Oil pressure at burner inlet
Kg/cm2 (g)
22.6
Atomizing air pressure
Kg/cm2 (g)
22.7
Type of oil used for start -up
22.8
GCV of oil considered
22.9
Turn down ratio
22.10
Igniters type
22.11
Day oil tank capacity
23.0
Centrifugal fans
23.1
No: off @ MCR
23.2
Capacity / fan @BMCR
m3/s
23.3
Head @ BMCR
mmwc
23.4
Design temperature
Deg c
23.5
Flowing medium
23.6
Fan speed
rpm
23.7
Motor rating
kw
23.8
Type of control
23.9
Type of lubrication
23.10
Type of coupling
23.11
Type of wear liners for ID fans
24.0
Other blowers
24.1
Quantity
24.2
Capacity / fan @ BMCR
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
kw
Kcal / kg
m3
m3/sec
-9-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
24.2
Head @ BMCR
mmwc
24.3
Speed of the blower
rpm
24.4
Type of coupling
25.0
Safety valves
25.1
Location
25.2
Type
25.3
Relieving capacity
Kg/hr
25.4
Set pressure
Kg/cm2
25.6
Over pressure / blow down pressure
26.0
Feed water pumps
26.1
Type
26.2
No:
26.3
Feed water temp. at the inlet of feed

pump
Deg c
26.4
Design flow
m3/hr
26.5
Design head
mWC
26.6
Type of casing
26.7
Mechanical seals
26.8
Type of lubrication
26.9
Recirculation type
26.10
Speed of the pump
rpm
26.11
Motor rating
kw
26.12
Type of speed control
26.13
Performance standards
27.0
Electro static precipitator
27.1
ESP design fuel
27.2
Flue gas flow
m3/sec
27.3
Outlet dust concentration
Mg/Nm3
27.4
Flue gas temperature
Deg c
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-10-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
27.5
No. of fields
27.6
No . of hoppers
28.0
HP dosing system
28.1
Type of system
28.2
Tank capacity
28.3
Tank material
28.4
Chemical dosing system
28.5
Type of stirrer
28.6
Type of pump
28.7
No. of pump
28.8
Piping material from dosing tank to

steam drum
29.0
LP dosing system
29.1
Type of system
29.2
Tank capacity
29.3
Tank material
29.4
Chemical to be closed
29.5
Type of stirrer
29.6
Type of pump
29.7
No. of pump
29.8
Piping material from dosing tank to

steam drum
30.0
Blow down tanks
30.1.0
Continuous blow down tank
30.1.1
Tank material
30.1.2
Type of level control in tank
30.1.3
Flash steam recovery
30.1.4
Type of internals
30.1.5
No. of safety valves
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Ltrs
Ltrs
-11-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
30.1.6
Safety valves set pressure
Kg/cm2(g)
30.1.7
Corrosion allowance
mm
30.2.0
Intermittent blow down tank
30.2.1
Tank material
30.2.2
Drain
30.2.3
Vent
30.2.4
Corrosion allowance
mm
31.0
Insulation
31.1
Type of insulation material
31.2
Density of insulation material
31.3
Type of cladding sheet for main

boiler
31.4
Thickness of cladding sheet for

main boiler
31.5
Cladding sheet for other areas
31.6
Thickness of cladding sheet for

other areas
32.0
Refractory
32.1
Type of refractory
32.2
Application
32.3
Thickness of refractory layer
33.0
Ash system
33.1
Location of ash collection points
33.2
No of collection points
33.3
Elevation of outlet flanges
33.4
Ash loading for design
33.5
Temp. of ash
Deg c
33.6
Density of ash
Kg/m3
34
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Kg/m3
mm
Ducts
-12-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
34.1
Type
34.2
Material
34.3
Thickness of plate
35.0
Painting
35.1
No. of primer coats
35.2
Type of primer paint
35.3
No. of final coat
35.4
Type of final paint
36
36.1
UNITS
mm
Feed water system

Deaerator cum storage tank
36.1.1
Deaerator
36.1.2
Type
36.1.3
Design standard
36.1.4
Design condition
36.1.5
Deaeration capacity
Kg/hr
36.1.6
Design temperature
Deg c
36.1.7
LP steam pressure at control valve

inlet
Ata
36.1.8
LP steam temperature at control

valve inlet
Deg c
36.1.9
Deaerated water temperature
Deg c
36.2
Deaerated water storage tank
36.2.1
Storage capacity
36.2.2
Support type
36.2.3
Location
36.3
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
36.3.1
Plate material for shell, dished end

and storage tank
36.3.2
Pipe nozzles
-13-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
36.3.3
Spray nozzles / trays
36.3.4
Internals
36.3.5
Piping between deaerator and boiler

feed pump
37
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Chimney
37.1
General
37.2
Quantity
37.3
Mode of operation
37.4
Height
37.5
Supporting arrangements
37.6
Flue gas temperature at exit
37.7
37.8
Lightning arrestor
37.9
Aviation lamps
37.10
Platforms at top and intermediate

levels
Deg c
-14-

B.
TURBINE & AUXILIARIES
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.0
TURBINE
1.1
Make
1.2
Type and description
1.3
Inlet steam conditions
1.4
Pressure, Ksca
1.5
Temperature, C
1.6
Number of Extractions
TECHNICAL PARAMETERS
Bleed conditions for Deaerator

1.7
Flow (TPH),
Pressure (Ksca)
Temperature (C)
HP heater steam
-Flow
1.8
-Temperature
-Pressure
-Outlet temperature of water
LP heater steam
-Flow
1.9
-Temperature
-Pressure
-Outlet temperature of water
1.10
Direction of rotation
1.11
Speed
1.12
Critical speeds
1.13
No. of stages
1.14
Type of casing
1.15
Type of rotor
1.16
Bore, mm
1.17
Suction branch connection
1.18
Discharge branch connection
-15-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.19
Governor
1.20
Make
1.21
Type
1.22
Range of speed control
1.23
Critical speed of rotor
1.24
Type of bearing
1.25
Thrust
1.26
Journal
1.27
Type of bearing lubrication system and

description
1.28
Material specifications for
1.29
Casing
1.30
Rotor
1.31
Shaft
1.32
Blade
1.33
Bearing
1.34
Shaft seal
1.35
Inter stage diaphragm
1.36
Gland
1.37
Shroud
1.38
Others (specify)
1.39
Whether following safety devices

provided
1.40
Bearing temperature indicators
1.41
Bearing oil pressure indicators
1.42
Shaft vibration indicator
1.43
Shaft position indicator
1.44
Automatic shut-off in case of failure of

cooling water
1.45
Automatic shut-off in case of low
-16-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
lubricating oil pressure

1.46
Noise level at 1 m, dba
1.47
Details of special measures for noise

attenuation
1.48
Type and details of vibration isolator
1.49
Base plate details
1.49
Overall dimensions of turbine assembly
1.50
Details of insulation of turbine
1.51
Weight, kg
1.52
Pipe work
1.53
Details of pipe work covering material

specifications, dimensional, fabrication
and testing standards shall be furnished
service wise for different conditions of
temperature and pressure
1.54
Schedule for pipes, valves, fittings and

supports included in the supply shall be
furnished service wise for different
conditions of temperature and pressure
1.55
Insulation
1.56
Details for each class and type of

insulating material shall be furnished in
the following format
1.57
Class and type
1.58
Applicability range of temperature
1.59
Manufacturer
1.60
Chemical composition
1.61
Physical properties such as thermal

conductivity, density, shrinkage, etc.
2.0
GENERATOR
2.1
Make
2.2
2.3
Standards followed in design,

-17-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
manufacturing and testing

2.4
Maximum continuous rating, kW
2.5
Maximum continuous rating, kVA
2.6
Rated terminal voltage and permissible

voltage variation
2.7
Rated power factor
2.8
Rated stator current
2.9
Rated frequency and permissible

frequency variation
2.10
Rated speed
2.11
Number of phases
2.12
Phase connection
2.13
Flux density at rated operating point
2.14
Excitation current at rated power output

and rated power factor
2.15
Capacitance of stator winding
2.16
- Effective capacitance of ground per

phase (UF)
2.17
- All phases connected together (UF)
2.18
Efficiency at
2.19
Output (Enclose the load Vs efficiency

curve) at UPF and 0.8PF at 100% load
2.20
Total losses of the generator with

tolerance, kW
2.21
- Field I2R at 75oC, kW
2.22
- Excitation losses, kW
2.23
- Mechanical losses, friction and Windage

losses, kW
2.24
Losses in bearings, etc, kW
2.25
Open circuit core losses, kW
2.26
Armature I2R losses at 75oC, kW
-18-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
2.27
Stator resistance at 75oC, ohms
2.28
Rotor resistance at 75oC, ohms
2.29
Maximum value of sudden short circuit

current including DC component
2.30
Sustained three phase short circuit

current (peak/rms values)
2.31
Sustained line to line short circuit

(peak/rms values)
2.32
Permissible momentary over-loads as

percent of full load and duration
2.33
Permissible asynchronous operation time

under loss of excitation
2.34
Permissible operating time under single

phase to ground fault
2.35
Maximum inductive and capacitive output

at the rated voltage and speed at zero PF
lagging & leading respectively
2.36
Continuous negative sequence current
2.37
Rated short circuit ratio
2.38
Temperature rise of stator winding and

method of measurement
2.39
Maximum hot spot temperature of stator

winding
2.40
Temperature rise of stator core and

2.41
Temperature rise of rotor winding and

2.42
Maximum hot spot temperature of rotor

winding
2.43
Temperature rise of rotating rectifiers

2.44
Type of cooling
2.45
Direction of rotation viewed from turbine

end
-19-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
2.46
Critical speed, rpm
2.47
Generator housing diameter, mm
2.48
Winding cooling details
2.49
Stator
2.50
Rotor
2.51
Winding insulation details
2.52
Stator
2.53
Rotor
2.54
Moment of inertia of rotor GD2
2.55
Material specification for slip rings
2.56
Grade of brushes for slip rings
2.57
Details of insulation for slip rings
2.58
Number of embedded RTDs and type
2.59
Weight, kg
2.60
Stator
2.61
Rotor
2.62
Overall dimensions of the generator, in

meters
2.63
Generator Cooling System
2.64
Make
2.65
Type
2.66
Number
2.67
Capacity, peak/hr.
2.68
Material and construction details
2.69
Quantity of cooling water required, m3/hr
2.70
Maximum temperature of water at inlet to

cooler, oC
2.71
Maximum temperature of cooling air at

cooler exit, oC
2.72
Capability of generator with one cooler
-20-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
section out of service

2.73
Excitation System
2.74
AC Exciter
2.75
Make
2.76
Standard followed
2.77
Rated output
2.78
Rated voltage
2.79
Rated current
2.80
Exciter ceiling voltage
2.81
Maximum continuous exciter current
2.82
Nominal exciter response ratio
2.83
Rated speed
2.84
Class of insulation
2.85
Rotating Rectifiers
2.86
Make of diode
2.87
Rated voltage
2.88
Rated current
2.89
AVR Equipment
2.90
Make
2.91
Type
2.92
Standard Followed
2.93
Rated current
2.94
Rated voltage
2.95
Block diagram indicating control system

employed
2.96
Sensitivity of AVR from no load to full

load
2.97
SPVT
2.97.1
- Make
2.97.2
- Details
-21-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
2.98
Gear Box
2.99
Manufacturer
2.100
Type of gear box
2.101
Service
2.102
Gear type
2.103
Teeth
2.104
Rated, kW
2.105
Input speed, rpm
2.106
Max. Continuous, rpm
2.107
Max. Torque
2.108
Service factor as per AGMA 421
2.109
Gear efficiency, %
3.0
Turbine Oil System
3.1
Lubricating and Control Oil System
3.1.1
- Type of System
3.1.2
- System hold up, litre
3.2
Main oil pump
3.2.1
Make
3.2.2
3.2.3
Number
3.2.4
Capacity, litre/min.
3.2.5
Total differential pressure, kg / sq. cm
3.2.6
Speed, rpm
3.2.7
Type of shaft sealing
3.2.8
Bearings
3.2.9
Others (specify)
3.3
Auxiliary oil pump
3.3.1
Make
3.3.2
Quantity
-22-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
3.3.3
3.3.4
Number
3.3.5
3.3.6
Total differential pressure, kg/sq. cm.
3.3.7
Speed, rpm
3.3.8
Power required at shaft, kW
3.3.9
Bearings
3.3.10
Others (specify)
3.4
Emergency oil pump
3.4.1
Make
3.4.2
3.4.3
Number
3.4.4
3.4.5
Total differential pressure, kg/sq. cm
3.4.6
Speed, rpm
3.4.7
Power required at the Shaft, Kw
3.5
Oil coolers
3.5.1
Make
3.5.2
3.5.3
Number
3.5.4
Capacity, kcal/hr.
3.5.5
Design code
3.5.6
Cooling water Flow rate, cu m /hr.
3.5.7
Cooling water Temperature rise, oC
3.6
Oil filters
3.6.1
Make
3.6.2
3.6.3
Number
3.6.4
-23-

S.NO
3.6.5
3.7
DESCRIPTION
Filtration efficiency, % particle size
Oil tank
3.7.1
Type
3.7.2
Number
3.7.3
Capacity, litre
3.7.4
Material specifications
3.8
Oil vapour removal system
3.8.1
Type
3.8.2
Capacity, N cu m / hr.
4.0
Gland Vent Condenser (GVC)
4.1
Make, Type and description
4.2
Number
4.3
Steam condensing rate, tons/hour
4.4
Design code
4.5
Design heat transfer coefficient, kcal/hr.,

sq. m., oC
4.6
Design heat exchange area, sq. m
4.7
No. of passes
4.8
Shell side
4.9
Tube side
4.10
Tubes
4.11
Number
4.12
OD x Wall thickness
4.13
Condensate water quantity, cu m / hr.
4.14
Condensate water inlet and outlet

temperature
4.15
GVC Condenser pressure, kg/sq.cm (abs)
4.16
Is any blower provided for GVC
4.17
Details of blower if provided
-24-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
5.0
Flash Tank
5.1
Make
5.2
5.3
Number
5.4
Design Steam flow, tons/hour
6.0
Piping & Utilities
6.1
Pipe work
6.1.1
Details of pipe work covering material

specifications, dimensional, fabrication
and testing standards shall be furnished
service wise for different conditions of
temperature and pressure
6.1.2
Schedule for pipes, valves, fittings and

supports shall be furnished service wise
for different conditions of temperature and
pressure
6.2
6.2.1
Insulation
Details for each class and type of
insulating material shall be furnished in
the following format
6.2.1
Class and type
6.2.2
Applicability range of temperature
6.2.3
Manufacture
6.2.4
Chemical composition
Physical properties such as
6.2.5
Thermal conductivity, density,

Shrinkage, etc.
6.2.6
6.2.7
6.2.8
Graph showing guaranteed heat

Transfer coefficient Vs temperature
Any other features (specify)
Detailed specification for
Insulation application procedure
-25-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
7.0
Instrumentation And Control
7.1
Furnish P & ID with list of instruments
8.0
Governing System
8.1
Make
8.2
Write-up on governing system with

catalogs and literature
8.3
Schematic diagram for governing system

envisaged
8.4
Turbine Supervisory system
8.5
Make and model no of the Vibration

monitoring system offered
8.6
Make model no of the Temperature

scanner system offered
8.7
Whether list of measurements provided

for TG unit and auxiliary condenser is
included
9.0
Services and Utilities Required For

Operation
9.1
Auxiliary Steam in
9.2
Total requirement, Tons/hr
9.3
List of consumers
9.4
Steam pressure and temperature, Ksca &

0
C
9.5
Water (Auxiliary Cooling & general

purpose use)
9.6
Pressure, Ksca
9.7
Temperature, 0C at inlet and outlet
9.8
Total requirement, m3 / hr
9.10
List of consumers for auxiliary cooling
9.11
Return water quality, quantity,

temperature and pressure at battery limit
9.12
Thermal Insulations
Aux. Steam
enclosed
flow
to
Water flow diagram to be enclosed
-26-
diagram
be

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
9.13
Maximum temperature of surface where

insulation not provided
9.14
Maximum surface temperature of Al

cladding for insulated surfaces
9.15
Wind speed considered for design of

insulation Indoor and outdoor
9.16
Al cladding thickness
10.0
Parameters Guaranteed
10.1
Turbine steam flow at rated output when

bleed taken for heating steam
10.2
Turbine exhaust pressure with air cooled

condenser and ambient temperature of 45
deg C
10.3
Vibration level in different location of the

turbine train.
10.4
Total auxiliary power required for

operation of equipment within the scope
of supply
-27-

C.
ACC & AUXILIARIES:
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
UNIT
A. DESIGN DATA
1
Turbine Exhaust Steam flow rate
Tons/Hr.
Guaranteed Back Pressure
Steam Enthalpy / Dryness fraction
Temperature at TG Exhaust
Condensate temperature
Heat rejected
Overall heat transfer coeff ( Bare /

Fin )
MTD
Design ambient Temperature (dry)
10
Outlet temp of air
11
Altitude
12
Initial Temperature Difference (ITD)
13
Sound Pressure level at 1 m
14
Fouling factor (Tube / Air side)
Kg/cm2 (A)
kcal/ kg
Kcal/hr
kcal/hr m2C
dB(A)
hr m2 C/kCal
B. PERFORMANCE DATA
1
TG Exhaust back pressure@Design

point
Kg/cm2 (A)
Total Power consumption for fans @

motor shaft
BKW
Sound Pressure level at 1 m below

fan
dB(A)
C-1. CONDENSER DATA

1
Modules size ( L x W )
mxm
Number of modules
Nos
Number of Street
Nos
Number of modules / bank
Nos
-28-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
UNIT
Plot area without walkways
mxm
Plot area with walkways
mxm
Number of bundles per module
Air inlet height
mts
Platform height
mts
10
Total height up to top of duct
mts
C-2. HEAT TRANSFER SURFACE

1
Finned Area
sq.m
Bare Tube area
sq.m
C-3. POWER CONSUMPTION

1
At fan motor @ Motor shaft (Each)
BkW
At CEP Motor shaft
BkW
At Drain Pump Motor shaft
BkW
Total power (Guarantee )
kW
C-4. WEIGHTS
1
Supporting structure/Platform etc.
Tons
Heat Exchanger bundles
Tons
Steam Duct & Aux. Equip.
Tons
C-5. HEAT EXCHANGER

1
No. of Bundles
Nos
Shape of Tubes / Fins
Tube diameter
Tube material / Fin material
No of tube rows
Nos
No of tubes/row
Nos
Tube length / thickness
mm
Fin pitch / Type
Fin diameter
mm
fins / inch
mm
-29-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
10
Tube pitch
11
Tube sheet MOC
12
Tube-to-tube sheet connection
UNIT
mm
C-6. FANS
1
Make / Model
No. of fans
Diameter / Speed
mm / rpm
Air flow Quantity for each fan
cum/sec
Total air flow quantity (for all fans)
Bundle face velocity
Static pressure
mmWC
Fan shaft power
FkW
Sound pressure level
dBA
10
Speed Reducer Type / Reduction

Ratio / Make
11
Nos
kg / hr
m/sec
Vibration Switch Make / Quantity per

fan
C-7. MOTORS
1
Motor Rated Power
Supply
Control
Motor Make
kW
V / Ph / Freq
C-8. EXHAUST STEAM DUCT

mm/Mts/mm
Outer Diameter / Horizontal

Length/Thickness
Vertical Length
Mts.
Distribution duct
mm/Mts/mm
-30-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
UNIT
C-9. CONDENSATE PIPING

1
Diameter
NB
C-10. AIR EVACUATION PIPING

1
Diameter
NB
C-11. RUPTURE DISC

1
Size/Qty
mm/Nos
Rupture pressure
Kg/cm2(g)
C-12. CONDENSATE TANK

1
Capacity (Total)
Cu.m
Retention time
Thickness / Corrosion allowance
mm
Diameter X Length
Mm
min
C-13. STEAM JET EJECTORS

1
Hogging ejector
Quantity
Motive steam pressure/Temperature
Steam Quantity
Holding ejector:
Quantity
Motive steam pressure/Temperature
Steam Quantity
Nos
kg/cm2/ oC
Kgs/Hr
Nos
kg/cm2/ oC
Kgs/Hr
C.14. CONDENSATE EXTRACTION PUMP

1
Type
Quantity
centrifugal
No
-31-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
Capacity / Head
Motor rating
Pump Make
UNIT
Cu.m/hr/MWC
KW
C-15. DRAIN PUMP

1
Type
centrifugal
Quantity
Capacity / Head
Motor rating
Motor Make
No
Cu.m/hr/MWC
KW
-32-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

D.
FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM
Sl. No
DESCRIPTION
1.0
Rated Capacity of System, TPH
2.0
No. of Operating hours per day
3.0
Power Consumption for Operating at maximum

rated capacity
4.0
BELT CONVEYORS
4.1
Rated and design capacity, TPH
4.2
Belt width, mm
4.3
Belt speed, mps
4.4
Material of belt
4.5
Toughing angle, degree
4.6
Drive unit - Details
4.7
Gear Box Details
4.7.1
Make and type of gear box
4.7.2
Reduction ratio of gear box
4.7.3
Service factor of gear box over

motor KW
4.8
4.8.1
4.9
Rating
Couplings (high speed and

low speed side)
Make and type
Belt
4.9.1
Type of fabric
4.9.2
Belt rating / designation
4.9.3
Width
4.9.4
Cover thickness (top / bottom)
4.9.5
Duty condition
4.9.6
Cover grade
4.9.7
No. of ply
-33-

Sl. No
4.10
DESCRIPTION
Brake
4.10.1
Type and quantity
4.10.2
Make and size
4.10.3
Hold back type and make
4.10.4
Furnish details of pulleys & idlers with shell dia.

& thickness and shaft dia. at bearing and
bearing designation, no. & its quantity
4.10.5
Details of safety switch & spacing
5.0
PRIMARY COAL CRUSHER
5.1
Type
5.2
Make
5.3
Design capacity, TPH
5.4
Feed size, mm
5.5
Product size, mm
5.6
Percentage of Rejects for 100% Rated Capacity
5.7
Material of Construction
6.0
SECONDARY COAL CRUSHER
6.1
Type
6.2
Make
6.3
Material handled
6.4
6.5
Feed size, mm
6.6
Product size, mm
6.7
Percentage of Rejects for 100% Rated Capacity
6.8
7.0
VIBRATORY SCREEN
7.1
Make
-34-

Sl. No
DESCRIPTION
7.2
Type
7.3
Material handled
7.4
7.5
Feed size, mm
7.6
Product size, mm
7.7
Screen size (l x w), mm
7.8
Screen deck opening, mm
7.9
Top deck
7.10
Bottom deck
7.11
Frequency of vibration, cycle/sec
7.12
Declination of Screen, deg
7.13
Type of mounting
7.14
Drive details
7.15
Damping device provided
7.16
Screen cloth material
7.17
Efficiency of Screen, %
8.0
VIBRATORY FEEDER
8.1
Make
8.2
Type
8.3
Material handled
8.4
Location
8.5
8.6
Feed size, mm
8.7
Product size, mm
8.8
Feeder size (l x w), mm
8.9
Frequency of vibration, cycle/sec
-35-

Sl. No
DESCRIPTION
9.0
METAL DECTOR
MD-03
10.0
TRAMP IRON SEPARATOR (PERMANENT

MAGNET) / INLINE MAGNETIC SEPARATOR
10.1
Type
10.2
Make
10.3
Location
11.0
BELT SCALE
11.1
Type
11.2
Make
11.3
Location
11.4
Number of load cells per belt scale
12.0
GATES
12.1
Type
12.2
Location
12.3
Liner material
13.0
CHUTES
13.1
Type
13.2
Location
13.3
Thickness of chute plate
13.4
Liner material
14.0
HOISTS
14.1
Type
14.2
Make
14.3
Capacity
14.4
Quantity
15.0
SUMP PUMP
15.1
Type
CGH
-36-
WGH

Sl. No
DESCRIPTION
15.2
Qty
15.3
Make
15.4
Location
15.5
Pump capacity, cu. m /hr
DUST EXTRACTION SYSTEM

16.0
Give full details/ contents of the system.

Enclose scheme and typical GA drawing of
similar system
DUST SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
17.0
Give full details/ contents of the system and

quantity. Enclose scheme diagram
18.0
18.1
Details of instrumentation and control

system provided
-37-

E.
ASH HANDLING SYSTEM:
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Rated capacity of each System
1.1
- For CFBC BOILER- fly ash System-I

- For CFBC BOILER bed ash System-II
1.2
Rated power consumption of Compressor when CFBC

boiler operating at full load.
CAPACITIES/NO ;s
1.3
Bed ash transfer vessel below furnace ash hoppers
1.4
Fly ash Transfer vessel below hoppers of CFBC BOILER

- Cyclone hopper
- Eco./APH hopper
- ESP-1 hopper
- ESP-2 hopper
- ESP-3 hopper
- ESP-4 hopper
- ESP-5 hopper
1.5
Sliding gate valves details/ nos
1.6
Dome valves details/nos
1.7
Solenoid valves details/nos
1.8
Ash cooler hoppers details/nos

PLC PANEL DETAILS
ABRASION RESISTANCE PIPES AND FITTINGS
1.9
Material of pipe
1.10
Material of coating
1.11
Dia of pipe for each type of line of CFBC BOILER in fly ash
system
1.12
Dia of pipe for each type of line of CFBC in bed ash system
1.13
Type of couplings
1.14
Type of adaptors
1.15
Type of Integral Wear-back and replaceable Wear-back

-38-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETER

S.NO
1.16
DESCRIPTION
Details of ceramic lined pipe work
DENSE PHASE VESSEL
1.17
Type and Make
1.18
1.19
Valve access door arrangement
1.20
Pressure for sealing
1.21
Conveying pressure
1.22
Inlet and outlet nozzle size

ACCESSORIES
1.23
Adopters type and make
1.24
Equaliser valve make and type
1.25
Ash handling valves make and type
1.26
Arrangement for increasing the abrasive resistance

GEAR BOXES FOR BED ASH SILO
1.27
List of gear boxes
1.28
Make and type
1.29
Ratio of gear boxes
1.30
Material of gears
1.31
Material of casing
GEAR BOXES FOR FLY ASH SILO
1.32
List of gear boxes
1.33
Make and type
1.34
Ratio of gear boxes
1.35
Material of gears
1.36
Material of casing
BED ASH STORAGE SILO
1.37
Type and size of bottom opening for unloading
1.38
Vent Filters size and capacity
-39-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETER

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.39
Vent blowers capacity and other details
1.40
Capacity and Details of Aeration blowers
1.41
Vacuum pressure and relief door details

FLY ASH STORAGE SILO
1.42
Type and size of bottom opening for unloading
1.43
Vent Filters size and capacity
1.44
Vent blowers capacity and other details
1.45
Capacity and Details of Aeration blowers
1.46
Vacuum pressure and relief door details

DUST UNLOADER FOR BED ASH SILO TRUCK
1.47
Type and Make
1.48
Pocket feeder motor power KW/RPM
1.49
Capacity
1.50
Screw conveyor Motor power KW/ RPM
1.57
Capacity
1.58
Spray water quantity and pressure

DUST UNLOADER FOR FLY ASH
1.59
Type and Make
1.60
Pocket feeder motor power KW/RPM
1.61
Capacity
1.62
Screw conveyor Motor power KW/ RPM
1.63
Capacity
1.64
Spray water quantity and pressure

STRUCTURAL STEEL
1.65
Weight of steel for un loader platform - each silo ( I,II&III)

- Supports structure for unloader
- Supports and platform structure
- Ladders and other accessories
- Pipe support structure complete.
-40-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETER

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
ELECTRICAL DRIVES
1.66
List of drives
1.67
Rating of the motor
1.68
Make of motors
1.69
Operating frequency / Duty cycle

AIR COMPRESSORS
1.70
Type
1.71
Make
1.72
Quantity
1.73
Capacity, Nm3/hr
1.74
Delivery pressure, Kg/cm2
1.75
1.76
Drive motor rating, kw
1.77
Details of Air intake filter
1.78
Details of inter cooler
1.79
Details of after cooler
1.80
Details of moisture separator
1.81
Details of instruments
AIR RECEIVER
1.82
Quantity
1.83
Capacity, Nm3
1.84
Design Pressure, Kg/cm2
1.85
1.86
Design & construction code
1.87
Details of moisture separator
1.88
Details of instruments
-41-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETER

F.
DM WATER PLANT
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
DM Plant capacity
1.0
MGF
1.1
No. of units
1.2
Type
1.3
Flow rate (normal and maximum),
1.4
Design surface flow rate, cum/hr sqm
1.5
Total water requirement for back wash & rinse

(cu m), flow rate (cu m/hr), duration (min.).
1.6
Design pressure, kg/sq cm (g)
1.7
Test pressure. Kg/sq. cm (g)
1.8
MOC
2.0
ACTIVATED CARBON FILTER (ACF)
2.1
No. of units
2.2
Type
2.3
Flow rate (normal and maximum),
2.1
Design surface flow rate, cum/hr sqm
2.5

2.6
Design pressure, kg/sq cm (g)
2.7
Test pressure. Kg/sq. cm (g)
3.0
FILTER MEDIA
3.1
Type of filter media
3.2
Volume of filter media, cu m
3.3
Bed depth, mm
3.4
Free board, mm
cu m / hr
cu m / hr
-42-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
4.0
CONSTRUCTION FEATURES
4.1
Material
4.2
Diameter x HOS, mm
4.3
Thickness, mm
4.3.1
- Shell
4.3.2
- top dish
4.3.3
- bottom dish
4.4
Inlet distribution system
4.4.1
- type
4.4.2
- material
4.5
Under bed collector system
4.5.1
- Type
4.5.2
- Material
4.6
Vessel design code
5.0
RO SYSTEM
5.1
No. of streams
5.2
Type of operation
5.3
Feed flow rate (normal and maximum),

hr
5.4
Product flow rate, cum/hr
5.5
Average recovery
5.6
Operating hours
5.7
Operating pressure
6.0
ION EXCHANGE UNITS
6.1
No. of units
6.2
Design flow, cu m/hr
6.3
Design surface flow rate, cum / hr m2
cu m /
Anion bed
-43-
Cation bed

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
6.4
Design pressure, kg/sq. m (g)
6.5
Test pressure, kg/sq.cm (g)
6.6
Total water treated per unit between two

consecutive regenerations, cu m
6.6.1
- Gross, cu m
6.6.2
- Duration of regeneration, min
6.7
Total waste water generated per each

generation (m3)
7.0
RESIN DETAILS
7.1
Name of resin
7.2
Manufacturer
7.3
Resin type
7.4
Exchange capacity, kg CaCo3 /cu m of resin

(enclose resin curves)
7.5
Whether 10% derating factor considered in

arriving at exchange capacity
7.6
Resin bed depth, mm
7.7
Free board, mm
7.8
Volume of resin active, cu m
7.9
Attrition loss per year, %
8.0
REGENERATION
8.1
-Regenerant used
8.2
-Mode of regeneration, CO/CCR
8.3
-Regeneration level, kg/cu m of resin
8.4
-Regenerant concentration, %
8.5
-Total flow rate, cum/hr
8.6
-Quantity of regenerant required (100%) per

regeneration per unit, kg
-44-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
8.7
-Total volume of rinse water, cum
9.0
9.1
-Shell diameter, mm
9.2
-Height of shell, mm
9.3
-Thickness, mm
9.3.1
- Shell
9.3.2
- Top dish
9.3.3
- Bottom dish
9.3.4
- Lining
9.4
9.4.1
- Type
9.4.2
- Materials
9.5
9.5.1
- Type
9.5.2
- Materials
9.6
Vessel design code
10.0
DEGASSER MODULE
10.0
DEGASSER TOWER
10.1
Type
10.2
No. of units
10.3
Flow rate, cu m/hr
10.4
Surface flow rate, cu m/hr sq.m
10.5
Diameter, mm
10.6
Height, mm
10.7
Shell thickness, mm
10.8
CO2 content in the effluent, PPM as CO2
10.9
Quantity of fill per tower, cu m

-45-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
10.10
Fill type
10.11
Fill material
10.12
Shell material
10.13
Rubber lining thickness, mm
10.14
Pumps
10.15
Blowers
10.16
Tank
11.0
PUMPS
11.1
Type of pump
11.2
Capacity in cu m/hr
11.3
Total developed head, in mmWC
11.4
No. of working
11.5
No. of standby
11.6
Motor rating, KW
11.7
Pump speed, RPM
11.8
11.8.1
- Casing
11.8.2
- Impeller
11.8.3
- Shaft
12.0
BLOWERS
12.1
Type of blower
12.2
Capacity in N cu m/hr
12.3
Total differential pressure, mmWC
12.4
No. of working
12.5
No. of standby
12.6
Speed, rpm
12.7
Motor rating, kW
-46-

S.NO.
12.8
DESCRIPTION
12.8.1
- Casing
12.8.2
- Impeller
12.8.3
- Shaft
13.0
REGENERATION SYSTEM
13.1
Preparation / Dilution Tank
13.2
Number of tanks
13.3
Capacity, cu m
13.4
Dia x Height
13.5
13.6
Agitator type & material
13.7
Agitator kW rating
13.8
Level indicator
13.9
Ejector material
14.0
STORAGE TANKS
14.1
No. of tanks
14.2
Useful capacity, cu m
14.3
Tank dimensions
14.3.1
- Diameter, mm
14.3.2
- Height, mm
14.3.3
- Shell thickness, mm
14.4
Design pressure, bar (g)
14.5
Test pressure, bar (g)
14.6
Vessel design code
14.7
Tank material & RL thickness, mm
14.8
Level indicator
14.9
Level switch
-47-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
14.9.1
- Number
14.9.2
- Type
14.9.3
- Make
15.0
MIXED BED UNIT
15.1
No. of units
15.2
Design flow, cu m/hr
15.3
Design surface flow rate, cum / hr m2
15.4
Design pressure, kg/sq. m (g)
15.5
Test pressure, kg/sq.cm (g)
15.6
Total water treated per unit between two

consecutive regenerations, cu m
15.6.1
- Gross, cu m
15.6.2
- Duration of regeneration, min
15.7
Total waste water generated per each

generation (m3)
16.0
RESIN DETAILS
16.1
Name of resin
16.2
Manufacturer
16.3
Resin type
16.4
Exchange capacity, kg CaCo3 /cu m of resin

(enclose resin curves)
16.5
Whether 10% derating factor considered in

arriving at exchange capacity
16.6
Resin bed depth, mm
16.7
Free board, mm
16.8
Volume of resin active, cu m
16.9
Attrition loss per year, %
-48-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
17.0
REGENERATION
17.1
-Regenerant used
17.2
-Mode of regeneration, CO/CCR
17.3
-Regeneration level, kg/cu m of resin
17.4
-Regenerant concentration, %
17.5
-Total flow rate, cum/hr
17.6
-Quantity of regenerant required (100%) per

regeneration per unit, kg
17.7
-Total volume of rinse water, cum
18.0
18.1
-Shell diameter, mm
18.2
-Height of shell, mm
18.3
-Thickness, mm
18.3.1
- Shell
18.3.2
- Top dish
18.3.3
- Bottom dish
18.3.4
- Lining
18.4
18.4.1
- Type
18.4.2
- Materials
18.5
18.5.1
- Type
18.5.2
- Materials
18.6
Vessel design code
18.7

18.8
Flow rate of air (cu m/hr)
-49-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
19.0
CHEMICAL DOSING SYSTEM (CDS) FOR PH

CONTROL
19.1
Pump
19.1.1
-Type
19.1.2
-Capacity
19.1.3
-Quantity
19.2
Chemical used for dosing :
19.2.1
-Name of chemical
19.2.2
-Quantity of chemical, liters
19.2.3
-Dosing rate liters /hr
19.3
Chemical solution tank
19.3.1
-Capacity
19.3.2
-Diameter
19.3.3
-Height
19.3.4
-Quantity
19.3.5
-Material
19.4
Accessories
19.5
Instrumentation
-50-

G.
S.NO.
1.0.
AUXILIARY COOLING TOWER PUMPS:

TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
COOLING TOWER
1.1
Type of cooling tower
1.2
No. of cells
1.3
Capacity of each cell,m3/hr
1.4
Total capacity of the cooling tower, m3/hr
1.5
Cooling range and hot & cold water temperature.
1.6
Drift loss
1.7
Wet bulb temperature
1.8
Make up water requirement with a cycle of concentration

of 4.
1.9
Design hot water temperature, deg C
1.10
Design cold water temperature, deg C
1.11
Tower basin size (W x L x D), m (considering free board

of 500 mm)
Tower fill
2.1
Type of flow i.e. splash, film or other
2..2
Type of fill material
2.3
Fill height, m
Fan
3.1
Type and make of fan
3.2
Diameter, m
3.3
Speed, rpm
3.4
Fan stack- material
3.5
Motor rating, Kw
3.6
Fan shaft power, Kw
-51-

S.NO.
4
4.1
5
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
Distribution system
Type
Reduction gear box
5.1
Make and type
5.2
Service factor at design kW
5.3
Reduction ratio
Valves, gate and retaining grate details (indicate quantity against each item)
6.1
Cell inlet water control valve, mm dia
6.2
Cell isolation valve, mm dia
6.3
Desludging valve, mm dia
6.4
Sluice gate, mm x mm
6.5
Refuse retaining grate and screen
7.1
Distribution headers
7.2
Structural members
7.3
Inner and outer casing
7.4
Fan stacks
7.5
Louvers
7.6
Connecting base plates
7.7
Bolts, nuts, washers, rails, rig connectors etc
8.0 INTERCONNECTING PIPE WORK

8.1
Service conditions and pipe specifications for each

category indicating the following:
i) Pipe material
-52-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
iii) Pressure rating and Class
9.0 INSTRUMENTS AND GUAGES

10.0 ELECTRICALS
10.1
Motor
10.1.1
Make
10.1.2
Type
10.1.3
KW rating
10.1.4
Type of enclosure, IP No. (including terminal box)
10.1.5
Class of insulation
10.2 AUXILARY COOLING WATER PUMPS

10.2.1
Make
10.2.2
Type
10.2.3
Model and size
10.2.4
Number of pumps.
10.2.5
Capacity, m3/hr
10.2.6
Total Differential Head, MWC at rated flow
10.2.7
Pump shut off head
10.2.8
Speed
10.2.9
Pump shaft input KW
10.3
Motor
10.3.1
Make and type
10.3.2
Rated capacity
10.3.3
Voltage, frequency and variations
10.3.4
Speed
-53-

H.
S.NO.
INSTRUMENTATION & AUTOMATION SYSTEM

TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
1.0
GENERAL
1.01
Name and address of the Tenderer
1.02
Place of Manufacturing
1.03
Location of Service Centre
1.04
List of Installation Reference
1.05
No. of Trained Engineers
1.06
Satisfactory system performance certificate
1.07
MTBF figure of the offered system
1.08
Bar chart for the delivery schedule
1.09
Offered System Name / Series
1.10
Operator Station name & model
1.10
Control Station name & model
1.11
Maximum Operating Temperature in C
1.12
Operating Humidity
1.13
No. of Nodes configured & supported
1.14
No. of Operator station configured/supported

(for dual redundant only)
1.15
No. of Engineering Station configured
1.16
No. of Printers offered / type
1.17
No. of characters per line
1.18
Make / Model
1.19
Printing Speed (CPS)
1.20
No. of Field Control Station
1.21
VA (power) rating & heat dissipation of entire DCS
1.22
Length of data highway offered / supported
2.0
OPERATOR STATION
2.01
CPU Features
2.02
CPU make & model

-54-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
2.03
Clock Speed
2.04
Word Length
2.05
Main Memory
2.06
RAM provided / expandable
2.07
Cache Memory (MB)
2.08
Flash Memory provided (MB)
2.09
Capacity of Hard disk (GB)
2.10
Capacity & Speed CD R/W (MB)
2.11
Size / Type of Screen
2.12
Resolution of Screen
2.13
No. Colours supported
2.14
Type of Key Board
2.15
Details of Mouse
3.0
SOFTWARE
3.01
Specify the operating system
3.02
Total Tags supported/quoted per Operator Station
3.03
Availability of Alarm / Event handling package
3.04
Availability of graphic builder package
3.05
Availability of Trend (Real/history) package
3.06
Availability of Shift / daily / monthly log package
3.07
Time taken to reboot Operator Station after shutdown
3.08
Time taken to reboot Operator Station after power failure
4.0
REAL TIME TREND
4.01
No. of Graphics pages that can be stored in each

Operator Station
4.02
No. of Tags that can be assigned
4.03
Maximum no. of dynamic points/screen
4.04
Sampling Interval (in sec)
4.05
Zooming facility on time & data axis

-55-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
4.06
No. of Tags per trend group
4.07
Is X Y plotting possible
5.0
HISTORICAL TREND
5.01
No. of Graphics pages that can be stored in each

Operator Station
5.02
No. of Tags that can be assigned
5.03
Maximum no. of dynamic points/screen
5.04
Sampling Interval (in sec)
5.05
Zooming facility on time & data axis
5.06
No. of Tags per trend group
5.07
Is X Y plotting possible
6.0
WINDOW FEATURE (multiple Screen)
6.01
Max. no. of dynamic graphics screens (multiple Screen)
6.02
Is Positioning & sizing of displays freely configurable
6.03
Does it support user friendly 3D graphics with animation

linked to dynamic data
7.0
LOG
7.01
Types of logs available
7.02
Datas collected per hour for computing the average
7.03
Where & how long the logs are stored
7.04
Does it supports Tantalisation
7.05
Availability of automatic print out
8.0
ALARM PACKAGE
8.01
No. of alarms that can be stored in alarm summary
8.02
No. of alarms per package
8.03
Precision of timing stamping in msec
8.04
No. of alarm priority levels
8.05
Is alarm inhibit function stored/printed
8.06
Is alarm sorting possible between two time limits
-56-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
9.0
SYSTEM ALARM
9.01
No. of alarms that can be stored in alarm summary
9.02
No. of alarms per page
9.03
Is the audio tone distinct from process alarm
9.04
Possibility to store alarms in hard disk beyond the alarm

summary
10.0
COMMUNICATION at Supervisory network
10.01
Communication Standard
10.02
Communication protocol
10.03
100 % redundancy provided for communication hardware
10.04
Data Highway
10.05
Highway topology
10.06
Access Method
10.07
Rate of Data Transmission
10.08
Type of cable
10.09
Maximum distance between the nodes
10.10
Possibility to changeover to redundant communication link

manually
11.0
COMMUNICATION at Process network
11.01
Communication Standard (IEEE, ISO etc.)
11.02
Communication protocol
11.03
Highway topology (ring/hub/bus)
11.04
Access Method (deterministic / stochastic)
11.05
11.06
Type of cable
11.07
Maximum distance between the nodes
11.08
Possibility to changeover to redundant communication link

manually
11.09
Whether short circuitry of communication bus within the

nodes affect other nodes
-57-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
11.10
Time taken to change over to the standby communication

link bus
12.0
OPEN SYSTEM CONNECTUVITY with LAN/Expert

System
12.01
Open system connectivity at what level
12.02
Data Server required
12.03
Data exchange method (DDE / OPC)
12.04
Graphic support availability
12.05
Active X support
12.06
12.07
Topology
12.08
Media Type
12.09
Length supported
13.0
FIELD CONTROL SYSTEM
13.01
CPU Features
13.02
CPU Type
13.03
Clock speed ( in MHz)
13.04
RAM word length
13.05
RAM capacity (MB) offered / expandable up to
13.06
Availability of back-up support for application programme

& data base at CPU cards
13.07
Battery back-up support time without power (in Hrs)
13.08
CPU location details (standalone or with I / O s)
13.09
Data highway communication true dual redundant

(i.e. module / media)
13.10
Total I/O capacity supported (specify collectively)
13.11
Software licence permits the usage of CPUs full

I/O capacity
14.0
I / O Features
14.01
I/O Rack or Cluster or File Size
-58-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
14.02
No. of slots per rack or cluster or file
14.03
Is Power Supply redundant
14.04
I/O Rack or Cluster or File communication with CPU true

redundant (module & media)
14.05
Wiring done directly on the module TB or on remote

terminal plan
14.06
Possibility of on-line replacement of I/O modules &

Communication Processor
14.07
Is it necessary to disconnect any cable to replace

I/O modules
14.08
Is the system able to detect open/short circuit of sensor

open/short circuit of sensor & output device
14.09
Is bulk Power Supply regulated & redundant
15.0
DIGITAL INPUT MODULE (DI)
15.01
Type (24 V dc)
15.02
Module model No
15.03
No. of channels per module
15.04
Provision of Isolation at Field to Module & Channel to

Channel
15.05
Off to ON delay (in msec)
15.06
On to Off delay (in msec)
15.07
Status LED for all channels
15.08
Isolation potential & exposure time
15.09
DI Interface cards required
15.10
Status relays are pluggable type with LED at Input &

Output
15.11
Output of static relay is High at a voltage greater or equal

to 85 volts ac.
16.0
DIGITAL OUTPUT MODULE (DO)
16.01
Type ( PFC)
-59-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
16.02
Module model No
16.03
16.04
Provision of Isolation at Field to Module & Channel to

Channel
16.05
Off to ON delay (in msec)
16.06
On to Off delay (in msec)
16.07
Status LED for all channels
16.08
Current rating(surge/steady state ) per channel in Amps
16.08
Short circuit / overload protection of Outputs
16.09
DO Interface cards required
16.10
Provision of changing the output channel to wet or dry

provided
17.0
ANALOG INPUT MODULE (AI)
17.01
Type (4 ~ 20mA)
17.02
Module model No
17.03
17.04
Provision of galvanic Isolation at Field to Module &

Channel to Channel
17.05
Two wire Transmitter Powering (Is it integral with module

or through external 24 V Bulk Power Supply)
17.06
Scan Time per channel (in msec)
17.07
Type of Input Isolation boards with noise filter considered
17.08
Analog Accuracy
17.09
In A/D Conversion no. of A/D Converters offered
17.10
A/D Converter resolution (no. of bits)
18.0
ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE (AO)
18.01
Type (4 ~ 20mA)
18.02
Module model No
18.03
18.04
Scan Time per channel (in msec)

-60-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
18.05
Type of Input Isolation boards with noise filter considered
18.06
Analog Accuracy
18.07
In D/A Conversion no. of D/A Converters offered
18.08
D/A Converter resolution (no. of bits)
18.08
Maximum load resistance in .
18.09
Output Interface-isolation board type
19.0
RTD INPUT MODULE (PT - 100)
19.01
Type (3 wire or 4 wire)
19.02
Module model No
19.03
19.04
Provision of galvanic Isolation at Field to Module &

Channel to Channel
19.05
Scan Time per channel
19.06
A/D Converter Accuracy (no. of bits)
19.07
Maximum permissible load resistance / core in .
19.08
Drift
19.09
Analog Accuracy
20.0
SOFTWARE FEATURES IN FCS
20.01
Programming Language
20.02
Status of output fail upon failure of FCS / Communication

module (both analog & digital)
20.03
Scan time for closed loop (from analog signal scan to

output final control elements)
20.04
Details of Control Algorithm
20.05
Variable ramping rate for set points to each controller
20.06
Specify scan rate
20.07
No. of loops that can be used in various scan rates
20.08
Limitation on usage of advanced control function
20.09
Memory for user programme (MB) available/expandable
-61-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
20.10
Memory for Real Time Trending (MB)
20.11
Memory for database (MB)
21.0
ENGINEERING PACKAGE
21.01
No. of Control Station that can be loaded with HMI/FCS

engineering package
21.02
Is it necessary to HMI edits to all other stations
21.03
Possibility to do concurrent engineering of HMI/FCS from

non-resident operator station
21.04
Is engineering package offered separately for OS & FCS
21.05
Is it possible to edit one package without closing the other

package
21.06
On-line editing available
21.07
Possibility of editing the FCS engineering package from

an active graphic display when the plant is in operation
21.08
Is the database global
21.09
Is the I/O of the control station to be mapped in to the OS

database
21.10
Is the programming technique object oriented
21.11
No. of security levels provided for view, operate,

&configure
22.0
SELF DIAGNOSTIC FEATURES
22.01
Is system configuration available in graphic form with

status / diagnostic messages
22.02
Node failure notification
22.03
Communication interface failure notification
22.04
Communication Link failure notification
22.05
Controller CPU failure notification
22.06
Controller PSU failure notification
220.7
I/O Module failure notification with location details
22.08
Is Ethernet failure switch failures are reported on the OS

as system alarm
-62-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
23.0
SYSTEM RESPONSE TIME
23.01
Control Processing switch over time to redundant pair of

Controller
23.02
Display call-up time with dynamic data
23.03
Display update time
23.04
Elapsed time between the operator command & the

actual change in output value
23.05
Elapsed time between fault occurrence & the time trip

within one field control system
23.06
Scan time for closed loops
23.07
Scan Time for open loops (Analog & RTD)
23.08
Scan Time for sequence control (DI/DO)
24.0
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
24.01
Possibility of Import / Export data to excel spreadsheet
24.02
Alternative in case of hard disk failure on the system
24.03
Availability of CD/DVD R/W for each operator station
24.04
List of spares furnished for 2 years
24.05
Required furnitures for Control Room furnished
24.06
Is the communication subsystem is open architecture with

RDBMS
25.0
MODULES OFFERED
25.01
No. of AI Modules offered (Current)
25.02
No. of spare AI Modules offered (Current)
25.03
No. of AO Modules offered (Current)
25.04
No. of spare AO Modules offered (Current)
25.05
No. of AI Modules offered (RTD)
25.06
No. of spare AI Modules offered (RTD)
25.07
No. of AI Modules offered (T/C)
25.08
No. of spare AI Modules offered (T/C)
25.09
No. of DI Modules offered

-63-

S.NO.
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
25.10
No. of spare DI Modules offered
25.11
No. of DI-SOE Modules offered
25.12
No. of spare DI-SOE Modules offered
25.13
No. of DO Modules offered
25.14
No. of spare DO Modules offered
25.16
No. of FCS offered
25.17
No. of Processor Panel offered
25.18
No. of IO cum Marshalling Panel offered
25.17
No. of Engineering Station
25.18
No. of Operator Station
25.19
No. of Control Desk
-64-

I.
VENTILATION SYSTEM
S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.0
THROW FLOW FANS
1.1
Make
1.2
Type
1.3
Model and size
1.4
Number of fans.
1.5
Operating fluid
1.6
Specific gravity of fluid considered
1.7
Capacity, m3/hr
1.8
Total Differential Head, mmWC at normal flow

Pressure
1.9
Suction
Discharge
1.10
Operating temperature, C
1.11
Speed
1.12
Critical speed of fan
1.13
Efficiency of the Fan
Fan input KW at rated flow
1.14
Suction Air filter size
1.15
Type of Air filters
1.16
Impeller diameter
1.17
Impeller width & Thick
1.18
Impeller mounting
1.19
Casing type
1.20
Casing mounting
1.21
1.22
Make and type
1.23
Rated capacity
1.24
-65-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.25
Accessories as per standard
1.26
Degree of protection as per IS
1.27
Type of cable box
1.28
Weight
Material Specification
1.29
Impeller
Base frame
Air Filter
1.30
Type
Internals
Material details
Air Pressure at inlet
Air Pressure at outlet
1.31
Method of Lubrication
1.32
Weight of Fan
2.0
AXIAL FLOW FANS
2.1
Make
2.2
Type
2.3
Model and size
2.4
Number of fans.
2.5
Operating fluid
2.6
Specific gravity of fluid considered
2.7
Capacity, m3/hr
2.8
Total Differential Head, mmWC at normal flow

Pressure
2.9
Suction
Discharge
2.10
Operating temperature, C
2.11
Speed
2.12
Critical speed of fan

-66-

S.NO.
DESCRIPTION
2.13
Efficiency of the Fan
2.14
Fan input KW at rated flow
2.15
Impeller diameter
2.16
Impeller width & Thick
2.17
Impeller mounting
2.18
Casing type
2.19
Casing mounting
2.20
2.21
Make and type
2.22
Rated capacity
2.23
2.24
Accessories as per standard
2.25
Degree of protection as per IS
2.26
Type of cable box
2.27
Weight
Material Specification
2.28
Impeller
Base frame
2.29
Method of Lubrication
2.30
Weight of Fan
-67-

J.
132KV SWITCHYARD
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.
Name of manufacturer
2.
Standards followed in design, manufacture, testing

and erection of 132KV Switch yard & its accessories
with integral instruments
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
SF6 CIRCUIT BREAKER
3.
3.1
Make
3.2
Type
3.3
Rated Voltage
3.4
Rated frequency
3.5
Rated current
3.6
Short circuit breaking current
3.7
Making current
3.8
Operating duty
3.9
Auto Reclosing
3.10
Execution of poles
Total interrupting time
. Minimum
. Maximum
Closing time
Rated transient recovery voltage for terminal faults
3.11
Rated transient recovery voltage for short-line fault.
3.12
Insulation level of the breaker

One minute power frequency with stand voltage.
Switching surge withstand test voltage
3.13
Corona and visual discharge

Radio interference voltage
Test voltage
RI level
Visual discharge voltage for falling power frequency
voltage
-68-

S.NO
3.14
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
Minimum clearances in air
Between phases
Between live parts and earth
3.15
Type of operating mechanism

Method of tripping
Normal / Emergency
Normal voltage of trip coil
Pick-up range
Power for tripping mechanism
3.16
Method of closing
Normal voltage of closing coils
Power for closing mechanism
3.17
Rated line charging breaking current
3.18
Rated cable charging breaking current.
3.19
Rated (single) capacitor bank breaking current
3.20
Maximum over voltage to earth of the circuit

breaker when breaking currents of :
Unloaded transformers
Unloaded lines
Capacitor banks
Cable charging
3.21
When switching off asynchronous system:

Maximum current
Maximum recovery voltage between contacts of one
pole
3.22
Overall dimension of
breaker with structure
complete
3-phase
3.23
Weight of complete 3-phase circuit breaker
circuit
132KV ISOLATORS
4.
4.1
Rating
4.2
Application
4.3
Quantity
4.4
Voltage
-69-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
4.5
Frequency
4.6
No. of phases
4.7
Rated conditions current
4.8
Short time current
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Rating and duration
4.9
Rated peak short circuit current
4.10
Capacity to interrupt magnetizing current at p f
4.11
Capacity to interrupt line charging current at p f
4.12
Design requirements for isolator
4.13
Ambient temperature
4.14
Insulation level
4.15
Phase spacing
4.16
Type of break
4.17
Type of mounting
4.18
Operating device
-For isolator
-For earth switch
5.
INSULATOR DATA
5.1
Type
5.2
Number of units
5.3
Height of stack(M)
5.4
Cantilever strength upright(KG)
5.5
Power frequency dry / wet flashover voltage
5.6
1.2/50 micro sec. Impulse flashover positive wave
5.7
1.2/50 micro sec. Impulse withstand voltage
5.8
Total Creepage distance
5.9
Visual discharge voltage for complete isolator
5.10
RIV for complete isolator with fittings
-70-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
5.11
Miscellaneous
5.12
Auxiliary supply
5.13
Interlocks with circuit breakers
5.14
Whether type tests carried out on similar isolators
5.15
Whether all routine / acceptance tests as per latest

standards will be carried out on each isolator
6.
132 KV CURRENT TRANSFORMER
6.1
Type
6.2
Nominal / Highest system voltage
6.3
Frequency
6.4
No. of cores
6.5
Rated primary current for each core
6.6
Rated secondary current
6.7
Ratio taps for each core
6.8
Turns ratio for each core
For protection cores
7.1
Accuracy class
7.2
Rated burden
7.3
Accuracy limit factor
7.4
Minimum Knee point voltage Vk
7.5
Maximum excitation current at Vk/2
7.6
Maximum secondary resistance
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
For metering cores
8.1
Accuracy class
8.2
Rated burden
8.3
Rated power factor
8.4
Instrument security factor
8.5
Short time thermal rating
8.6
Dynamic rating
-71-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
8.7
Class of Insulation
8.8
Maximum temp. rise of winding above ambient of
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
50C
8.9
Cantilever strength of CT at the terminal
8.10
1.2 /50 sec impulse positive & negative.
8.11
One min. power frequency withstands voltage.
8.12
Creepage distance
8.13
Partial discharge level
LIGHTNING ARRESTER
9.1
Quantity
9.2
Installation
9.3
System Voltage Nominal / Highest
9.4
Type of earthing
9.5
Type of arrester
9.6
Rating
9.7
Rated arrester voltage
9.8
Maximum continuous operating voltage
9.9
Rated frequency
9.10
Nominal discharge current of 8 /20 s wave shape
9.11
Impulse current withstand
9.12
One minute power frequency dry & wet
9.13
Minimum total Creepage distance mm
9.14
Minimum cantilever strength of arrester assembly
9.15
Pressure relief class
9.16
Minimum prospective symmetrical fault current
9.17
Maximum Radio interference voltage
10
INSULATOR & HARDWARE
10.1
Bus post insulator
10.2
Type
-72-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
10.3
Voltage class
10.4
Total Creepage distance
10.5
Cantilever strength
10.6
Withstand voltages
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
a) 1 min. power frequency Dry / wet

b) 1 min. Impulse withstand voltage Dry / wet
10.7
11
Puncture voltage
Disc Insulator
11.1
Voltage class
11.2
Type
11.3
Creepage distance
11.4
Electromechanical strength
11.5
Withstand /flashover voltages

a) 1 min. power frequency Dry / wet
b) 1 min. Impulse withstand voltage Dry / wet

11.6
Puncture voltage
-73-

K.
TRANSFORMERS
SL.
NO
1
1.1
Power
Transformer
DESCRIPTION
Standards followed in design,
manufacture and testing
Continuous Rating, KVA
Performance guarantee Parameters
3.1
Rating in KV- HV/LV
3.2
Losses in HV / LV
Transformer No-load Voltage
Transformer Rated current
Rated frequency
Number of phases
Vector group reference
Impedance voltage between HV

and LV at rated current for the
principal tapping
10
Design ambient temperature, deg C
11
Terminal Arrangement
11.1
HV
11.2
LV
12
Temperature rise over specified

ambient temperature, deg C
12.1
Top Oil
12.2
Winding
12.3
Max. hot spot temperature, deg C
13
One-minute dry power frequency

test withstand voltage, kV
14
Impulse test withstand voltage with

1.2 x 50 microseconds wave, kV
15
Switching pulse withstand voltage
16
For short circuit withstand time
17
Maximum possible overloading and

time
18
Cooling system
18.1
HT aux.
Transformer
No of Banks of coolers
-74-
Auxiliary
Transformer

SL.
NO
18.2
No of coolers per bank
18.3
Logics proposed
18.4
Capacity of each cooler
18.5
Motor rating
19
No. of plus taps
19.2
No. of minus taps
19.3
Voltage per step
19.4
Time for one tap change
19.5
On load or off load?

Guaranteed loss particulars
20.1
Iron losses in kW at rated voltage

and frequency
20.2
Copper losses in kW at rated fullload current and frequency at 75C
20.3
Calculation for capitalisation of

losses
21
Reactance voltage in % at rated

full-load current and frequency at
75C
22
Impedance voltage in % at rated

full-load current and frequency at
75C
23
Regulation in % of No-load voltage

at full-load current at 75C and with
power factor
23.1
Unity
23.2
0.8 lagging
24
HT aux.
Transformer
Type of tap changer
19.1
20
Power
Transformer
DESCRIPTION
Efficiency at 75 C and unity power

factor
24.1
100% load
24.2
75% load
24.3
50% load
25
No-load current in amperes at rated

voltage and frequency
26
In rush magnetising current in % of

normal full-load current
-75-
Auxiliary
Transformer

SL.
NO
27
27.2
Type
27.3
Dry flash over voltage, kV
27.4
One-minute dry withstand test

voltage, kV
27.5
Rated short-time fault current and

its duration
Dimensions
28.1
Overall dimensions of transformer

complete with radiator banks (L x W
x B) m
28.2
Transportation dimension
28.3
De-tanking height
29
Weights
29.1
Total Weight including oil
29.2
Transportation
29.3
Core
29.4
Winding
29.5
Bushing
30
Oil
30.1
Type of oil
30.2
Quantity of oil in transformer
30.3
Quantity of oil in tap changer comp
30.4
Quantity of oil in bushing
31
Neutral side CT provided?
31.1
HV side
31.2
LV side
32
HT aux.
Transformer
Details of bushings
27.1
28
Power
Transformer
DESCRIPTION
Transformer accessories provided
-76-
Auxiliary
Transformer

L.
11KV INDOOR VCB
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.0
2.0
Standards followed in design, manufacture and testing

for switch board and the vacuum interrupter
3.0
VACUUM CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
3.1
No. Phases
3.2
Continuous current rating of the main busbars
3.3
System Voltage & frequency
3.4
System earthing considered
3.5
Rated current of feeders/ bus bar
3.6
Rated power frequency withstand voltage
3.7
Rated lighting impulse withstand voltage
3.8
Rated short-circuit breaking current
3.9
Rated short time current withstand
3.10
Rated short circuit making current (peak)
3.11
Outdoor / Indoor?
3.12
Switch board Dimensions ( width x height x depth in

mm)
3.13
Degree of protection of enclosure in terms of IP no.
3.14
Vacuum Interrupter make
3.15
Material and size of earth bus in the panel
3.16
Control wiring - size and specification
3.17
Control cable make
3.18
Control voltage rating
3.19
Make/ type and catalogue no. of HRC fuses
3.20
Make / Type / spec and catalogue no. of Relays
3.21
Specification of vacuum interrupter
3.22
Make/spec of energy meter
3.23
Make/spec of instruments
3.24
Make/spec of push buttons
3.25
Make/spec of indicating lamps
3.26
Make / spec of control & selector switches
-77-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

S.NO
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
3.27
Overall size (L x B x H), mm
3.28
Weight of Panel
3.29
Catalogue of switchgear panel enclosed?
4.0
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
4.1
Make / Type
4.2
No of core
4.3
Accuracy class / burden
4.4
Outdoor / Indoor?
4.5
Enclosed illustrative catalogue / brochure?
5.0
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
(BUS PT, TRANSFORMER LINE PT, GENERATOR PT)
5.1
Make / Type
5.2
Ratio
5.3
Accuracy class / burden
5.4
Draw out / non- draw out
5.5
Outdoor / Indoor?
5.6
Enclosed illustrative catalogue / brochure?
6.0
FEEDERS (INCOMER / OUTGOING) DETAILS

(EACH FEEDER TO BE FURNISHED IN TABLE FORM)
6.1
Feeder rating in MVA
6.2
Rated current
6.3
Breaker type
6.4
Rating of busbar tapping for feeder
6.5
CT Ratio and number of cores
6.6
Accuracy class
6.7
Indicating Instruments and their range
6.8
List of meters, tri-vector meters its range and make
7.0
PROTECTIONS PROVIDED IN EACH FEEDER
7.1
Type of relays
7.2
Make of relays
7.3
Range of relays
7.4
List of logics and interlocks provided

-78-
Yes / no
Yes / no
Yes / no

M.
3.3KV VCB
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Standards followed in design, manufacture, testing and

erection of SF6 Circuit breaker & its accessories with
integral instruments
Vaccum circuit breaker
Make
Type
Rated Voltage
Rated frequency
Rated current
Short circuit breaking current
10
Making current
11
Operating duty
12
Auto Reclosing
13
Gas pressure
14
Maximum working pressure
15
Operating device type
16
Insulation level of the breaker

One minute power frequency with stand voltage.
Switching surge withstand test voltage
17
Corona and visual discharge

Radio interference voltage
Test voltage
RI level
Visual discharge voltage for falling power frequency voltage
18
Minimum clearances in air

Between phases
Between live parts and earth
19
Type of operating mechanism

Method of tripping
Normal / Emergency
Normal voltage of trip coil
-79-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Pick-up range
Power for tripping mechanism
20
Method of closing
Normal voltage of closing coils
Power for closing mechanism
21
Rated line charging breaking current
22
Rated cable charging breaking current.
23
Overall dimension of complete 3-phase circuit breaker with

structure
24
Weight of complete 3-phase circuit breaker
25
Control panels
26
Control panel Dimensions ( width x height x depth in mm)
27
Degree of protection of enclosure in terms of IP no.
28
29
30
Control cable make
31
32
33
Make / Type / spec and catalogue no. of Relays
34
Specification of Relays
35
Make of energy meter
36
Make of instruments
37
Make of push buttons / indication lamps
38
Make control & selector switches
-80-
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS

N.
HT CABLES
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.0
Name of Manufacturer
2.0
Whether offered cable design is type tested. If yes

enclose the type test certificate.
3.0
4.0
Standards followed in design, manufacture and

testing for switch board and the vacuum interrupter
Type of Cables
7.
Voltage rating
8.
Current rating Nominal
9.
Voltage grade
10.
11.
12.
Derating factors to be considered

Laid on ground / air
Temperature correction Ground / air
Thermal resistivity of soil
Grouping factor
Depth of laying
Thermal resistivity
Number of cores
Nominal cross section area of conductor and type
13.
Sheathing and filler details
14.
Armour details
15.
Insulation detail
16.
Diameter of the cable
17.
Weight per meter of cable
18.
Dielectric constant of the cable
19.
Allowable bending radius of the cable
20.
Dielectric strength of the cable
21.
Drum weight
22.
23.
Reactance and resistance per M

Length of cable on the drum
24.
Description of routine test
25.
Description of Special test
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-81-

O.
LT CABLES
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Name of Manufacturer
Whether offered cable design is type tested. If yes

enclose the type test certificate.
3
4

testing for switch board and the vacuum interrupter
Type of Cables
Voltage rating
Current rating Nominal
Voltage grade
Derating factors to be considered

Laid on ground / air
Temperature correction Ground / air
Thermal resistivity of soil
Grouping factor
Depth of laying
Thermal resistivity
Number of cores
10
Nominal cross section area of conductor and type
11
Sheathing and filler details
12
Armour details
13
Insulation detail
14
Diameter of the cable
15
Weight per meter of cable
16
Dielectric constant of the cable
17
Allowable bending radius of the cable
18
Dielectric strength of the cable
19
Drum weight
20
Reactance and resistance per M
21
Length of cable
22
Description of routine test
23
Description of Special test
11KV CABLE
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-82-

P.
LT CABLES
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
2
3
Standards followed in design, manufacture

and testing
Type of cable (Armoured / un armoured)
Voltage Grade
Materials of conductor
Cross- section of conductor
No of cores
Overall diameter of cable
PVC insulated?
Yes / No
10
PVC sheathed?
Yes / No
11
Thickness of insulation in mm
12
Material used for conductor screening
13
Material and area of metallic part of insulation

screening
Maximum standard drum length of cable in m
14
15
I)
Basic current rating of cables considering

bonding at both ends
Installed in air at. Deg. C temp.
ii)
Directly buried in ground at Deg. C
16
De-rating factors for cable installed in an air

for site ambient and grouping on racks / trays
etc.
De-rating factors for cable installed in ground
for different soil resistively, ground
temperature, depth of burial, axial spacing etc
Short circuit current carrying capacity of each
type and size of cable for 1 second and 0.5
second (pl. furnish chart)
Maximum earth fault current carrying capacity
of metallic screen and armouring combined
17
18
19
LT Control
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-83-

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
20
with time duration, for each type and size of

cables, with final temperature not exceeding
200deg.c
Maximum conductor temperature permissible
a)
Continuous operation deg. C
b)
During short circuit condition deg. C
c)
Short circuit current for one second, deg. C
21
24
Whether metallic screening armour provided

would carry specified earth fault current. A
with final temperature not exceeding 200
deg.c
Copies Of All Type Test Certificates, including
that of earth fault current carrying capacity
enclosed?
Yes / No
Cable Fully Confirm To IS Specification? Yes
/ No
Weight per metre of completed cable in kg
25
Maximum standard drum length of cable in m
26
27
Weight of maximum standard drum length of

cable in m
Overall size of drum in m
28
Catalogue Enclosed? Yes / No
22
23
LT Control
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-84-

Q.
CABLE RACK / TRAYS

S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Make
Material
Galvanised or not
Thickness of sheet for perforated trays, mm
Sizes of trays offered, mm
Weight per metre of different sizes of ladder and

perforated type trays, kg
Enclose illustrative literature/catalogues
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-85-

R.
LT PANELS
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.0
About Company
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
1.1
Tenderer Name & Address
1.2
Quotation number and date
1.3
Previous experience list of similar job with year of

supply, name of purchaser etc
1.4
Deviation proposed by the bidder
2.0
Documents details
2.1
Drawing no of Single line diagram showing

current rating, CT& PT details
2.2
Technical documents enclosed with bid
2.3
Commercial documents enclosed with bid
2.4
Any certification for factory, design etc.
2.5
List of drawings that will be furnished after

contract finalisation
2.6
All DOL, RDOL, S/D and VFD control wring shall

be as per our drawing?
2.7
List of catalogues enclosed
3.0
Motor control centre (MCC)
3.1
-Make & Type
3.2
-Standards followed
3.3
-Draw-out/ Non-draw out
3.4
-Sheet steel thickness, mm
3.5
-Arrangement of bus bars
3.6
-Arrangement of cable chambers
3.7
-Continuous current rating for main busbar, A
3.8
-Short circuit withstand rating for 1 sec.
3.9
-Busbar sizes and materials
3.10
-Temperature rise of Busbars over 45 deg C

ambient while carrying rated current and installed
in IP54 enclosure for main Bus and tappings
3.11
-Material and size of earth bus
-86-

S.NO
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
3.12
-Degree of protection for enclosure
3.13
-Control voltage rating
3.14
-Control voltage supply arrangement
3.15
-Details of incomers
3.16
415V Air break circuit breaker
3.17
Make & Type
3.18
Electrical or manual operation
3.19
Protection device provided Micro processor /

solid state- details of release
3.20
Standards followed
3.21
Manufacturers type designation
3.22
Dimensions and weight of each complete unit in

kg
3.23
Rated voltage and current
3.24
Maximum voltage in V at which the breaker

operator under normal condition
3.25
Maximum voltage in V at which the breaker can

interrupt its rated MVA
3.26
Draw-out/ Non-draw out
3.27
-List and details of outgoing feeders
3.28
-Make and type of circuit breakers
3.29
-Make type and catalogue no. Of load-break

isolators
3.30
-Make type and catalogue no. Of HRC fuses
3.31
-Make type and catalogue no. Of contractors
3.32
-Make type and catalogue no. Of motor

protection relay
3.33
-Make type and catalogue no. Of bimetal

overload relays
3.34
-Make and type of CT
3.35
-CT- Ratio, VA
3.36
-Make of control transformer
-87-

S.NO
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
3.37
-Make of push buttons & control switches
3.38
-Make of indicating lamps
3.39
-Make of indicating meters
3.40
-Single line diagram enclosed
3.41
-Overall size (Lx B x H), mm
3.42
-Weight of MCC
3.43
-Enclose technical literature/brochure for MCC

enclosed?
4.0
Power & Lighting distribution board (PDB&LDB)
4.1
Make & Type
4.2
Rated voltage
4.3
Continuous current rating for main Bus bars- A
4.4
Bus bar sizes and materials
4.5
Rating of incomer, A
4.6
Ratings of outgoing feeders, A
4.7
Load breaker switch Make & Type
4.8
HRC fuses Make & Type
4.9
Make & Size of Ammeter/ voltmeter/KWH meter
4.10
Selector Switches Make & Type
4.11
Current transformer Make & Type
4.12
Sheet steel thickness mm
4.13
Overall dimensions LxDxH mm
5.0
Other items
5.1
Junction boxes make, type etc
5.2
Local push button system make, type
5.3
Breaker trolley make and type
-88-

S.
PCC PANEL
S. No
DESCRIPTION
1.0
About Company
1.1
Tenderer Name & Address
1.2
Quotation number and date
1.3
Previous experience list of similar job with year of

supply, name of purchaser etc
1.4
Deviation proposed by the bidder
2.0
Power control centre (PCC)
2.1
Standards followed
2.2
Rated voltage
2.3
Rated insulation voltage
2.4
Continuous current rating of Bus bars specified

ambient temperature while installed in switchboard
2.5
Material of Bus bars / grade used
2.6
Nominal cross section of Bus bars Sq. mm
2.7
Short time current rating KA/ 1 sec
2.8
Degree of protection of enclosure IP
2.9
Constructional details- thickness of sheet steel

used etc.
2.10
Temperature rise of Bus bars over 45 dec C

ambient while carrying rated current and installed
in IP enclosure for main bus and tapping
2.11
Overall dimension (LXBXH)
2.12
Weight, ton
3.0
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
415V Air break circuit breaker
3.1
Make & Type
3.2
Electrical or manual operation
3.3
Protection device provided -Micro processor / solid

state- details of release
3.4
Standards followed
3.5
Manufacturers type designation
3.6
Dimensions and weight of each complete unit in kg
-89-

S. No
DESCRIPTION
3.7
Rated voltage and current
3.8
Maximum voltage in V at which the breaker

operator under normal condition
3.9
Maximum voltage in V at which the breaker can

interrupt its rated MVA
3.10
Spring charge motor details and voltage required
3.11
Draw-out/ Non-draw out
3.12
Make type and catalogue no. of HRC fuses
3.13
Make and type of CT
3.14
CT- Ratio, VA, class
3.15
Make/ specification of potential transformer
3.16
Make/ specification of push buttons, switches
3.17
Make / specification of indicating lamps
3.18
Make/ specification of indicating meters
3.19
Make/ specification of energy meters
3.20
Make / type and specification of protection relay
3.21
Enclose technical literature/brochure for the panels
4.0
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Bus ducts
4.1

testing for bus-duct
4.2
No. Phases
4.3
Rated system voltage and frequency
4.4
System earthing
4.5
Maximum fault level (three phase symmetrical)
4.6
Type of bus-duct
4.7
Max. Voltage at which the bus-duct can operate

continuously
4.8
Bus bar material- conductor
4.9
Rated continuous current
4.10
Rated short time withstand duration
4.11
Rated peak with stand current (peak)
-90-

S. No
DESCRIPTION
4.12
Insulation class
4.13
4.14
One minute power frequency voltage
4.15
Max. Hot spot temp.raise over ambient temp. Of

50C
4.16
Bus enclosure and support structure
4.17
Clearance in air
4.18
Phase to phase
4.19
Phase to earth
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
-91-

T.
BATTERY & BATTERY CHARGER

SL.NO
DESCRIPTION
1.0
2.0
4.0
List of reference for supply of similar panels with

contact addresses
testing for the panel
Whether offer is as per specification.
5.0
Delivery schedule
3.0
5.1
Drawings and document submission
5.2
Despatch of material
6.0
Deviations (Enclose list of deviations)
7.0
PANELS- GENERAL
7.1
Standards followed for panel construction
7.2
Limiting Dimension
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
Rated short time current withstand
7.7
7.8
7.9
Control cable make
7.10
7.11
8.0
DC DISTRIBUTION BOARD
8.1
Voltage rating
8.2
Current rating of incomer and bus bar
8.3
Current ratings of feeders
9.0
BATTERY CUM
CHARGER
BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER
9.1
Type of battery
9.2
Capacity of battery
9.3
Rating of each cell
9.4
No of cells
-92-

SL.NO
DESCRIPTION
9.5
Normal Voltage per cell
9.6
Float charge voltage per cell
9.7
Boost charge voltage per cell
9.8
Mounting arrangement
9.9
Whether stand is supplied along with batteries
9.10
Inter-cell connectors details
9.11
End terminal connection details
9.12
Battery charger details
9.13
Type
9.14
Features provided
9.15
Input voltage rating
9.16
Permissible input voltage variation
9.17
Output regulation and variations guaranteed
9.18
Protections provided at input for overload and

charger faults
9.19
Protections provided at DC side for overload and

faults
9.20
Modes of operation
9.21
Output Voltage & current during normal operation

when battery is fully charged and floating.
9.22
Output Voltage & current during normal operation

when battery is partially discharged and float
charging mode
9.23
Output Voltage & current during operation when

battery is fully discharged and boost charging in
progress
9.24
Capacity of Battery & Battery charger
BATTERY CUM
CHARGER
-93-

U.
UPS
Sl. No
DESCRIPTION
1.0
UPS System details
1.1
Capacity of UPS
1.2
Type
1.3
Parallel Redundant Unit
1.4
Continuous rating
1.5
Location
1.6
1.7
Tentative dimension
1.8
Paint shade
1.9
Input supply
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
1.10 Input frequency

1.11 Output supply
1.12 Overall efficiency
2.0
INVERTER
2.1
Type
2.2
Rating of inverter
2.3
Efficiency of each inverter unit
2.4
Output Voltage
2.5
Output Frequency
2.6
2.7
Output Waveform
2.8
Total Harmonic Distortion
2.9
No of Static Switch
2.10 Transfer time in case of inverter fault

2.11 Transfer time on manual transfer
-94-

TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Sl. No
DESCRIPTION
3.0
CHARGER ( RECTIFIER )
3.1
Type
3.2
DC Output
3.3
Float Charging Mode
3.4
Boost charging Mode
3.5
Rating
3.6
Efficiency
BATTERY
4.0
4.1
Type
4.2
Type of electrolyte
4.3
Type of Cell container
4.4
No of cells / battery
4.5
Capacity of fully charged cell (AH)
4.6
Cell voltage
4.7
Nominal
4.8 Float charge

4.9
Boost charge
4.10 Nominal DC voltage

5.0
SERVO VOLTAGE STABILIZER
5.1
Output
5.2
Efficiency
5.3
Rating
5.4
6.0
6.1
HARMONIC DISTORTION
Total harmonic distortion
-95-

Sl. No
6.2
7.0
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
DESCRIPTION
Single harmonic
OVERLOAD CAPABILITY
7.1
125% of full load
7.2
150% of full load
7.3
Power factor range
7.4
Branch fuse clearing capability
8.0
8.1
STATIC TRANSFER SWITCHES

Type
-96-

V.
EPABX SYSTEM
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Whether offer is as per specification.
Delivery schedule
Drawings and document submission
Despatch of material
Deviations ( Enclose list of deviations)
Features
10
Cabling - size and specification
11
Cable make
12
Whether RS 232/485 ports are connected

for PC connectivity
13
UPS details
14
Longitudinal balance
15
Extn. Loop resistance
16
Dial speed
17
Cross talk attenuation
18
Break ratio
19
Input power
20
Ambient condition
EPABX DETAILS
-97-

W.
MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARD

Sl.No
Description
MCB distribution boards/MLDB
Make of board
Standards followed for MCB
Rated voltage and frequency
Make and type of MCB
Rated current A
Breaking capacity A
Tripping time ms
Sheet steel thickness of the board
10
Degree of protection for enclosure
II
415V TPN isolator in sheet steel enclosure
Make
Rated voltage V,at 50Hz
Rated short circuit making capacity(rms)
Rated short time withstand current KA for 1 Sec
Max.size of Aluminium cable that can be

terminated
Sheet steel thickness , mm
III
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
415V TPN Industrial Switch Socket Outlet
Make and Type
Rated voltage V, at 50Hz
-98-

Sl.No
Description

terminated
Sheet steel thickness, mm
10
Other accessories, if any
IV
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
240V SPN Switch Socket Outlet
Make and Type

terminated
MCB isolating switch
Make and Type
Rating of MCB isolator

terminated
VI
Junction boxes
Make
Details of terminals Max.size of Alu/copper cable

that can be terminated
10
Other accessories, if any

-99-

X.
PLANT LIGHTING
Sl.No
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Description
Voltage
Luminaries
Make
Ballast & capacitor used

Floodlight-HPSV -70W
Well glass fitting -70W
Industrial type HPSV -250W
Out door type Fluorescent lamp-36w
Mirror optic type Fluorescent lamp2X36w
Twin tube light with lamp-2x36w
Single tube light with lamp-36w
Street light fitting-HPSV-150W
Nominal power factor

Control gear box
Type
-100-

Catalogue no
Degree of protection IP
10
Material of construction details

11
Colour finish
-101-

Y.
BALANCE LIGHTING
Sl.No
Description
Voltage
Luminaries
3
4
Make
TECHNICAL
PARAMETERS
Ballast & capacitor used

Out door type Fluorescent lamp-40W
Twin tube light with lamp-2x40W
Single tube light with lamp-40W
Nominal power factor

Control gear box
Type
Catalogue no
Degree of protection IP
10
Material of construction details

-102-


11
Colour finish
Z.
CAPACITOR
S.NO
DESCRIPTION
Make
Type
Capacitor
(YES/NO)
design
calculation
DETAILS
furnished
-103-
FACOR POWER LIMITED

ANNEXURE-11
VENDOR LIST
S.NO
A
VENDORS NAME
DESCRIPTION
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
1.
TURBINE
SIEMENS/APT/HTC/BHEL
2.
BOILER
THERMAX/CVL/IJT/BHEL
3.
AIR COOLED CONDENSER
GEA/PAHARPUR
AUXILIARY COOLING TOWER
PAHARPUR/PALTECH/SHRIRAM
COTRELL/SOUTHERN COOLING
TOWER
DM PLANT
THERMAX/ DOSION / TRIVENI / ION

EXCHANGE/
FUEL HANDLING SYSTEM
BEVCON/ HYQUIP/ TECPRO/ PROMAC/

ELECON / TRF
ASH HANDLING SYSTEM
BEVCON/ MACAWBEEKAYAR/
MECGALE/ OSM
FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
STERLING WILSON/ NEW FIRECON/

FIRECON/ GPR
HVAC
BLUESTAR / VOLTAS
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. BFP
11.
KSB / SULZAR / KIRLOSKAR EBBARA
FANS & ACCESSORIES
12. CHEMICAL PUMPS

13.
14.
15.
KISHORE PUMPS / VK PUMPS
ELECTROSTATIC
PRECIPITATOR
BHEL/ABB /THERMAX/ACC/ELEX
CHEMICAL DOSING SYSTEM
ENPRO/TECHNO/METACHEM/V.K
PUMPS
SOOT BLOWERS
BHEL/SITSON/RR TECHNOMECH/GD
WORKS
16. REFRACTORY
17.
THERMAX / FLAKT/TLT/ /INDUSTRIAL

SYSTEMS / BATTLIBOI
INSULATION
18. BELLOWS
AIR & FLUE GAS DAMPERS
ACC/ BHILAI REFRACTORY / MPR

LLOYDS / MINWOOL / MURUGAPPA /
ROCKWOOL INDUSTRIES
METALLIC BELLOW /LONESTAR
19.
FOURESS METROVICKS /
BACHMANN INDIA / DEVIKRIPA ENGG.
TRICHY (EFFOX, USA)
20. AGITATORS
REMI / STANDARD / TRIVENI
21. TURBINE CENTRIFUGE
ALFA LAVAL / PENNVAULT
-1-

ANNEXURE 11 VENDOR LIST (CONTD.)
22. VIBROMETER
BENTLE NEVEDA
23. FLUID COUPLING
VOITH/ELECON/FLUIDOMAT/PEMBRIL
(GREAVES)
24. TYPE COUPLING
LOVEJOY/FENNER/ ESBI
25. GEAR COUPLING
NAW/FENNER/ELECON/FMG/HI-CLIFF
/LOVEJOY/ WMI CRANES / FLENDER
26. PIN-BUSH COUPLING
NAW/FENNER/LOVEJOY/ELECON
27. RESILIENT COUPLING
LOVEJOY (BIBBY)/GBM/FENNER
28. DISC BRAKE
KATEEL/SVENDBORG
29. THRUSTER BRAKE
SVENDBORG/STROM KRAFT/KAKKU
30.
BALL BEARING /ROLLER

BEARING
SKF/KOYO/NTN/INA/NBC/FAG/ZKL
31. BELT VULCANIZING UNIT
SV DATTER
32. RUBBER LINER
TEGA/KAVERI/FORECH
33.
SUSPENDED
ELECTROMAGNET
34. METAL DETECTOR
ERIEZ/ELEKTROMAG/POWER BUILD/
ELECTROZAVOD/KAKKU
THERMO-RAMSEY/ELEKTROMAG/ PBL
BELT SCALE
SCHENCK J&N/IPA/TRANSWEIGH/
KISTLER-MORSE/PBL
36.
ELECTROMAGNETIC VIBRO
FEEDER
IC/ELECON/TRF/ELECKTROMAG/
SAYAJI/BHP (VIMEC)
37.
ELECTROMECHANICAL VIBRO
FEEDER
IC/ELECON/TRF/BHP (VIMEC)
35.
CRUSHER (HAMMER MILL,

38. ROLL & RING GRANULATOR)
SAYAJI /TRF
/MBE/L&T/SANDVIK/METSO/
KOBE/KRUPP
39. BURNER
OLM/COEN BARADTH
40. TRANSMISSION CHAINS
ROLCON
41. SPROCKET
ROLCON/TI/DIAMOND/ROLON
AIR POLLUTION CONTROL

42. SYSTEM
ALSTOM/ACC/THERMAX/
RIECO/BHE
43.
BAG FILTER
THERMAX/RIECO/ALSTOM PROJECTS
INDIA LTD/ACC/ANFREW YULE
-2-

44.
GREASE LUBRICATION
SYSTEM
LINCOLN HELIOS INDIA

LTD/DELIMON/AFMC MAIN
PNEUMATIC CYLINDERS
VELJAN/NUCON/FESTO/SCHRADER
45.
/NORGREN/SMC (JAPAN)/PARKER
46. PNEUMATIC AIR BOOSTER
SMC (JAPAN)
PNEUMATIC CONVEYING
47. SYSTEM
RIECO/MBE/MACAWBERBEEKAY/MAHINDRA
ASHTECH/ENERGO/VCC
PRESSURE VESSELS
BHARAT HEAVY PLATES &

VESSELS/ISGEC/ASSOCIATED PLATES
& VESSELS/DECTEL/LLOYDS STEEL/L
& T/BOC
AIR COMPRESSOR
ATLAS COPCO / IR / ELGI / KIRLOSKER

PNEUMATICS
AIR DRYER
DELAIR/INDCON/ATLAS COPCO/PACE
48.
49.
50.
DUST SUPPRESSION
SYSTEM(SPRINKLER/DRY51.
FOG TYPE)
TPS/F.HARLEY/ KAVERI / PROJECTS &

CONTROL
PIPE WORK, VALVES &

FITTINGS
1.
PIPES (ASTM SPECN)
SAIL/TISCO/KALYANI / JINDAL / BST
2.
SEAMLESS & ERW PIPES

(IS:1239)
SAIL/TATA/KALYANI/SURYA ROSHNI
LTD / BST
3.
BLOW DOWN VALVE
BHEL/LEVCON / UNITED ENGINEERS
BALL VALVE (CI)
VALTEC/UNIFLOW/CRESCENT
/DEWRANCE MACNEILL
RELIEF & SAFETY VALVES
BHEL / JNM / MAZDA / AUDCO /

MOORCO / IL / MASONEILAN /
TYCOSANMAR
6.
CONTROL VALVES
IL/MASONEILAN/MASCOT/ARCA/JNM
7.
BUTTERFLY VALVE
INTERVALVE/ AUDCO / KSB / CRESENT
8.
AL. CLADDING
BALCO / INDALCO / HINDALCO
9.
AUTOMATIC DRAIN VALVE
TRIDENT/EQUIVALENT
STEAM TRAPS
GREAVES / JN MARSHALL/ DRAYTON /

UNI KLINGER
4.
5.
10.
-3-

11.
PROCESS VALVES
i.
IBR
ii. NON IBR
12.
SPRING HANGER
INSTRUMENTATION &
CONTROLS
1.
2.
3.
4.
AUDCO / BHEL / M&M /KSB / BDK /

FOURESS
BDK/ BHEL/ AUDCO /KSB /FISCHER
XOMAX / FOURESS / VALTECH /
BERMACO/ CRESENT /NECO
SARATHI / MYRICKS
GOVERNOR
WOODWARD505E
TEMPERATURE GAUGES
H. GURU / GENERAL INSTRUMENTS

/BELLS / OLYMPUS
PRESSURE GAUGES
H. GURU / GENERAL INSTRUMENTS

/A.N. INSTRUMENTS /BELLS/ OLYMPUS
LEVEL GAUGES
LEVCON
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
ROSEMOUNT /YBL /TATA HONEYWELL

/
5.
C.G. HARTMAN & BROWN

FLOW TRANSMITTERS
6.
ROSEMOUNT /YBL /TATA HONEYWELL

/
C.G. HARTMAN & BROWN
TEMPERATURE
TRANSMITTERS
ROSEMOUNT / SHREYAS / BELLS /C.G.

HARTMAN & BROWN
THERMOCOUPLE
GENERAL INSTRUMENTS / NUTECH

ENGINEERS / TEMPSONS / NAGMAN
9.
FLOW NOZZLES
BALIGA/ IL / MICROPRECISION
10.
PRESSURE SWITCHES
SWITZER / DONFOSS /INDFOSS
LEVEL SWITCHES
LEVCON / SAPCON / V. AUTOMAT &

INSTRUMENTS
I/P CONVERTERS
ROSEMOUNT / SHREYAS / BELLS / C.G.

HARTMAN & BROWN
OXYGEN ANALYSER
C.G. HARTMAN & BROWN / YBL / L.G.

BALAKRISHNAN & BROS LTD
/ROSEMOUNT
COMPENSATING CABLE
THERMOPADS / ECI / ASSOCIATED

CABLES
DISTRIBUTED CONTROL
YOKOGAWA / HONEYWELL / EMERSON

/ INVENSYS/(FOXBORO) / ABB /
7.
8.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
-4-

SYSTEM (DCS)
SIEMENS
PLC
ROCKWELL AUTOMATION / SIEMENS

/ABB
16.
/SCHNEIDER/ GE-FANUC
HMI-PC
IBM / HP / DELL
HMI SOFTWARE (3RD PARTY)
WONDERWARE (INTOUCH) /
INTELLUTION(FIX) / US DATA
(FACTORY LINK)
CONTROLLER
YOKAGAWA/HONEYWELL/SIEMENS/AB
B/EUROTHER M/ INVENSYS
(FOXBORO)
RECORDER
YOKOGAWA/LAXONS(CHINO)/EUROTH
ERM/ABB/ HONEYWELL
BARGRAPH & DIGITAL

INDICATOR
MASIBUS/ EUROTHERM/ YOKOGAWA/

HONEYWELL
TOTALISER
YOKOGAWA / ABB / MASIBUS/

HONEYWELL
SCANNER
MASIBUS/APLAB/ECIL/WAAREE/M B
CONTROLS / PROCON
ALARM ANNUNCIATOR
IIC/ MINILEC/ PROCON/ PIRI/ APLAB/

ICA/ DIGICONT /MB
CONTROLS&SYSTEM /
MINILEC/PROCON / SEMUDA
25.
SIGNAL
ISOLATOR/MULTIPLIER
MTL/ YOKOGAWA/ MASIBUS/ PEPPERL

& FUCHS
INSTRUMENT
PANEL/CABINET/DESK
RITTAL/RKC/SIMCON/VERO/PYROTECH
26.
POWER SUPPLY UNIT
SIEMENS / PHOENIX / MTL/ COSEL
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
27.
28.
INTRINSIC SAFETY BARRIER

ROTAMETER
29.
MTL/P&F/ABB/ENDRESS-HAUSER
KHRONE /IEPL /EMERSON(BROOKS)
/EUREKA/ALFLOW/ TRANSDUCERS &
CONTROLS / FROBES MARSHALL /
-5-

INSTRUMENTATION ENGINEERS /
KROHNE MARSHALL/ INSTRUMENTS /
PLACKA/ ROTA
VORTEX FLOWMETER
ENDRESS
HAUSER/YOKOGAWA/KRHONE/
EMERSON/ABB
CONTROL VALVE AND ON-OFF

VALVE
IL/FISHER-XOMOX/SAMSON/ DRESSER
MASONEILAN/ FOURESS/FORBES
MARSHALL(ARCA)/ R.K.CONTROLS /
MIL / ABB (INTROL)
ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
AUMA / IL / LIMITORQUE / ROTORK /

ABB
SOLENOID VALVE
AVCON/ROTEX/ASCO/VICKERS/SCHRA
DER
AIR FILTER REGULATOR
PLACA/SHAVO NORGREN
ENCODER
P&F/ROCKWELL/HUBNER
GAS ANALYSERS
EMERSON
SIEMENS
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
ABB
/YOKOGAWA/
(TELEDYNE)
WATER ANALYSERS
37.
PH
AND
METER
38.
ANALYTICAL
HONEYWELL
FORBES MARSHALL/ ABB ANALYTICAL

/YOGOKAWA/ E+H / EMERSON
CONDUCTIVITY EMERSON / ABB ANALYTICAL /

YOKOGAWA/
FORBES
MARSHALL
/INVENSYS(FOXBORO)/
TOSHBRO
CONTROLS
INFRARED PYROMETER
NAGMAN (IRCON) / EUROTHERM

(LAND) / LAXSON(CHINO)/HONEYWELL/
FLUKE/ TOSHNIWAL (RAYTEK)
MOISTURE ANALYSER
CONCORD (BERTHHOLD) / EMERSON

(K-RAY) / ECIL/ENDRESS HAUSER /
EMERSON
/
YOKOGWAWA/CHINOLAXSONS / ABB ANALYTICAL
39.
40.
41.
VIBRATION
SENSOR
& BENTLEY-NEVADA
-6-

MONITOR
FROBESMARSHALL
SHERMAN
(SHINKAWA)/
42.
POLLUTION
CONTROL
& DRAGER/ HONEYWELL/ ENVIROTECH/
STACK MONITORINR SYSTEM
EMERSON/
FROBES
MARSHALL/
DURAG/ OPSIS
43.
FLAME DETECTOR
HONEYWELL/
FIRE-EYE/
SCHODER/ DURAG
FROM
AUXILIARIES
1.
PAINTS
BERGER / SHALIMAR / NEROLAC
2.
CRANES
UNITEK / WMI
3.
WEIGHIGHING m/c
J&N / IPA / PHILIPS
4.
COMPRESSORS
ELGI / INGARSOL RAND / KIRLOSKAR /
CRUSHER
TRF OR EQVT. TO BE APPROVED BY

CONSULTANT
M.S.TANKS / SS TANKS
FABRICATED IN A REPUTED
MANUFACTURING UNIT SUBJECT TO
APPROVAL OF CONSULTANT
PVC / POLYFIBRE TANKS
SINTEX / DEVI POLYMER / EQVT.
CONVEYOR IDLERS, PULLEYS
KALI / IGP / TRF / ELECON /EQT.

CONVEYOR SUPPLIER MAKE TO BE
APPROVED
GEAR BOX
ELECON / DAVID BROWN / SHANTI /

CROMPTON GREAVES
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10. CONVEYOR BELTS
NIRLON / HILTON / MRF / FENNER
11. METAL DEDUCTOR
ELECTROMAG / MCI
12.
HOISTS
TRACTOR TIRFOR / BATLIBOI / WH

BRADY / MM ENGINEERS / ARMSEL /
UNITEK / REVA /BOMBAY POWER LIFT
13. VIBRATING SCREEN
SAYAGI / TRF
ELECTRICAL
1.
GENERATOR
2.
SF6 CIRCUIT BREAKERS
3.
DISCONNECTING SWITCH/
ISOLATORS
SIEMENS / APT POWER / GREENSOL

POWER / BHEL
ABB / AREVA / BHEL/ CGL / SIEMENS
ELPRO / HIVELM/ ALLIANCE
-7-

4.
LIGHTNING ARRESTORS
ELPRO / AREVA (WSI) / CGL / ABB
5.
CTS
BHEL / ABB / TELK / CGL / AREVA

(WSI)
6.
PTS
BHEL / ABB / TELK / CGL / AREVA

(WSI)
7.
INSULATORS
JAYASHRI INSULATOR / WSI /

MODERN INSULATOR / BHEL
8.
HT BUS DUCT
C&S/ ECC/ STAR DRIVE/ ENPRO/

GENERAL ENGINEERING
9.
VACUUM CONTACTORS
AREVA / BHEL / SIEMENS / ABB
10.
HRC FUSES
AREVA / DP / S&S/ COOPER BUSSMAN
11.
NEUTRAL GROUNDING
RESISTOR
NARKHADE / PEFCO / RESITECH /

NATIONAL
12.
TRANSFORMERS
CGL / AREVA / VOLTAMP / EMCO/ TELK

ABB / SIEMENS
13.
METERS
AE /IMP/ L&T
14.
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
KAPPA / AE
15.
INDICATING LAMPS
VAISHNAV / TEKNIC
16.
CONTROL SWITCHES
ALSTOM / SALZAR / KAYCEE
17.
INSTRUMENT
TRANSFORMERS
KAPPA / CURRENT ELECTRICAL
18.
HT PANELS
AREVA / ABB / SIEMENS/ L&T / VENUS

CONTROL / PYRAMID SWITCHGEAR
19.
PROTECTION RELAYS
AREVA / ABB / SIEMENS
20.
METERS
AE/IMP
21.
TRI-VECTOR METERS / MFM
CONZERV / L&T
22.
INDICATING LAMPS / PUSH

BUTTONS
VAISHNAV / TECKNIC/SIEMENS
23.
CONTROL SWITCHES
AREVA /SALZAR /KAYCEE
24.
INSTRUMENT
TRANSFORMERS
KAPPA
25.
LT PANELS
ABB /SIEMENS /SCHNEIDER/ UNILEC /
-8-

VENUS CONTROL / PYRAMID

SWITCHGEAR
ACB
L&T / SIEMENS / ABB / SCHNEIDER /

C&S
MCCB

C&S
SFU

C&S
CONTACTOR

C&S
OVER LOAD RELAY

C&S
VFD

C&S
32.
CT/PTS
KAPPA / VOLTAMP / AE
33.
INSTRUMENTS
AE / IMP
34.
ENERGY METERS / MFM
CONSERV / L&T
35.
PUSH BUTTONS
VISHNAV/ TECNIK / ESBEE / BCH
36.
INDICATING LAMPS
VISHNAV / TECNIK / ESBEE / BCH
37.
APFC RELAY
L&T / BELUK / BCH
38.
CAPACITOR
L&T-MEHER/ EPCOS / BCH
39.
TERMINAL BLOCKS
ELMEX / CONNECT WELL
40.
PROTECTIVE RELAYS
AREVA / SIEMENS / ABB / ER / BCH
41.
SELECTOR SWITCHES
KAYCEE / SALZAR / BCH
42.
L.T. BUS DUCT
STARDRIVE/ ECC/C&S/PCE/HCE/
BRIGHTENGINEERS/UNITED ELECTRIC
43.
HT MOTOR
KEC /BHEL / CGL / AREVA
44.
LT MOTOR
SIEMENS / CGL / KEC / BHEL / AREVA
45.
L.T. GEARED MOTOR
KIRLOSKAR (KEC)/POWER
BUILD/IC/BHARAT BIJLEE / SEW/FIMET
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
-9-

46.
AC DRIVES, VVVF DRIVE
ABB / SIEMENS /
HITACHI/AREVA/CGL/KEC/BBL
47.
MOTOR PROTECTION RELAYS
GE POWER / SCHNEIDER / L&T /

SIEMENS / ABB /C&S
48.
AUXILIARY RELAYS
AREVA / EASUN / ABB / L&T /

SCHNEIDER / SIEMENS/BCH /
ROCKWELL / GE
49.
NUMERICAL PROTECTION
RELAYS (FOR HT SYSTEM)
ABB / SIEMENS / AREVA / GE / L&T
50.
NUMERICAL PROTECTION
RELAYS (FOR LT SYSTEM
51.
52.
132KV/ 11KV/ 3.3 KV XLPE

CABLE
1.1 KV PVC/XLPE/HRPVC
CABLE (POWER)
ABB/ SIEMENS /AREVA /GE

SCHNEIDER / L&T / ASHIDA
RPG / UNIVERSAL / CCI/NICCO /
TORRENT CABLES /
INDUSTRIAL/INCAB / CRYSTAL/
UNIFLEX
RPG / UNIVERSAL /CCI
/NICCO/TORRENT/INDUSTRIAL/
POLYCAB / FINECAB / INCAB /
RADIANT/ CRYSTAL / KEI / UNIVERSAL /
NICCO / TORRENT
53.
1.1 KV PVC/XLPE/HRPVC
CABLES(CONTROL)
INDUSTRIAL/POLYCAB / DELTON /CCI /

CORDS / SPECIAL / CAPCAB/ FINECAB/
RADIANT/ INCAB/ CRYSTAL/ LAPP
54.
TERMINAL BLOCK
ELMEX / ESSEN / CONNECTWELL /

C&S/WAGO/PHOINEX
55.
HT CABLE TERMINATION KIT
RAYCHEM / M-SEAL (MECP)

/YAMUNAGASES (DENSION)/
56.
LT CABLE TERMINATION KIT
RAYCHEM / M-SEAL / DENSION/CCI
57.
AC POWER CONTACTOR
SIEMENS / L&T / BCH / ABB /

SCHNEIDER / GE- POWER
58.
DC POWER CONTACTOR
BCH / BHEL / SIEMENS / L&T / ABB
59.
AUXILIARY RELAY/ CONTROL

CONTACTOR
SIEMENS / L&T / BCH / C&S (TM) / ABB /

GE POWER/SCHNEIDER / ROCKWELL
-10-

60.
UPS
KELTRON / GUJRAT HI-REL / SIEMENS /

EMERSON /GE / DB POWER
CONTROLS
61.
CONTROL SWITCH
SIEMENS / KAYCEE / AREVA / L&T /

VAISHNO / C&S
62.
PUSH BUTTON
SIEMENS / BCH / L&T / VAISHNO / C&S /

SCHNEIDER / TECHNIC / KAYCEE
63.
LIMIT SWITCH
AG SYSTEMS/JAY
BALAJI/TECHNOCRATS/ ELECTROMAG/
JSI/ TECHNIC (SIEMENS / BCH MAY BE
CONSIDERED ONLY FOR LIGHT DUTY)
64.
CHANGE OVER
SWITCH/SELECTOR SWITCH
C&S / STANDARD / HHE /KAYCEE /

SIEMENS/ BCH/L&T/ INDOASIAN
65.
DISCREPANCY CONTROL
SWITCH
ABB / AG SYSTEMS
66.
EPABAX SYSTEM
AVAYA / TADIRAN /GTL (NORTEL) /

SIEMENS
67.
BATTERY
AMARA RAJA /AMCO/STANDARD/EXIDE
68.
DG SET
GEMMCO/ MAHENDRA
69.
LIGHTING FITTING
PHILIPS / GE / BAJAJ
FLOROCRAFT/ WIPRO
-11-
CGL

Sample Power Plant Specification

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Sample Power Plant Specification

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

45 MW CAPTIVE POWER PLANT AT GARIVIDI, ANDHRA PRADESH.

EPC Main Specification

Specification for Boiler & Auxiliaries

Specification for Turbogenerator & Auxiliaries

Specification for Air Cooled Condenser

Specification for Fuel Handling System

Specification for Electrical System

Specification for Ash Handling System

Specification for DM Plant, Auxiliary Cooling Tower,

Specification for Instrumentation & Automation

Plant general layout

Scheme for fuel handling system

Layout of coal handling system

Scheme for ash handling system

Scheme for electrical system

DCS system configuration

HIQ POWER ASSOCIATES PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI-600 006

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

M/s.Facor Alloys Limited (FAL ) are proposing to install a CPP, a TG set of

HIQ POWER ASSOCIATES PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

TotalHardness 140 380

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

Garividi, Vijanagaram Dt, Andhra

Max. dry bulb temp.

Site altitude above MSL

Design dry bulb temp. for :

Design wet bulb temperature

8 m/s as per IS 875 (Part 3)1987

Zone III as per IS 1893-20

CODES AND STANDARDS

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

All Environmental / Pollution Control measures and Monitoring devices are to be

Internationally accepted standards which ensure equal or higher performance

Contractor shall standardise various types and make of equipment and

HIQ POWER ASSOCIATES PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

Systems shall be designed incorporating the latest technology and maximum

DOCUMENTS FORMING PART OF THIS TENDER

The following documents enclosed to this specification shall be considered as a

Technical specifications for Fuel handling

Technical specifications for Electrical and

Technical specifications for Ash handling

Technical specifications for DM Plant

HIQ POWER ASSOCIATES PRIVATE LIMITED, CHENNAI

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

COMPLETE SERVICES TILL COMMISSIONING

PROVISIONAL TAKE OVER, PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES, LD / PRICE

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

All equipment shall be guaranteed for workmanship and materials, and

Guaranteed parameters as above shall be established by the supplier by

FACOR ALLOYS LIMITED

LD CLAUSE / PRICE REDUCTION:

Price reduction for Non performance:

The following LD/price reduction shall be applicable in case of non-achievement of

LD/price reduction rate

Limit of non acceptability

0.5% of contract price for

Rs.50,000 /- per mg increase

Limit of acceptance with LD

0.5% of contract price for

Noise level and